Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 356

GROVE

SERVICE MANUAL

This Manual has been prepared for and is considered part of -

RT9130E
Crane Model Number

Crane Serial Number

This Manual is Divided into the following Sections:

3
SECTION 1
SECTION 2
SECTION 3
SECTION 4
SECTION 5
SECTION 6
SECTION 7
SECTION 8
SECTION 9

INTRODUCTION
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
BOOM
HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT
SWING SYSTEM
POWER TRAIN
UNDERCARRIAGE
LUBRICATION
NOTICE

The crane serial number is the only method your distributor or the
factory has of providing you with correct parts and service information.
The crane serial number is identified on the builders decal
attached to the operators cab. Always furnish crane serial
number when ordering parts or communicating service problems
with your distributor or the factory.

7
To prevent death or serious injury:
Avoid unsafe operation and maintenance.
This crane must be operated and maintained by trained and
experienced personnel. Manitowoc is not responsible for qualifying
these personnel.
Do not operate or work on this crane without first reading and
understanding Operators Manual and Rating Plate supplied with
crane.
Store Operators Manual in holder provided on crane.
If Operators Manual or Capacity Charts are missing from cab,
contact your distributor for new ones.

10
2009 Manitowoc

Published 08-25-2009 Control # 077-04

THIS PAGE BLANK

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

See end of this Manual for Alphabetical Index


SECTION 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Wheels And Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Hydraulic Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Component Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Pressing Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Wires And Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Shims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Gaskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Hydraulic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Fatigue Of Welded Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Loctite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Fasteners And Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Dynamic Shock Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Precautions and Recommendations During Inspection or Replacement . . . . . . . . 1-16
Wire Rope Inspection (Running Ropes and Pendant Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Wire Rope Inspection (Boom Extension and Retraction Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Wire Rope Inspection/Replacement (All Wire Rope) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Seizing Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Installing FLEX-X 35 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Procedures for Cutting and Preparing FLEX-X 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

T
O
C

SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic System


Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Hydraulic Oil Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Draining and Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Removing Air from the Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

GROVE

TOC-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Directional Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5


Supply Pressure And Return Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Pump Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Filter Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Hydraulic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pressure Setting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Procedure A - For Setting Main Directional Control Valve Reliefs. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Procedure B - For Checking Pressure Reducing/Sequence Valve Setting . . . . . . 2-22
Procedure C - For Checking Swing Brake Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Procedure D - For Checking Service Brake and Air Conditioning Circuit Relief
Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Procedure E - For Checking Service Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
Pressure Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Procedure F - For Checking Accumulator Pre-Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Procedure G - For Pre-Charging Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Procedure H - For Checking Front Steer Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Procedure I - For Checking Swing Valve Work Port Relief Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Procedure J - For Checking Relief Setting for Counterweight Supply
Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Procedure K - For Checking Outrigger/Rear Steer Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . 2-27
Procedure L - For Setting Hoist Motor Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Procedure M - For Checking Oil Cooler Circuit Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Directional Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Swing Series Parallel Selector Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve With Solenoid Controls Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Function Check - Swing Brake Release Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Function Check - Crane Function Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Steering Control Valve-Dual Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Hydraulic Remote Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Swing Power Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Double Pilot Operated Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Tandem Brake Valve w/ Treadle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

TOC-2

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dual Accumulator Charge Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Hydraulic Accumulator Service Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Hydraulic Accumulator Load Sense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Holding Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Shuttle Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Cross Axle Differential Lock Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Check Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Outrigger/Rear Steer/Outrigger Box Pin Removal Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Outrigger Control Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Pilot Operated Check Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Pressure Bleed-Off Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Axle Oscillation Lockout Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Surface Protection For Cylinder Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Dual Rod Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Upper Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Axle Oscillation Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74

GROVE

T
O
C

TOC-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steer Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outrigger Extension Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outrigger Stabilizer Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Pin Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Park Brake Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-74
2-74
2-77
2-77
2-77
2-80
2-80
2-80
2-83
2-83
2-83
2-86
2-86
2-86
2-89
2-89
2-89
2-92
2-92

SECTION 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical System


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Fuse Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Troubleshooting Engine Starting Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Troubleshooting Engine Charging Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Troubleshooting Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Troubleshooting Swivel-Caused Electrical Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Connector Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Indicator Lights and Diagnostic Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Troubleshooting Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Troubleshooting Gauges and Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Troubleshooting Alarms, Indicators, and Emergency Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Troubleshooting Crane Components and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Alternator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Battery Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Relay Panel Component Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Instrument Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Windshield Wiper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Windshield Washer Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Skylight Wiper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Tooling For Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

SECTION 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lattice Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Lattice Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Lattice Extension Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TOC-4

4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Boom Control Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1


Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Boom Retraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
LMI System (With Boom Control System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Telescoping Control System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Extension Sequence For The Main Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Extension Sequence For The Main Boom With Boom Extensions Or Offset Jibs . . 4-3
Electronic Control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Boom Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Boom Nose Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Boom Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Boom Alignment And Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Cam Operated Check Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Guide Block Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Boom Extension And Retraction Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Telescope Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Hose Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Lift Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Boom Removal System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Bi-Fold Swingaway Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Connecting and Disconnecting the Hydraulic Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Swingaway Mounting Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Boom Extension (With Inserts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Slinging Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Assembly of Boom Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Checklists For Rigging Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Description of Rigging Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Installing/Removing Two-Stage Swingaway Lattice Extension for Boom
Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Hydraulic Connection On the Boom Extension (If Unit Is Equipped With
Hydraulic Luffing Boom Extension). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Electrical Connection On the Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Folding Out/In the Deflection Sheaves On the 8 m Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Positioning/Removing the Hoist Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Hook Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

GROVE

T
O
C

TOC-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54

SECTION 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist And Counterweight


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Theory Of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Warm-up Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Hoist To Boom Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Motor And Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Idler Drum And Cable Follower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Third Wrap Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Hoist Drum Rotation Indicator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Counterweight Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Counterweight Stand Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Standard and Heavy Counterweight and Auxiliary Hoist Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Counterweight Stand Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

SECTION 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing System


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Theory Of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Swing Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Swing Brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Swing Box Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Swing Motor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Swing Brake Assembly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Swing Gearbox Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Hydraulic Swivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Two-Port Water Swivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Electrical Swivel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Swing Lock Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
360 Swing Lock Control (Positive Lock Type) (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

TOC-6

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Train


Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Engine Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Engine Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Engine Drive Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Electronic Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine Control System Switches And Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Fuel System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Air Intake And Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Water Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Torque Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

T
O
C

SECTION 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Undercarriage
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Wheel Alignment Check Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Rear Wheels Not Centered Switch Adjustment Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Wheels And Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Steering Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Hydraulic Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Front Steering Control Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Integrated Outrigger/Rear Steer Control Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Steer Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Rear Axle Oscillation Lockout System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Axle Oscillation Lockout Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Axle Oscillation Lockout Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

GROVE

TOC-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Park Brake Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outrigger Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-13
8-14
8-15
8-21
8-21
8-23
8-24
8-24
8-24
8-24

SECTION 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Arctic Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Arctic Conditions - Below -18C (0F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Arctic Conditions Down To -40F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Surface Protection for Cylinder Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
CraneLUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Steering and Suspension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Drive Train (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Turntable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Cab Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Boom (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Boom (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Hoist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Instructions for Accessing Lubrication Points on Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

TOC-8

SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Cummins QSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Wheels And Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Hydraulic Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Pump #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Pump #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Pump #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Pump #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Component Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Pressing Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Wires And Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Shims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Antifriction Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Double Row, Tapered Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Heating Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Sleeve Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Gaskets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Hydraulic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Keep The System Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Sealing Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Hydraulic Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Fatigue Of Welded Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Loctite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Application of Medium Strength Loctite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Primer Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Fasteners And Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
For Standard Metric Hex Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

GROVE

1-i

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Wire Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Shock Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautions and Recommendations During Inspection or Replacement . . . . . . .
Wire Rope Inspection (Running Ropes and Pendant Cables). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keeping Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequent Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wire Rope Inspection (Boom Extension and Retraction Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Periodic Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wire Rope Inspection/Replacement (All Wire Rope). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seizing Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing FLEX-X 35 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedures for Cutting and Preparing FLEX-X 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-ii

1-15
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-16
1-16
1-17
1-17
1-17
1-17
1-18
1-18
1-18
1-19
1-19
1-19
1-20
1-20

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
DESCRIPTION
This Manual provides information for the maintenance of the
Model RT9000E Series Grove Crane.
The lift capacities are listed on the Load Chart in the cab.
T h e c r an e i n c o r p or at e s a n al l w el d e d par al l e l b o x
construction steel frame, using planetary drive axles to
provide four-wheel drive. Axle steering is accomplished
utilizing hydraulic steer cylinders. The engine is mounted at
the rear of the crane carrier and provides motive power
through a six speed forward and a three speed reverse
transmission. Hydraulic, double box, and sliding beam
outriggers are removable.
The carrier frame incorporates an integral fifth wheel, to
which the rear axle is mounted, to provide axle oscillation.
Axle oscillation lockout is automatic when the superstructure
rotates from the travel position.

Overall Crane Height . . . . . 4172 mm (164 in) (Std)


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4089 mm (161 in) (Opt)
Tail-Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4331 mm (170.5 in)
Outrigger Spread
Retracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 m (11 ft 8 in)
Mid Extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.02 m (19 ft 9 in)
Fully Extended . . . . . . . . . .8.49 m (27 ft 10 in)

Capacities
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 liters (100 gal)
Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Engine
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifications
Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . See Engine
Specifications
Hydraulic Tank (Reservoir Capacity)
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 liters (360 gal)
at Full Level . . . . . . . . . 1226 liters (324.1 gal)
at Low Level . . . . . . . . . 1176 liters (310.6 gal)
Expansion Space . . . . . . . . 51 liters (13.5 gal)
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 liters (22 qt)
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 liters (5-1/4 qt)
Axle Planetary Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 liters (12 qt)
Axle Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . .27-1/2 liters (29 qt)
Transmission (Includes Torque Converter)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 liters (34 qt)

The superstructure is capable of 360 degree rotation in either


direction. All crane functions are controlled from the fullyenclosed cab mounted on the superstructure. The crane is
equipped with a five-section, full power, sequenced and
synchronized boom. Additional reach is obtained by utilizing
an optional swingaway boom extension. Lifting is provided
by a main hoist and an optional auxiliary hoist.

Torque Converter

NOTE:

Transmission

NOTE:

Throughout this manual, reference is made to left,


right, front, and rear when describing locations.
When operating the crane, these reference
locations are to be considered as those viewed
from the operators seat with the superstructure
facing forward over the front of the carrier frame.
The Transportation and Lifting Data Decal is shown
in (Figure 1-1). Basic nomenclature is shown in
(Figure 1-2).

LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RT9000E Series
Rated Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . See Load Chart in cab
Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 4 x 4
Gross Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Axle Weight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distribution Table

Dimensions
Dimensions listed are for a crane with all
components fully retracted in the travel mode with
33.25 x 29 tires.
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4940 mm (194.5 in)
Overall Crane Length . . . . . . . . 16,484 mm (649 in)
Overall Crane Width . . . . . . . . . 3797 mm (149.5 in)

GROVE

Stall Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29:1


Charge Pump Capacity . . . . . 117.3 l/min (31 gpm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . @ 2000 rpm

Gear Ratios:
Forward
1st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3rd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4th. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5th. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6th. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse
1st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3rd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.87
5.94
2.98
2.25
0.95
0.73
7.87
2.98
0.95

Engine

General

NOTE:

Cummins QSC
HP Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 hp @ 2200 rpm
Peak Torque. . . . . . . . . . 1000 pounds @ 1400 rpm
Lube Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.9 liters (21 qt)
Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.1 liters (36 qt)

Axles
Total Ratio (w/differential lock) . . . . . . . . . . . 33.43:1
Total Ration (standard). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.94:1
Carrier Ratio (w/differential lock) . . . . . . . . . 6.429:1
Carrier Ratio (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143:1
Planetary Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20:1

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-1

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Brakes
Type . .Hydraulic/Split system acting on all four wheels
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 x 40 mm (18.5 x 1.575 in)

Wheels And Tires


Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Torque . . . . 515 to 542 Nm (380 - 400 foot-pounds)
Tire Size
Standard. . . . . . . . . . . 33.25 x 29-38 ply rating
Optional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5R29
NOTE:

For roading and lifting pressures, refer to the Load


Chart Book in the cab.

Swing Gearbox
Reduction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36:2
Output Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4152 foot-pounds

Boom
Length
Retracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8 m (42 ft)
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.5 m (159.3 ft)
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Section, Full Power
Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3 to +78 degrees
Extensions
Fixed*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 meters (36.1 ft)
Folding* . . . . . 11 or 18 meters (36.1 or 59.1 ft)
*Extensions are offsettable at 0, 20, or 40
degrees.
Extension Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 m (26.2 ft)

Swivel Assembly
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Slip Rings
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ports
Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ports

Hydraulic Pumps
NOTE:

Pump output figures are theoretical.

Pump #1

Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Output - @ 2710 rpm w/no load
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 l/min (58.1 gpm)
Section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 l/min (34.7 gpm)

Pump #2
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Output - @ 2710 rpm w/no load
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 94.6 l/min (26.3 gpm)

Pump #3
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Output - @ 2710 rpm w/no load
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 l/min (58.1 gpm)
Section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.5 l/min (17.4 gpm)

Pump #4
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Output - @2400 rpm w/no load
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.0 l/min (10.3 gpm)

Hoists
Drum Dimensions
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 mm (26.65 in)
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 mm (15 in)
Length (Standard) . . . . . . . . 676 mm (26.63 in)
Cable
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 mm (3/4 in)
Length-Main. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 m (951 ft)
Length-Aux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 m (702 ft)
Max. Permissible Line Pull (6x36)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7760 kg (17,070 lb)
Max. Single Line Speed . . . 171.3 m/min (562 fpm)
Hoist Motor Displacement
Low . . . . . . . . 80.3 cm3 (4.9 in3) per revolution
High . . . . . . . . . 46 cm3 (2.8 in3) per revolution
Oil Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 l (22 qt)

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear

1-2

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

FIGURE 1-1

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-3

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-1
Axle Weight Distribution Table
Front Axle
kg (lb)

Rear Axle
kg (lb)

Maximum Axle Loads Allowed

40824 (90000)

40824 (90000)

Maximum Tire Loads Allowed

40824 (90000)

40824 (90000)

Description

CG to CL Bogie
cm (in)

Weight
kg (lb)

Basic Unit

Carrier 4 x 4; All Fluids

212.1 (83.50)

24132 (53202)

10360 (22840)

13772 (30362)

Front Outrigger Box and Beam Assembly

675.6 (266.00)

4276 (9427)

5848 (12892)

-1572 (-3465)

Rear Outrigger Box and Beam Assembly

-208.3 (-82.00)

4276 (9427)

-1803 (-3974)

6079 (13401)

Superstructure w/cab plus w/main hoist plus


950 ft cable; less counterweight plus lower
lift pin

108.4 (42.69)

6707 (14786)

1472 (3245)

5235 (11541)

Removable Counterweight (includes


cylinders, aux hoist and cables)

-143.4 (-56.47)

12739 (28084)

-3698 (-8154)

16437 (-36238)

Boom Assembly; w/LMI, 2/7 Nose Sheaves,


Pivot Pins

661.8 (260.55)

15187 (33482)

20345 (44852)

-5158 (-11370)

Lift Cylinder

542.3 (213.50)

1769 (3900)

1942 (4281)

-173 (-381)

246.5 (97.03)

69086 (152308)

34466 (75983)

34620 (76325)

Complete Basic Machine


4 x 4 chassis; Cummins QSC8.3 300 Tier 3
engine w/ transmission; front and rear axles;
33.25 x 29 tires; main hoist
w/289 m (950 ft) of 3/4 in. cable; full fuel and
hydraulic oil; LMI; plus all the above.

Add To Basic Unit Weight


10.97 to 17.98 m (36 to 59 ft)
Bi-Fold Boom Extension

749.9 (295.25)

1411 (3110)

2141 (4721)

-730 (-1611)

10.97 meter (36 ft) Fixed Boom Extension

837.1 (329.56)

1043 (2300)

1768 (3897)

-725 (-1597)

10.97 to 17.98 m (36 to 59 ft) Bi-Fold


Hydraulic Boom Extension

805.2 (317.00)

1595 (3516)

2599 (5730)

-1004 (-2214)

10.97m (36 ft) Fixed Hydraulic Boom


Extension

893.6 (351.83)

1235 (2722)

2234 (4924)

-999 (-2202)

Components for Hydraulic Boom Extension

936.4 (368.65)

92 (202)

174 (383)

-82 (-181)

Boom Ext. Carrier Brackets (Bolt On)

606.1 (238.62)

100 (220)

122 (270)

-22 (-50)

Auxiliary Boom Nose - Installed

1346.2 (530.00)

57 (125)

155 (341)

-98 (-216)

72 mt (80 Ton), 7 Sheave Hookblock Stowed in trough

469.9 (185.00)

726 (1600)

690 (1522)

36 (78)

118 mt (130 Ton), 8 Sheave Hookblock Stowed in trough

469.9 (185.00)

1147 (2530)

1091 (2406)

56 (124)

9.0 mt (10 Ton), Headache Ball (Swivel)Attached to O/R Box

787.4 (310.00)

308 (680)

491 (1084)

-183 (-404)

Driver

233.7 (92.00)

113 (250)

53 (118)

60 (132)

Rear Mounted Pintle Hook

-212 (-83.50)

14 (30)

-6 (-13)

20 (43)

Boom Removal Kit

601.0 (236.66)

39 (85)

47 (103)

-8 (-18)

1-4

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Description

INTRODUCTION
CG to CL Bogie
cm (in)

Weight
kg (lb)

Front Axle
kg (lb)

Delete: Counterweight (24,000 pounds)

-142.5 (-56.10)

-10886 (-24000)

3140 (6922)

-14026
(-30922)

Delete: Auxiliary Hoist Cable (700 ft)

-159.4 (-62.76)

-397 (-875)

128 (282)

-525 (-1157)

Delete: Air Conditioning

-54.3 (-21.37)

-93 (-205)

10 (23)

-103 (-228)

Delete: General 33.25 X 29 (38) Tires (for


travel)

247.0 (97.25)

-4318 (-9520)

-2159 (-4760)

-2159 (-4760)

Heavy Counterweight Package (16000 lb)

-137.2 (-54.03)

7258 (16000)

-2016 (-4445)

9274 (20445)

Lift Cylinder Travel Support

570.9 (224.75)

57 (125)

65 (144)

-8 (-19)

Counterweight Stand (pinned to carrier)

616.6 (242.74)

78 (172)

97 (214)

-19 (-43)

26 ft Boom Extension Insert w/LMI

652 (1437)

Tire Removal Tool

247 (545)

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

Rear Axle
kg (lb)

1-5

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Component Location
(Figure 1-2) shows the location of some of the main
components of the RT9130 Crane.

2
3

1
4
18

6018-1

11

10

12

13
14
7
6018-4

1-6

17

16

15

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

FIGURE 1-2

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Item

Description

INTRODUCTION

Item

Counterweight

14

Auxiliary Boom Nose

Spotlight

15

Front Axle

Cab

16

Hydraulic Tank

Work Light

17

Rear Axle

Outrigger Float

18

Boom

Steps

19

Swingaway Extension

Outrigger Jack Cylinder

20

Air Conditioning Components

Boom Nose Sheaves

21

Windshield Washer Fluid Container

Auxiliary Hoist

22

Fuel Water Separator

10

Main Hoist

23

Muffler

11

Boom Pivot

24

Battery

12

Lift Cylinder

25

Fuel Tank

13

Swingaway

GROVE

Description

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-7

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

18

19

13

10

6018-3

21
22

9
8

18
12

10

11

21

14
7
25
5

15

20

24
23

17

6018-2

FIGURE 1-2 continued

1-8

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Maintenance
These general suggestions should be helpful in following the
i ns t r u c t io n s i n th i s m a nu a l . I n a n al y z i ng a s y s te m
malfunction, use a systematic procedure to locate and
correct the problem.
1.

Determine the problem.

2.

List possible causes.

3.

Devise checks.

4.

Conduct checks in a logical order to determine the


cause.

5.

Consider the remaining service life of components


against the cost of parts and labor necessary to replace
them.

6.

Make the necessary repair.

7.

Recheck to ensure that nothing has been overlooked.

8.

Functionally test the failed part in its system.

NOTE:

Your safety and that of others is always the number


one consideration when working around machines.
Safety is a matter of thoroughly understanding the
job to be done and the application of good common
sense. It is not just a matter of dos and donts. Stay
clear of all moving parts.

Cleanliness
An important item in preserving the long life of the machine is
keeping dirt out of working parts. Enclosed compartments,
seals, and filters have been provided to keep the supply of
air, fuel, and lubricants clean. It is important that these
enclosures be maintained.
Whenever hydraulic, fuel, lubricating oil lines, or air lines are
disconnected, clean the adjacent area as well as the point of
disconnect. As soon as the disconnection is made, cap, plug,
or tape each line or opening to prevent entry of foreign
material. The same recommendations for cleaning and
covering apply when access covers or inspection plates are
removed.
Clean and inspect all parts. Be sure all passages and holes
are open. Cover all parts to keep them clean. Be sure parts
are clean when they are installed. Leave new parts in their
containers until ready for assembly.

Never locate or leave heavy parts in an unstable position.


When raising a portion of a crane or a complete crane,
ensure the crane is blocked securely and the weight is
supported by blocks rather than by lifting equipment.
When using hoisting equipment, follow the hoist
manufacturers recommendations and use lifting devices that
will allow you to achieve the proper balance of the
assemblies being lifted and to ensure safe handling. Unless
otherwise specified, all removals requiring hoisting
equipment should be accomplished using an adjustable
lifting attachment. All supporting members (chains and
cables) should be parallel to each other and as near
perpendicular as possible to the top of the object being lifted.

CAUTION
The capacity of an eyebolt diminishes as the angle
between the supporting members and the object
becomes less than 90. Eyebolts and brackets should
never be bent and should only have stress in tension.
Some removals require the use of lifting fixtures to obtain
proper balance. The weights of some components are given
in their respective sections of the manual.
If a part resists removal, check to be certain all nuts and bolts
have been removed and that an adjacent part is not
interfering.

Disassembly And Assembly


When assembling or disassembling a component or system,
complete each step in turn. Do not partially assemble one
part and start assembling some other part. Make all
adjustments as recommended. Always check the job after it
is completed to see that nothing has been overlooked.
Recheck the various adjustments by operating the machine
before returning it to the job.

Pressing Parts
When pressing one part into another, use an anti-seize
compound or a molybdenum disulfide base compound to
lubricate the mating surfaces.
Assemble tapered parts dry. Before assembling parts with
tapered splines, be sure the splines are clean, dry, and free
from burrs. Position the parts together by hand to mesh the
splines before applying pressure.

Clean the rust preventive compound from all machined


surfaces of new parts before installing them.

Parts which are fitted together with tapered splines are


always very tight. If they are not tight, inspect the tapered
splines and discard the part if the splines are worn.

Removal And Installation

Locks

When performing maintenance, do not attempt to manually


lift heavy parts when hoisting equipment should be used.

Lockwashers, flat metal locks, or cotter pins are used to lock


nuts and bolts.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-9

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Flat metal locks must be installed properly to be effective.


Bend one end of the lock around the edge of the part. Bend
the other end against one flat surface of the nut or bolt head.
Always use new locking devices on components which have
moving parts.
Wh en insta lling loc kwashe rs o n ho usings made of
aluminum, use a flat washer between the lockwasher and
the housing.

Wires And Cables


Batteries should always be disconnected prior to working on
the electrical system.

Installation
Lubricate new or used bearings before installation. Bearings
that are to be preloaded must have a film of oil over the entire
assembly to obtain accurate pre-loading. When installing a
bearing, spacer, or washer against a shoulder on a shaft, be
sure the chamfered side is toward the shoulder.
When pressing bearings into a retainer or bore, uniformly
apply pressure to the outer race. If the bearing is pressed on
the shaft, uniformly apply pressure on the inner race.

Preload

Shims

Preload is an initial load placed on the bearing at the time of


assembly. Whether a tapered roller bearing should have
preload could depend on any of several conditions: rigidity of
the housings and shaft, bearing spread, speed of operation,
etc.

When shims are removed, tie them together and identify


them as to location. Keep shims clean and flat until they are
reinstalled.

To determine whether a bearing requires preload or end


c l e ar a nc e , c on s u l t t h e d i s a s s em b l y a n d a s s e m b l y
instructions pertaining to that bearing.

When removing or disconnecting a group of wires or cables,


tag each one to ensure proper identification during assembly.

Care should be exercised in applying preload. Misapplication


of preload to bearings requiring end clearance can result in
bearing failure.

Bearings
Antifriction Bearings
When an antifriction bearing is removed, cover it to keep out
dirt and abrasives. Wash bearings in non-flammable
cleaning solution and allow them to drain dry. The bearing
may be dried with compressed air BUT do not spin the
bearing. Discard the bearings if the races and balls or rollers
are pitted, scored, or burned. If the bearing is serviceable,
coat it with oil and wrap it in clean waxed paper. Do not
unwrap new bearings until time of installation. The life of an
antifriction bearing will be shortened if not properly
lubricated. Dirt in an antifriction bearing can cause the
bearing to lock resulting in the shaft turning in the inner race
or the outer race turning within the cage.

Double Row, Tapered Roller


Double row, tapered roller bearings are precision fit during
manufacture and components are not interchangeable. The
cups, cones, and spacers are usually etched with the same
serial number and letter designator. If no letter designators
are found, wire the components together to assure correct
installation. Reusable bearing components should be
installed in their original positions.

Heating Bearings
Bearings which require expansion for installation should be
heated in oil not to exceed 121 C (250 F). When more than
one part is heated to aid in assembly, they must be allowed
to cool and then pressed together again. Parts often
separate as they cool and contract.

1-10

Sleeve Bearings
Do not install sleeve bearings with a hammer. Use a press
and be sure to apply the pressure directly in line with the
bore. If it is necessary to drive on a bearing, use a bearing
driver or a bar with a smooth flat end. If a sleeve bearing has
an oil hole, align it with the oil hole in the mating part.

Gaskets
Be sure the holes in the gaskets correspond with the
lubricant passages in the mating parts. If it is necessary to
make gaskets, select material of the proper type and
thickness. Be sure to cut holes in the right places. Blank
gaskets can cause serious damage.
When removed, always install new cylinder head and
manifold gaskets using recommended gasket compound on
head gaskets to allow uniform sealing.

Batteries
Clean batteries by scrubbing them with a solution of baking
soda and water. Rinse with clear water. After cleaning, dry
thoroughly and coat terminals and connections with an anti
corrosion compound or grease.
If the machine is to be stored or not used for an extended
period of time, the batteries should be removed. Store the
batteries in a warm, dry place, preferably on wooden
shelves. Never store on concrete. A small charge should be
introduced periodically to keep the specific gravity rating at
recommended level.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

Hydraulic Systems

DANGER
Exercise extreme care around pressurized hydraulic
systems. Do not work on a hydraulic system while it is in
operation or until all pressure is released.

Equipment should be periodically inspected for evidence of


weld fatigue. The frequency of these inspections should be
commensurate with the age of the equipment, the severity of
the application, and the experience of the operators and
maintenance personnel.The following are known high stress
areas applicable to Grove machines, and a visual inspection
of these areas should be made part of an owners planned
preventive maintenance program:
1.

Power Telescope Boom - wear pad retaining structures,


hydraulic cylinder attaching points, boom pivot shaft
retaining structures.

2.

Outrigger pads,
structures.

3.

When removing components of a hydraulic system, cover all


openings on both the component and the crane.

Main frames - generally in the area of doubler plates and


crossmembers; at the junction of front and rear frame
members on truck cranes.

4.

If evidence of foreign particles is found in the hydraulic


system, flush the system.

Turntable bearing connection (where bearing is welded


to the crane superstructure or chassis).

5.

Counterweight support structures.

6.

Chassis axle and suspension mounting structures.

7.

Hydraulic cylinder end connections.

Cleanliness
Contaminants in a hydraulic system affect operation and will
result in serious damage to the system components. Dirty
hydraulic systems are a major cause of component failures.

Keep The System Clean

Disassemble and assemble hydraulic components on a


clean surface.
Clean all metal parts in a nonflammable cleaning fluid. Then
lubricate all components to aid in assembly.

Sealing Elements
Inspect all sealing elements (O-ring, gaskets, etc.) when
disassembling and assembling the hydraulic system
components. Installation of new elements is always
recommended.

beams,

boxes

and

attachment

The above is provided only as a guide, and your inspection


plan should not be limited to the areas listed. A thorough
visual inspection of all weldments is good practice.
Anyone requiring more detailed inspection instructions and/
or repair procedures may request same by contacting the
local Grove distributor.

Loctite

Hydraulic Lines
When installing metal tubes, tighten all bolts finger-tight.
Then, in order, tighten the bolts at the rigid end, the
adjustable end, and the mounting brackets. After tubes are
mounted, install the hoses. Connect both ends of the hose
with all bolts finger-tight. Position the hose so it does not rub
the machine or another hose and has a minimum of bending
and twisting. Tighten bolts in both couplings.
Due to manufacturing methods there is a natural curvature to
a hydraulic hose. The hose should be installed so any bend
is with this curvature.

Fatigue Of Welded Structures


Experience has shown that highly stressed welded
structures when repeatedly subjected to varying stresses
caused by twisting, shock, bending, and intentional and/or
unintentional overloads, often become subject to weld
cracking which may be attributed to fatigue of the welded
joint. This condition is not uncommon in construction
equipment.

GROVE

DANGER
Loctite type adhesives contain chemicals that may be
harmful if misused. Read and follow the instructions on
the container.
Always follow the directions on the Loctite container as not
all Loctite types are suitable for all applications.Various types
of Loctite are specified throughout the Service Manual.The
following types of Loctite brand adhesives are available from
the Parts Department of the local Grove Worldwide
distributor.

Application of Medium Strength Loctite


NOTE:

The fastener may be re-used; the adhesive may be


re-applied over cured adhesive residue.

The following procedure covers the proper application and


curing method for medium strength Loctite adhesive/sealant
(Loctite #242) and primer (Locquic Primer T7471).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-11

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Primer Application
NOTE:

It is not necessary to bathe the threads in primer.

1.

Ensure the threaded surface, both male and female, is


clean and free of dirt and oil. Apply a light spray coating
of primer to both male and female parts to be joined to
clean and accelerate the curing process.

2.

Allow the part to dry prior to adhesive/sealant


application.

Use of proper torque values is extremely important. Improper


torquing can seriously affect performance and reliability.
Identification of fastener grade is always necessary (grade 5,
8, etc.). The mechanic must be aware that he is working with
a highly stressed component and the fastener should be
torqued accordingly.
NOTE:

Adhesive/Sealant Application

Some special applications require variation from


standard torque values. Reference should always
be made to component overhaul procedures for
recommendations.

Special attention should be given to the existence of


lubricant, plating, or other factors that might require variation
from standard torque values.

Bead Application

When maximum recommended torque values have been


exceeded, the fastener should be replaced.
4203

FIGURE 1-3
1.

Apply a bead perpendicular to the thread, several


threads wide, in the approximate area of threaded
engagement (Figure 1-3).

2.

In a blind hole application, a bead of several drops of


adhesive should be applied into the bottom of the hole to
be hydraulically forced up during engagement.

3.

After application and engagement of mated threads,


fixturing will occur within five (5) minutes if primed prior
to engagement. Fixturing may take up to 30 minutes on
unprimed parts.

4.

Time required to achieve full strength is 24 hours.


Maximum ultimate strength is achieved using no primer
with this specific threadlocking adhesive.

Fasteners And Torque Values

When referring to the applicable torque charts, use values as


close as possible to the torque values shown to allow for
wrench calibration tolerance. An erratic or jerking motion of
the wrench can easily result in excessive torque. ALWAYS
use a slow wrench mo vement and STOP when the
predetermined value has been reached.
Torque wrenches are precision instruments and are to be
handled with care to ensure calibrated accuracy. Calibration
checks should be made on a scheduled basis. Whenever the
wrench might be either over stressed or damaged, it should
immediately be removed from service until recalibrated.
KNOW YOUR TORQUE WRENCH! Flexible beam type
wrenches, even though they might have a preset feature,
must be pulled at right angles and the force must be applied
at the exact center of the handle. Force value readings must
be made while the tool is in motion.
Rigid handle type torque wrenches are available with torque
limiting devices that can be preset to required values and
which eliminate dial readings.

Use bolts of the correct length. A bolt which is too long may
bottom before the head is tight against the part it is to hold. If
a bolt is too short, there may not be enough threads engaged
to hold the part securely. Threads can be damaged. Inspect
them and replace fasteners, as necessary.

NOTE:

To convert foot-pounds of torque to newton meters


(Nm), multiply the foot-pounds quantity by 1.3558.

NOTE:

To convert pounds-inch of torque to newton meters


(Nm), multiply the pounds-inch quantity by
0.11298.

Torque values should correspond to the type bolts, studs,


and nuts being used (Figure 1-4) and (Figure 1-5).

NOTE:

When multipliers and/or special tools are used to


reach hard to get at spots, ensure torque readings
are precisely calculated.

The torque tables, (Table 1-2), (Table 1-3), (Table 1-4), and
(Table 1-5) are provided by Grove Manitowoc for reference
when performing maintenance.

1-12

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

Grade 5
120

No
Markings
Heat
Treated

3 Lines
Spaced
120

1 Line
1 Dot

120

3 Radial 1 Radial
Lines
Line
1 Dot

3 Dots
Spaced
120
Grade 8

60

60

6 Lines
Spaced
60

1 Row
Notched
Corners

1 Line
1 Dot

6 Radial
Lines

6 Dots
Spaced
60

2 Rows
Notched
Corners

1 Radial
Line
1 Dot

FIGURE 1-4

SAE Grade 1
and Grade 2

SAE Grade 5

Socket
Capscrew

SAE Grade 7

Socket
Shoulder
Screw

SAE Grade 8

Serrated
Flange Head

FIGURE 1-5

For Standard Metric Hex Bolts


NOTE:

GROVE

Property Class and manufacturers identification


to appear on top of head.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-13

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-2
Torque Values For Unfinished Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads
Bolt Diameter - Inches
Torque Values (foot-pounds)
Coarse Thread
Capscrew

1/4

5/16

3/8

7/16

1/2

9/16

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/8

1-1/4

1-3/8

1-1/2

SAE Grade 1
and Grade 2

5.5
5.0

11
9

20
18

31
29

47
43

69
63

97
89

156
144

210
194

312
288

493
455

685
633

919
849

1100
1015

SAE Grade 5

9.0
7.7

19
17

32
30

52
48

78
72

114
106

156
144

270
249

416
384

606
560

813
751

1141
1053

1519
1403

2028
1865

SAE Grade 8

12.5
11.5

26
24

48
44

73
67

120
110

161
143

234
216

385
355

615
567

929
857

1342
1234

2043
1885

2496
2296

3276
3024

Socket
Capscrew

12.5
11.5

26
24

48
44

73
67

120
110

161
143

234
216

385
355

615
567

929
857

1342
1234

2043
1885

2496
2296

3276
3024

Socket
Shoulder Screw

5
3

12
9

23
21

42
38

42
38

100
92

174
160

346
320

SAE 5.2
Serrated
Flange Head

12
9

25
19

45
34

72
54

110
83

220
166

NOTE 1:

Studs shall be torqued using capscrew figures when grade is known.

NOTE 2:

Torque values for zinc plated fasteners are the same as for unfinished fasteners.

Table 1-3
Torque Values For Unfinished Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Fine Threads
Bolt Diameter - Inches
Torque Values (Pounds - Foot)
Fine Thread

1/4

5/16

3/8

7/16

1/2

9/16

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/8

1-1/4

1-3/8

1-1/2

SAE Grade 1

6.3

12

22

34

52

76

108

172

230

340

535

751

1032

1221

and Grade 2

5.8

10

20

32

48

70

100

158

212

314

493

693

952

1127

10

21

36

57

88

126

182

312

458

658

882

1251

1704

2288

Capscrew

SAE Grade 5

19

34

53

81

116

167

287

421

606

814

1155

1572

2105

14.5

26

53

85

125

177

250

425

672

1009

1500

2092

2833

3640

13.5

24

49

79

115

163

230

393

620

931

1380

1925

2605

3360

Socket

14.5

26

53

85

125

177

250

425

672

1009

1500

2092

2833

3640

Capscrew

13.5

24

49

79

115

163

230

393

620

931

1380

1925

2605

3360

SAE 5.2
Serrated

15

28

52

81

125

251

Flange Head

11

21

39

61

94

SAE Grade 8

189

NOTE 1:

Studs shall be torqued using capscrew figures when grade is known.

NOTE 2:

Torque values for zinc plated fasteners are the same as for unfinished fasteners.

1-14

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

Table 1-4
Torque Values For Metric Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads

Bolt Diameter - Metric


TORQUE VALUES (Nm)
Grade
8.8
10.9
12.9

NOTE 1:

M4
0.157

M5
0.197

M6
0.236

M7
0.276

M8
0.315

M10
0.394

M12
0.472

M14
0.551

M16
0.630

M18
0.709

M20
0.787

M22
0.866

M24
0.945

M27
1.06

M30
1.18

3.1

6.5

11

19

27

53

93

148

230

391

447

608

2.8

5.9

10

17

25

49

85

136

212

294

413

562

774

1134

1538

714

1046

1420

4.5

9.2

16

26

38

75

130

212

322

455

629

4.1

8.5

14

24

35

69

120

195

298

418

581

856

1089

1591

2163

790

1005

1469

1997

5.4

11

19

31

45

89

156

248

387

532

756

1029

1306

1910

2595

4.9

10

17

28

42

83

144

228

357

490

698

949

1206

1763

2395

M27
1.06

M30
1.18

Torque values for fine threads are 8% higher.

Table 1-5
Torque Values For Metric Fasteners With No Special Lubrication - Coarse Threads
Bolt Diameter - Metric
TORQUE VALUES (Pounds - Foot)
Grade
8.8
10.9
12.9

NOTE 1:

M4
0.157

M5
0.197

M6
0.236

M7
0.276

M8
0.315

M10
0.394

M12
0.472

M14
0.551

M16
0.630

M18
0.709

M20
0.787

M22
0.866

M24
0.945

2.3

4.8

8.1

14.0

20

39

69

109

170

235

329

448

548

836

1134

2.1

4.3

7.4

12.5

18

36

63

100

156

217

304

414

526

771

1047

3.3

6.8

11.8

19.0

29

55

96

156

237

335

464

631

803

1173

1594

3.0

6.3

10.3

17.6

26

51

88

144

220

308

428

582

741

1083

1472

4.0

8.1

14.0

23.0

33

66

115

183

285

392

557

758

963

1408

1913

3.6

7.4

12.5

20.6

31

61

106

168

263

361

514

699

889

1299

1765

Torque values for fine threads are 8% higher.

WIRE ROPE

as load lines [hoisting cables], boom extension and


retraction cables, pendant cables, tow winch cables, and
hook block tie down cables).

General
The following information is a compendium of information
from various wire rope manufacturers and includes
inspection, replacement, and maintenance guidelines for
wire rope as established by ANSI/ASME B30.5, federal
regulations, and Manitowoc. The inspection interval shall be
determined by a qualified person and shall be based on such
factors as expected rope life as determined by experience on
the particular installation or similar installations, severity of
environment, percentage of capacity lifts, frequency rates of
operation, and exposure to shock loads. Periodic
Inspections need not be at equal calendar intervals and
should be performed at shorter time intervals as the wire
rope approaches the end of its useful life. A periodic
inspection shall be performed at least once a year. The
following provides inspection and maintenance procedures
for wire ropes used on Grove products (e.g. wire rope used

GROVE

Environmental Conditions
The life expectancy of wire rope may vary due to the degree
of environmental hostility and other conditions to which these
mechanical devices are subjected. Variation in temperature,
continuous excessive moisture levels, exposure to corrosive
chemicals or vapors or subjecting the wire rope to abrasive
material may shorten normal wire rope life. Frequent/
periodic inspections and maintenance of your wire rope is
recommended for preventing premature wear and to insure
long-term satisfactory performance.

Dynamic Shock Loads


Subjecting wire rope to abnormal loads beyond the
endurance limit will shorten the wire ropes, life expectancy.
Examples of this type of loading are listed below.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-15

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

1.

High velocity movement e.g.; hoisting or swinging of a


load followed by abrupt stops.

2.

Suspending loads while traveling over irregular surfaces


such as railroad tracks, potholes, and rough terrain.

3.

Moving a load that is beyond the rated capacity of the


lifting mechanism, i.e.; overloading.

Lubrication
A wire rope cannot be lubricated sufficiently during
manufacture to last its entire life. Therefore, new lubricant
must be added throughout the life of a rope to replace factory
lubricant which is used or lost. It is important that lubricant
applied as part of a maintenance program shall be
compatible with the original lubricant, and to this end, the
rope manufacturer should be consulted. Lubricant applied
shall be of the type which does not hinder visual inspection.
Those sections of rope which are located over sheaves or
otherwise hidden during inspection and maintenance
procedures require special attention when lubricating rope.
The object of rope lubrication is to reduce internal friction and
to prevent corrosion.
During fabrication, ropes receive lubrication; the kind and
amount depends on the ropes size, type, and anticipated
use. This in-process treatment will provide the finished rope
with ample protection for a reasonable time if it is stored
under proper conditions. But, when the rope is put into
service, the initial lubrication may be less than needed for the
full useful life of the rope. Because of this possibility, periodic
applications of a suitable rope lubricant are necessary.
The following are important characteristics of a good wire
rope lubricant:
1.

It should be free from acids and alkalis.

2.

It should have sufficient adhesive strength to remain on


the ropes.

3.

It should be of a viscosity capable of penetrating the


interstices between wires and strands.

4.

It should not be soluble in the medium surrounding it


under the actual operating conditions (i.e. water).

5.

It should have a high film strength.

6.

It should resist oxidation.

Before applying lubrication, accumulations of dirt or other


abrasive material should be removed from the rope.
Cleaning can be accomplished by using a stiff wire brush and
solvent, compressed air, or live steam. Immediately after the
wire rope is cleaned, it should be lubricated. Many
techniques may be used; these include bath, dripping,

1-16

pouring, swabbing, painting or pressure spray methods.


Whenever possible, the lubricant should be applied at the
top of a bend in the rope, because at that point the strands
are spread by bending and are more easily penetrated.
There should be no load on the rope while it is being
lubricated. It should be noted, the service life of wire rope will
be directly proportional to the effectiveness of the method
used and amount of lubricant reaching the working parts of
the rope.

Precautions and Recommendations During


Inspection or Replacement
1.

Always lock out equipment power when removing or


installing wire rope assemblies.

2.

Always use safety glasses for eye protection.

3.

Wear protective clothing, gloves, and safety shoes as


appropriate.

4.

Use supports and clamps to prevent uncontrolled


movement of wire rope, parts, and equipment.

5.

When replacing fixed length cable assemblies (e.g.


pendants) having permanently attached end fittings use
only pre-assembled lengths of wire rope as supplied
from Manitowoc. Do not build lengths from individual
components.

6.

Replace an entire wire rope assembly. Do not attempt to


rework damaged wire rope or wire rope ends.

7.

Never electroplate wire rope assemblies.

8.

Do not weld any wire rope assembly or component


unless welding is recommended by the wire rope
manufacturer. Welding spatter shall never be allowed to
come in contact with the wire rope or wire rope ends. In
addition, be sure that the wire rope is not an electrical
path during other welding operations.

9.

Wire ropes are manufactured from special steels. If


heating a wire rope assembly is absolutely necessary for
removal, the entire wire rope assembly shall be
discarded.

10. On systems equipped with two or more wire rope


assemblies operating as a matched set, they shall be
replaced as an entire set.
11. Do not paint or coat wire ropes with any substance
except approved lubricants.
12. Measure the ropes diameter across crowns (1) of the
strands when determining if rope has become damaged
(Figure 1-6).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
concerning wire rope replacement should be made by a
qualified person.

Keeping Records
A signed and dated report of the wire ropes condition at
each periodic inspection must be kept on file at all times. The
report must cover all inspection points listed in this section.
The information in the records can then be used to establish
data which can be used to determine when a wire rope
should be replaced.

A925

FIGURE 1-6

13. When checking for broken wires (5) ((Figure 1-7)) relax
the rope, move it off pick-up points, and flex it as much
as possible. Use a sharp awl to pick and probe between
wires and strands, lifting any wire which appears loose
or moves excessively. Defect in the rope is spoke of in
relations to Lay Length (2) which is the distance
measured along rope in which one strand (3) makes one
complete revolution around core (4).
2
4

It is recommended that the wire rope inspection program


include reports on the examination of wire rope removed
from service. This information can be used to establish a
relationship between visual inspection and the ropes actual
internal condition at the time of removal from serivce.

Frequent Inspection
A frequent daily visual inspection is recommended for all
running ropes in service. This inspection should be made on
all wire rope which can be expected to be in use during the
days operation. This inspection should be used to monitor
progressive degradation and to discover severe damages
necessitating wire rope replacement such as:
1.

Distortion, Kinking, Crushing, Un-stranding, Bird caging,


Reduction of diameter, etc.

2.

General corrosion.

3.

Broken or cut strands.

4.

Number, distribution and type of broken wires.

5.

Evidence of core failure.

6.

End fitting wear/abrasion.

A925

FIGURE 1-7

Wire Rope Inspection (Running Ropes and


Pendant Cables)
Wire rope should be inspected frequently/daily and
periodically/yearly in accordance with the following
information excerpted from a National Consensus Standard
as referenced by Federal Government Agencies.
Recommended inspection intervals may vary from machine
to m a ch i ne a nd m a y v ar y ba s ed o n e nv i r o nm en ta l
conditions, frequency of lifts, and exposure to shock loads.
The inspection time intervals may also be predetermined by
state and local regulatory agencies.
NOTE:

Wire rope may be purchased through Manitowoc


CraneCARE.

Any deterioration observed in the wire rope should be noted


in the equipment inspection log and an assessment

GROVE

Pay particular attention to areas of the rope where wear and


other damage is likely to occur:
7.

Pick-up Points: Sections of wire rope that are


repeatedly stressed during each lift, such as those
sections in contact with sheaves.

8.

End Attachments: The point where a fitting is


attached to the wire rope or the point where the wire
rope is attached to the drum.

9.

Abuse Points: The point where the wire rope is


subjected to abnormal scuffing and scraping.

Periodic Inspection
Wire rope should be inspected periodically/annually or at a
shorter time interval if necessitated by environmental or
other adverse conditions, and shall cover the entire length of
the wire rope. Only the outer surface of the wire rope need
be inspected, and no attempt should be made to open the
rope. Periodic inspection should include all items listed
under frequent inspection plus the following:

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-17

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

1.

Inspect for reduction of rope diameter below nominal


diameter.

2.

Inspect for severely corroded or broken wires at end


connections.

3.

Inspect for severely corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or


improperly applied end connections.

4.

Inspect wire rope in areas


deterioration such as:

5.

subjected

to rapid

Sections in contact with saddles, equalizer sheaves,


or other sheaves where wire rope travel is limited.

Sections of wire rope at or near terminal ends where


corroded or broken wires may protrude.

Inspect boom nose sheaves, hook block sheaves, boom


extension/jib sheaves, auxiliary boom nose sheaves,
and hoist drums for wear. Damaged sheaves or hoist
drums can accelerate wear and cause rapid
deterioration of the wire rope.

Wire Rope Inspection (Boom Extension and


Retraction Cables)
Periodic Inspection.
It is recommended that a periodic inspection of all boom
extension and retraction cables be performed using the
following guidelines. This inspection shall cover the entire
length of the extension and retraction cables. This inspection
should be used to monitor progressive degradation and to
d i s c o v e r s e v e r e d a m a g e s n e c e s s i ta t i n g w i r e r o p e
replacement or equipment repair. Inspection criteria are as
follows:
1.

Inspect for reduction of rope diameter below nominal


diameter.

2.

Inspect for severely corroded or broken wires at end


connections.

3.
4.

5.

1-18

6.

Inspect for unusual cable sag/stretch and be sure cables


used in sets all have an equal tension applied. Repeated
need for adjustment of an individual cable is evidence of
cable stretch and indicates the need for additional and
more thorough inspection in order to determine and
correct the cause.

Wire Rope Inspection/Replacement (All Wire


Rope)
No precise rules can be given for determination of the exact
time for replacement of wire rope since many variable factors
are involved. Determination regarding continued use or
replacement of wire rope depends largely upon the good
judgement of an appointed and qualified person who
evaluates the remaining strength in a used rope after
allowance for any deterioration disclosed by inspection.
Wire rope replacement should be determined by the
following information excerpted from a National Consensus
Standard as referenced by Federal Government Agencies
and as recommended by Manitowoc. All wire rope will
eventually deteriorate to a point where it is no longer usable.
Wire rope shall be taken out of service when any of the
following conditions exist:
1.

In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires


in one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay.

2.

Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside


individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any
other damage resulting in distortion of the rope
structure.

3.

Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.

4.

Reductions from nominal diameter of more than:

1/64 inch for diameters up to and including 5/16


inch.

1/32 inch for diameters 3/8 and 1/2 inch inclusive.

Inspect for severely corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or


improperly applied end connections.

3/64 inch for diameters 9/16 to 3/4 inch inclusive.

1/16 inch for diameters 7/8 to 1 1/8 inches inclusive.

Inspect wire rope in areas


deterioration such as:

3/32 inch for diameters 1/14 to 1 1/2 inches


inclusive.

subjected

to rapid

Sections in contact with saddles, equalizer sheaves,


or other sheaves where wire rope travel is limited.

5.

In running rope, six randomly distributed broken wires in


one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay.

Sections of wire rope at or near terminal ends where


corroded or broken wires may protrude.

6.

Sections of wire rope in contact with stationary


surfaces where abrasion or chafing may take place
as a result of equipment vibration.

In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay


in sections beyond end connections or more than one
broken wire at an end connection.

7.

Inspect for damaged or wobbly boom extension and


retraction sheaves that may cause rapid deterioration of
the wire rope.

In rotation resistant rope, two randomly distributed


broken wires in six rope diameters or four randomly
distributed broken wires in 30 rope diameters.

8.

Severe corrosion as evidenced by pitting.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


9.

INTRODUCTION

Manitowoc recommends that for cable extended booms,


a single damaged wire rope assembly shall require
replacement of the entire set of extension cables.

Method 2

10. Manitowoc recommends for cable extended booms, that


boom extension cables be replaced every seven (7)
years.

Seizing Wire Rope


It is important to seize the ends of rotation resistant wire
ropes to prevent the displacement and unraveling of the
individual wires and strands at the ends. All preformed and
non-preformed styles of wire rope should be seized prior to
cutting. Seizings must be placed on both sides of the point
where the wire rope is to be cut.
The two preferred methods for seizing wire ropes are:

Method 1
Using a length of soft annealed wire ((Figure 1-8)), place one
end in the groove between two strands of the wire rope. Turn
the long end of the annealed wire at right angles to the wire
and wrap it tightly over the portion in the groove.
The two ends of the annealed wire should be twisted
together tightly. Cut off the excess wire and pound the twist
flat against the wire rope.

FIGURE 1-9
Wind a length of soft annealed wire ((Figure 1-9)) around the
wire rope at least seven times. The two ends should be
twisted together in the center of the seizing. Tighten the
seizing by alternately prying and twisting. Cut off both ends
of the wire and pound the twist flat against the rope.
NOTE:

Non-preformed wire rope (1) ((Figure 1-10)) should


have three seizings (3) located on each side of the
cut (4) as compared to performed wire rope (2).

FIGURE 1-8

7204

FIGURE 1-10

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-19

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Installing FLEX-X 35 Wire Rope

7.

CAUTION
Any cutting of this specific wire rope is not recommended.
If FLEX-X 35 wire rope must be cut for any reason, it is
necessary to follow the attached instructions. Also, unlike
other types of wire rope, the ends on this wire rope must
be welded.
1.

Breaking in your new Flex-X 35: After installation, you


should properly break in your rope, which allows the
ropes component parts to adjust themselves to your
operating conditions.
With the boom fully raised and fully extended, attach a
light load at the hook and raise it a few inches off the
ground. Allow to stand for several minutes. Then cycle
the load between the full up and down positions
several times. Stand back and watch the drum winding
and rope travel for any potential problems.

Unload properly and relieve any twists. Pull the rope off
the shipping reel or unroll it from a shipping coil. (If done
improperly, you may kink the rope, which will result in
permanent damage to the rope.) Then lay the rope on
the ground in direct line with the boom. This helps
release any twist in the rope.

After making the lifts with a light load, increase the load
and cycle it up and down a few times. This procedure will
train the rope and help assure smooth operation during
its useful life.
Ideally, you should run these loads with reeving that lets
you place the loads on the block with all rope off the
drum except the last three wraps. If this is not possible,
alternate methods must be used to assure proper
tensioning of the rope on the drum.

2.

Attach ropes end to drum. Pull the rope over the point
sheave and attach the end to the drum. Be sure not to
remove the welded end.

3.

Wind rope onto drum slowly and carefully. At this point, it


isnt necessary to provide additional load other than the
weight of the rope being pulled across the ground.

Procedures for Cutting and Preparing


FLEX-X 35

4.

Spool first layer tightly. It is essential on smooth-faced


drums that the first layer is spooled with wraps tight and
close together since the first layer forms the foundation
for succeeding layers. If need be, use a rubber, lead or
brass mallet (but never a steel hammer) to tap the rope
in place.

Flex-X 35 is a special wire rope that must be handled


differently than any other rope we manufacture. One
characteristic that makes this rope special is that the outer
strands are not preformed. It is because of this that the
following procedures for cutting and preparing Flex-X 35
must be followed:

5.

Spool multiple layers with sufficient tension. Its very


important to apply a tensioning load to the ropes during
the rope breaking-in process. (If not, the lower layers
may be loose enough that the upper layers become
wedged into the lower layers under load, which can
seriously damage the rope.) The tensioning load should
range from 1 to 2% of the ropes minimum breaking
force.

1.

The welded ends prepared by the manufacturer are not


to be removed.

2.

Before cutting the rope, make three separate bands with


seizing strand on each side of where the cut is to be
made (total of six bands for each cut). Each band is to
have a minimum length of one and one half times the
rope diameter. The two bands closest to the cut should
be located at a distance equal to one rope diameter
away from the cut. The four remaining bands should be
evenly spaced at a distance equal to three rope
diameters.

6.

1-20

For ropes in multi-part systems: Reeve the traveling


block and boom tip sheaves so the rope spacing is
maximized and the traveling (hook) block hangs straight
and level to help assure block stability.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

3.
a.

NOTE:

b.

If a welder is available, the cut should be made with


an abrasive saw. Immediately after the cut, both
ends of the rope are to be cap welded so that all
inner and outer strands are welded together,
preventing any movement between them.
The outer strands must not be able to move with
respect to the inner strands. The weld must not
exceed the diameter of the rope.
If a welder is not available, the cut is to be made with
an acetylene torch. The cut is to be made in such a

way that both ends of the rope are completely fused


so that all inner and outer strands are bonded
together, preventing any movement between
strands.
NOTE:

The outer strands must not be allowed to move


with respect to the inner strands. The fused end
must not exceed the diameter of the rope.

4.

Once the cuts have been completed, the seizing bands


are to be left in place for shipment of the rope.

5.

Attach a Do not remove welded ends tag on each reel


flange.

FIGURE 1-11

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

1-21

INTRODUCTION

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

THIS PAGE BLANK

1-22

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

SECTION 2
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Hydraulic Oil Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Draining and Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Removing Air from the Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Directional Control Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Valve Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Binding Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Visual Inspection of Hoses and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Supply Pressure And Return Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Pump Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Pump No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Pump No. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Pump No. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Pump No. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Filter Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Filter Element Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Filter Element Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Hydraulic Reservoir Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Hydraulic Reservoir Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Breather Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Oil Cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Hydraulic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 1 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 1 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 2 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Pump No. 2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
No. 3 Pump Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
No. 3 Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
No. 4 Pump Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
No. 4 Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Testing After Repair or Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Pressure Setting Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Procedure A - For Setting Main Directional Control Valve Reliefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Procedure B - For Checking Pressure Reducing/Sequence Valve Setting . . . . . . 2-22
Procedure for Checking Hose Reel Motor and Hose Reel Brake Pressure
Reducing Valve Setting (Figure 2-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Procedure for Checking Controller Supply Pressure Reducing Valve

GROVE

2-i

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Setting (Figure 2-8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Procedure C - For Checking Swing Brake Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure D - For Checking Service Brake and Air Conditioning Circuit Relief
Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure E - For Checking Service Brake Dual Accumulator Charge Valve
Pressure Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure F - For Checking Accumulator Pre-Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure G - For Pre-Charging Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure H - For Checking Front Steer Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure I - For Checking Swing Valve Work Port Relief Pressure . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure J - For Checking Relief Setting for Counterweight Supply Control
Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure K - For Checking Outrigger/Rear Steer Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . .
Procedure L - For Setting Hoist Motor Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure M - For Checking Oil Cooler Circuit Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . .
Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directional Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Directional Valve (Hoist/Telescope/Lift) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing and Front Steer Directional Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt Directional Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoist/Lift/Telescope Directional Valve Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoist/Lift/Telescope Directional Valve Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing/Steer Directional Valve Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing/Steer Directional Valve Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt Directional Valve Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt Directional Valve Installation . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Check (Both Valve Banks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function Check - LMI Lockout Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing Series Parallel Selector Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve With Solenoid Controls Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function Check - Swing Brake Release Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function Check - Crane Function Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Control Valve-Dual Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Remote Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Control Valve Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Control Valve Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Control Valve Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telescope Pedal Control Valve Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Telescope Pedal Control Valve Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-ii

2-22
2-23
2-23
2-23
2-24
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-28
2-29
2-29
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-37
2-37
2-37
2-37
2-37
2-38
2-38
2-38
2-38
2-38
2-38
2-38
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-41

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Telescope Pedal Control Valve Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41


Swing Power Brake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Double Pilot Operated Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Tandem Brake Valve w/ Treadle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Dual Accumulator Charge Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Hydraulic Accumulator Service Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Hydraulic Accumulator Load Sense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Holding Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Shuttle Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Oil Cooler Motor Control Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Telescope Rod Drain Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Outrigger Boost Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Parking Brake Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Axle Disconnect Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Telescope Two-Stage Relief Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Cross-Axle Differential Lock Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Cross Axle Differential Lock Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52

GROVE

2-iii

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outrigger/Rear Steer/Outrigger Box Pin Removal Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outrigger Control Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilot Operated Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Bleed-Off Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axle Oscillation Lockout Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface Protection For Cylinder Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leakage Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual Rod Telescope Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-iv

2-52
2-52
2-52
2-52
2-53
2-53
2-53
2-53
2-53
2-54
2-54
2-54
2-54
2-54
2-54
2-56
2-56
2-56
2-56
2-56
2-56
2-56
2-57
2-57
2-57
2-57
2-57
2-58
2-58
2-58
2-58
2-58
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-60
2-60
2-60
2-60
2-60
2-61
2-61
2-61
2-61
2-61
2-61
2-62
2-63
2-63
2-63
2-63
2-63
2-65
2-67
2-67

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68
Upper Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Axle Oscillation Lockout Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Steer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Outrigger Extension Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Outrigger Stabilizer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
Tilt Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Power Pin Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Park Brake Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92

GROVE

2-v

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

THIS PAGE BLANK

2-vi

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SECTION 2
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
This section describes the hydraulic system, the
components which make up the hydraulic system, and the
components dependent upon the hydraulic system for their
operation. This includes descriptions of the supply pressure
and return hydraulic circuit, hydraulic pumps, all hydraulic
valves, and all hydraulic cylinders. Detailed descriptions and
operation of individual hydraulic circuits are discussed within
their individual sections as applicable. A complete hydraulic
system schematic showing all options is at the back of this
manual and (Figure 2-1) and (Figure 2-2) provides A.N.S.I.
Graphical Symbols information for this section.

5.

Disconnect the return line from the lift cylinder and raise
the boom to maximum elevation.

6.

Connect the cylinder return line and lower the boom to


its stowed position. Replenish the reservoir hydraulic oil
level as required.

7.

Disconnect the return line from an outrigger extension


cylinder and fully extend the outrigger.

8.

Connect the outrigger return line and retract the


outrigger. Replenish the reservoir hydraulic oil level as
necessary.

9.

Repeat Steps 7 and 8 for the remaining outriggers.

MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Hydraulic Oil Recommendations


For the hydraulic oil specifications, refer to Section 9 LUBRICATION.

Draining and Flushing


If a component has been changed because of a failure that
might allow metal or abrasive particles to enter the system,
all systems must be thoroughly checked, drained, and
flushed.
1.

Remove the reservoir drain plug. Allow about three


minutes after hydraulic oil stops flowing from the drain
port for the side walls to drain.

2.

Clean and install the reservoir plug and fill the reservoir
with a 50/50 mixture of fuel oil and clean hydraulic oil.

3.

Cycle the crane through all functions several times.


Then return the crane to its stowed position and turn the
front and rear wheels to the extreme left. Shut down the
engine.

4.

Remove the reservoir drain plug and drain the reservoir.


Clean and install the drain plug and fill the reservoir with
clean hydraulic oil.

When draining the outrigger cylinders, always operate


either both front or both rear cylinders together to prevent
twisting the crane.
10. Disconnect the return lines from a pair of outrigger
stabilizer cylinders and activate the cylinders to their
maximum down positions.
11. Connect the return lines and raise the outrigger
stabilizer cylinders to the stowed position. Replenish the
reservoir hydraulic oil level as necessary.
12. Repeat Steps 10 and 11 for the remaining two outrigger
cylinders.
13. Disconnect the return line from the telescope cylinder
and fully extend the boom.
14. Connect the return line and retract the boom. Replenish
the reservoir hydraulic oil level as necessary.
15. Disconnect the return lines from both front steer
cylinders and turn the front wheels to the extreme right.
16. Connect the return lines and turn the front wheels to the
extreme left and then back to center. Replenish the
reservoir hydraulic oil level as necessary.
17. Repeat steps 15 and 16 for the rear steering cylinders.

CAUTION
Hydraulic oil supply lines must be connected to the
cylinders when flushing the system.
NOTE:

Draining the various components will be aided by


connecting a drain line in place of the disconnected
return line.

18. Raise the crane on outriggers.


19. Disconnect the line from port A of the axle lockout valve.
20. Using a jack under the rear wheel on one side of the
crane, jack up the wheel to maximum travel.
21. Connect the line to port A of the axle lockout valve and
disconnect the line from Port B.
22. Repeat step 19 using the other rear wheel.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-1

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

FIGURE 2-1

2-2

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

FIGURE 2-2

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-3

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

23. Connect the line to port B of the axle lockout valve.


Energize the axle lockout valve. Replenish the reservoir
hydraulic oil level as necessary.
24. Disconnect the return line from the main hoist motor and
fully hoist up the hoist.
25. Connect the return line to the main hoist motor and fully
hoist down the hoist, then hoist up again. Replenish the
reservoir hydraulic oil level as necessary.
26. Repeat Steps 24 and 25 for the auxiliary hoist as
necessary.

fittings for evidence of leaks. A soap solution applied to


the fittings and joints may also prove helpful in detecting
minute leaks while the system is pressurized. Remove
the pressure, repair any leaks found, and reopen any
openings (such as a vent) closed for inspection. Refill
the reservoir after completing any repairs or service.
Operate all hydraulic circuits several times in both
directions.
This action should return any entrapped air to the
reservoir where it can be removed from the hydraulic oil
by the baffles.

27. Disconnect one of the lines from each of the swing


motors and drive the motors in the direction they will go.
28. Connect the lines to the swing motors, then drive the
swing motors in the opposite direction until the boom is
centered and forward. Replenish the reservoir hydraulic
oil level as necessary.

CAUTION
When hydraulic oils are changed or added, ensure that
hydraulic oils of different manufacturers are of the same
specifications. However, discoloration may occur.
When hydraulic oils are changed, recheck the reservoir
hydraulic oil level after brief system operation and add
hydraulic oil as required. Working reservoir capacity
(capacity to full mark) is 1226 liters (324 U.S. gallons).
Ensure the crane is level and in the travel mode of operation
when the hydraulic system is being filled. The system must
be filled with all cylinders retracted. Fill the reservoir to the
full mark on the reservoir sight gauge. After the reservoir is
filled, operate all circuits and recheck the reservoir sight
gauge. Add hydraulic oil as required.

Removing Air from the Hydraulic System


Air entering the hydraulic oil will normally be removed
automatically by passage of the hydraulic oil over the baffles
in the hydraulic reservoir. If a component has been replaced,
the reservoir level is too low, or a leak develops in the suction
lines to the pumps, air can enter the system. If air becomes
entrapped in the hydraulic oil, it may be detectable in pumps
and motor operated components such as the swing
mechanisms and hoist(s), because it can cause these units
to become noisy during operation. If noisy operation occurs,
first check the level of the hydraulic reservoir and replenish
as necessary. Then inspect for leaks in the suction lines
leading to the pumps.
Minute leaks may be hard to locate. If a leak is not readily
detectable, use the following way to check for it:
Seal all normal openings in the hydraulic system and the
reservoir. Using a positive means to control the pressure
(like a regulator), pressurize the hydraulic system to
13.8 to 27.6 kPa (2 to 4 psi) and inspect all joints and

2-4

DANGER
Locate the machine on a firm supporting surface and
position the boom over the front on outriggers when
extending the boom at low angles.
To remove entrapped air from telescope cylinders, lower
the boom to below horizontal and fully telescope the
boom in and out several times.
If the air is not readily removed, lower the boom to below
horizontal, extend the telescope cylinders as far as
practicable, and allow the boom to remain in this position
overnight. This should allow entrapped air to find its way
to the holding valve so that telescoping the boom IN the
next morning should force the air back to the reservoir.
Ensure the boom is first telescoped IN (not OUT) in the
morning. Telescoping OUT may cause air to be forced
back into a cylinder.

DANGER
Extreme care must be used when removing any plugs or
restrictions from a hydraulic system suspected to have
entrapped air that may be pressurized.
Entrapped air may be removed from cylinders having
wet rods by cycling. On certain cylinders, a plugged port
is provided on the rod end to bleed off entrapped air.

DANGER
Do not attempt to loosen fittings in pressurized lines or
while the hydraulic pumps are in operation.
In the event that air entrapment should persist, bleeding
of air by loosening various clamp and screw type fittings
may become necessary.
If the above procedures fail to eliminate air entrapment,
contact your authorized Manitowoc Distributor.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Parts Replacement
Parts found damaged or out of tolerance when maintenance
is being performed should be replaced. Refer to the
Manitowoc Parts Catalog for proper replacement parts.

Directional Control Valves


The control valves that control the crane functions are
installed on the right side of the turntable.

Inspection
Inspect the control valves for visible damage, binding spools,
and evidence of leakage. If excessive internal leakage is
suspected during operation with a spool in its center position,
it is possible that the area between the spool and working
section bore of the valve body is worn beyond serviceable
limits. If this condition exists, the spool and body must be
replaced as an assembly.

Warping occurs when mounting plates are not level or they


become distorted from machine damage. As mentioned
previously, the valve can be shimmed level.
Also, check the valve for rust. Rust or dirt collecting on the
valves can prevent free movement of the spool, and keep it
from the true center position. Excessive system pressure
can create both internal and external leaks in valves that are
otherwise sound. Only qualified technicians using the correct
equipment should make pressure adjustments when
pressure adjustments are needed.

Visual Inspection of Hoses and Fittings

CAUTION
Ensure that the hydraulic hose is depressurized before
loosening the connections.
1.

Valve Leakage

Visually inspect hoses and fittings once a month or


every 250 hours for the following:

Dripping hydraulic oil indicates some type of external


leakage. The machine should be removed from service for
immediate repairs. External leaks sometimes develop at
fittings and seals. Spool seals are susceptible since they are
subject to wear. Seals may be damaged by temperatures
that are too high, or by dirt or paint accumulation on the
spool. Damaged or torn seals must be replaced.

a.

Leaks at hose fitting or in hose

b.

Damaged, cut, or abraded cover

c.

Exposed reinforcement

d.

Kinked, crushed, flattened, or twisted hose

e.

Hard, stiff, heat cracked, or charred hose

A component functioning at reduced efficiency may indicate


that the control valve for that component is leaking internally.
If preliminary check-out reveals that adequate volume is
being supplied to the affected valve bank, relief valves are
properly adjusted, and the component is not at fault, check
the valve for scored or worn parts. Scoring is a sign of the
number one problem in hydraulics - contamination (external
contamination by dust or internal contamination by debris
from deteriorating components or oxidized hydraulic oil).
Scored or severely worn valve components must be
replaced.

f.

Blistered, soft, degraded, or loose cover

g.

Cracked, damaged, or badly corroded fittings

h.

Fitting slippage on hose

i.

Other signs of significant deterioration

If any of the above conditions exist, evaluate hose


assemblies for correction or replacement. For replacement
of hose assemblies, refer to your Manitowoc Crane Care
Parts Manual.
2.

Check valves in the control valves are designed to permit a


flow of hydraulic oil in one direction only. If a piece of dirt or
rust has worked its way into the check valve and lodges
between the poppet and seat, it will keep the valve open and
allow a return flow of hydraulic oil. The remedy is to clean the
valve, but it is also a good idea to follow through and ensure
the hydraulic system filter is still serviceable.

Binding Spools
Some of the most common causes for stiff spool movement
or jammed spool action are system overheating, excessive
pressure, contaminated or deteriorated hydraulic oil, or
warped mountings. When scorched, deteriorated hydraulic
oil or contamination is the cause, flushing the system and
replenishing with clean hydraulic oil may solve the problem.
If the spool bores are badly scored or galled, the valve must
be removed for servicing.

GROVE

At the same service interval, visually inspect all other


hydraulic components and valves for the following:
a.

Leaking Ports

b.

Leaking valve sections or manifolds and valves


installed into cylinders or onto motors.

c.

Damaged or missing hose clamps, guard, or


shields.

d.

Excessive dirt and debris around the hose


assemblies.

If any of these conditions exist, address them appropriately.


3.

Hydraulic hose assemblies operating in a temperature


climate zone C (Table 2-1) are recommended to be
replaced after 8000 hours of service life.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-5

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
4.

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Hydraulic hose assemblies operating in climate zones


A and B (Table 2-1) with high ambient temperatures,
could see hose service life reduced by 40 to 50%,
therefore, it is recommended to replace these hoses
after 4000 to 5000 hours of service life.

5.

Hydraulic hose assemblies operating in climate zones


D and E (Table 2-1) cold climates should expect a
degrade of mechanical properties such as elasticity,
therefore, it is recommended these hoses be inspected
and addressed accordingly.

Table 2-1
Zone

Classification

Tropical Moist: All months average above 18 C. Latitude 15 - 25 North and South

Dry or Arid: Deficient precipitation most of the year. Latitude: 20 - 35 North and South

Moist Mid-Latitude: Temperature with mild winters. Latitude: 30 - 50 North & South

Moist Mid-Latitude: Cold winters. Latitude 50 - 70 North & South

Polar: Extremely cold winters and summers. Latitude: 60 - 75 North & South

SUPPLY PRESSURE AND RETURN CIRCUIT


Description
The supply pressure and return circuit is made up of several
circuits which route hydraulic oil from the four hydraulic
pumps to the directional control valves for the individual
operating circuits. The supply pressure and return circuit
consists of the reservoir and integral filter, four hydraulic
pumps, a hydraulic oil cooler, and a 11-port hydraulic swivel.
Refer to Hydraulic Pumps in this section for descriptions and
maintenance instructions for each hydraulic pump. Refer to
Section 6 - Swing System for description and maintenance
instructions for the 11-port hydraulic swivel.
The supply pressure and return circuit uses Ports 2 and 3 for
pump supply and the dual Port 1 for return. Each operating
circuits description and components begin with the circuits
directional control valve.

Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter


The reservoir (Figure 2-3), attached to the right side of the
carrier frame, has a total capacity of 1363 liters (360 gallons)
total, or 1226 liters (324 gallons) to the full mark. The all-steel
reservoir has an internally mounted full-flow filter and integral
baffles that help cool the hydraulic oil and prevent hydraulic
oil foaming.
Hydraulic oil flows through four tubes at the lower rear of the
reservoir to the four hydraulic pumps. Almost all of the return

2-6

flow goes through the filter at the top of the reservoir. The
return line that goes directly into the reservoir (instead of
through the filter) is from the No. 4 port (drain) of the 11-port
swivel.
A magnetized drain plug in the bottom of the reservoir
collects metal particles from the hydraulic oil if it becomes
contaminated.
A sight gauge is located on the right side of the reservoir to
indicate hydraulic oil level.
A filler neck and breather on the top of the reservoir are for
filling the reservoir and for venting it. The filler neck includes
a strainer for catching contaminants and gaskets to prevent
leaking. The breather, which screws onto the filler neck,
allows air to enter or exhaust from the reservoir. It is most
important that the breather be kept clean to prevent damage
to the reservoir.
Two large round access covers on the top of the reservoir
provide access for cleaning. The covers are bolted to the top
of the reservoir and have a gasket to prevent leaking. The
access holes can also be used to fill the reservoir after it has
been completely drained.
The hydraulic oil filter is located in the reservoir. It bolts to the
top of the reservoir. The filter contains a replaceable filter
element. Returning hydraulic oil flows through the filters filter
element into the reservoir. Bypass fluid internal to the filter
flows to the reservoir also.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

12

3
2

7305

11

10

FIGURE 2-3

Capscrew

Flatwasher

Mounting Strap

A gauge on the filter head indicates how restricted (clogged)


the filter element is. When back pressure caused by a dirty
filter element exceeds 275 kPa (40 psi), the filter assemblys
bypass feature functions to allow hydraulic oil to bypass the
filter element and flow into the reservoir through the bypass
valve instead. (Filter changing instructions are in
MAINTENANCE.)

Magnetized Drain Plug (Not shown on bottom of


tank)

Pump Distribution

Fill Cap and Breather

Pump No. 1

Access Cover

The torque converter drives Pump No. 1.

Filter Indicator

Hydraulic Filter

Sight Gauge

10

Lockwasher

Section one of pump No. 1 supplies the hoist, lift, and


telescope directional control valve. The valve sections
control the main hoist, boom lift, boom telescope, and, when
equipped, auxiliary hoist functions. Hydraulic oil flowing from
this valve bank returns to the reservoir filter.

11

Hex Nut

12

Frame

Item

GROVE

Description

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-7

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Section one also supplies the counterweight removal,


counterweight removal pin, boom removal pin, and cab tilt
functions, and when installed, the luffing jib function.
Section Two of Pump No. 1 supplies the front steer valve, the
swing/steer directional control valve, and if installed, the CE
option load sense steering valve. A load sense flow divider
located in the swing directional control valve ensures the
front steer valve gets priority flow upon demand and the
swing directional control valve gets any excess flow.

Pump No. 2
The torque converter drives Pump No. 2.
The hydraulic pump No. 2 priority port supplies the dual
accumulator charge valve and the hydraulic air conditioner.
The dual accumulator charge valve in the supply line
ensures the brake circuit gets priority flow and the hydraulic
air conditioner gets the excess flow.
The hydraulic pump No. 2 secondary port returns oil to the
reservoir when the outrigger boost solenoid is de-energized.
When the outrigger boost solenoid is energized, the flow is
supplied to the outrigger valve.

Pump No. 3
The torque converter drives Pump No. 3.
Section one of pump No. 3 supplies the hoist, lift, and
telescope functions. It also supplies the rear axle oscillation
lockout valve.
Section two of pump No. 3 supplies the integrated outrigger/
rear steer valve and the pressure reducing sequence valve.
When the enabled solenoid is de-energized, the flow is
supplied to the power beyond port of the integrated
outrigger/rear steer valve which then is directed to the
pressure reducing sequence valve. When the enabled
solenoid is energized, the power beyond port is blocked
and the flow is only available to the integrated outrigger/rear
steer valve.

Pump No. 4
The engine drives Pump No. 4.
Pump No. 4 priority port supplies flow to the oil cooler motor
to drive it. Pump No. 4 secondary port returns oil to the
reservoir when the outrigger boost solenoid is de-energized.
When the outrigger boost solenoid is energized, the pump
supplies oil flow to the integrated outrigger/rear steer valves
outrigger valve.

MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting
Table 2-2
Symptom
1.

2-8

No hydraulic oil flows in


systems.

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Reservoir-to-pump
suction lines broken or
restricted. Air entering
at suction lines. Pump
not priming.

b.

Clean, repair, or replace lines as


necessary. Check lines for security,
absence of cracks, and proper
a t ta c h m e n t . Ti g h t e n , r e pa i r, o r
replace parts as necessary.

c.

Pump shaft sheared or


disengaged.

c.

If drive shaft is damaged or sheared,


remove and repair or replace as
necessary

d.

Internal
contamination.

d.

Drain, flush with recommended oil


mixture, then drain and refill system
with recommended hydraulic oil.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Symptom
2.

3.

4.

5.

Slow response.

Pump noise accompanied


by hydraulic oil foaming in
reservoir.

Excessive pressure
buildup.

Specific hydraulic system


(lift,
hoist,
telescope,
swing) not working.

GROVE

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Hydraulic oil
temperature too high
(watery thin oil) or too
low (thick sluggish oil).

b.

If too low, warm up system. As


needed, troubleshoot cooler circuit. If
too high, troubleshoot cooler circuit.
Likely suspects are in-line check
valve and related hydraulic circuits.

c.

Faulty pump
section(s).

c.

Repair or replace pump sections) or


entire pump.

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Excessive
speed.

engine

b.

Regulate engine speed.


.

c.

Air entering at suction


lines.

c.

. lines for security and


Check all
proper repair. Tighten, repair, or
replace as needed.

a.

System relief valve set


too high.

a.

Using adequate pressure gauge,


adjust system relief valve as
necessary.

b.

Restricted
pump-tocontrol valve supply
line.

b.

Clean, repair, or replace line as


necessary.

a.

Leak in system.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Faulty
hydraulic
remote control valve.

b.

Adjust or replace valve.

c.

Faulty
directional
control valve.

c.

Replace valve.

d.

Poorly
adjusted
control in circuit.

d.

Troubleshoot circuit with schematic.


Adjust hydraulic component per
schematic.

e.

Faulty
hydraulic
c y l i n d e r, m o t o r, o r
valve.

e.

Replace faulty component.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-9

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Filter Maintenance

11. Discard the used filter element.

Filter Element Removal

12. If not done earlier, unbolt the filter bowl from the
reservoir. Remove the filter bowl. Discard gasket.

Filter Element Installation

DANGER
Ensure that all hydraulic systems are shut down and the
pressure is relieved.
1.

Shut down all hydraulic systems.

2.

Wipe any dirt from the filter head and cap (Figure 2-4).

3.

Remove the capscrews and lockwashers and


disconnect the return manifold tube from the filter.
Discard o-ring.

4.

5.

Unbolt and remove the filter assembly from the


reservoir. Discard the gasket. If necessary, the filter can
be disassembled without removing the entire filter from
the reservoir.
Remove the four bolts to securing the cap to the filter
head. Remove the cap and spring. Take care when
removing the spring as it may be under pressure.
Discard o-ring.

6.

Unscrew the filter gauge from the filter head.

7.

Remove the filter head and discard the o-ring.

8.

Remove the bypass valve from the filter tube on the filter
bowl.

9.

Remove the filter element.

10. Ensure the new filter element is correct by comparing


their part numbers with the part numbers of the used
filter element.

2-10

1.

Inspect all parts; replace any defective part.

2.

As desired, install a new gasket around the filter bowl,


then secure the filter bowl to the hydraulic reservoir with
four capscrews and lockwashers. Assemble the filter
and install it in the reservoir later.

3.

Install the new element around the filter tube inside the
filter bowl.

4.

Install the bypass valve in the filter tube of the filter bowl.

5.

Install a new o-ring in the groove of the head. Install the


head on the filter bowl.

6.

Install a new o-ring in its groove on the cap.

7.

Place the spring inside the circular spring guide on the


top of the bypass valve.

8.

Secure the cap to the filter head with four capscrews and
washers.

9.

Screw the gauge into the filter head.

10. If not done earlier, install a new gasket around the filter
bowl. Secure the filter to the hydraulic reservoir with four
capscrews and lockwashers.
11. Install a new o-ring in its groove on the return manifold
tube. Secure the return manifold tube to the filter head
with four capscrews and lockwashers.
12. Activate the hydraulic system and check for leaks. Make
repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

3
1, 2

5
7

6
11
8

10

FIGURE 2-4

7132

Item

Description

Item

Description

Capscrew

Spring

Washer

Bypass Spring

Cap

Filter Element

O-ring

10

Bowl

Head

11

Gasket

O-ring

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-11

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


Hydraulic Reservoir Installation
1.

Using a suitable lifting device, place the reservoir on the


frame. Secure reservoir with the capscrews,
flatwashers, lockwashers and nuts.

2.

Attach lines to reservoir.

3.

Fill reservoir; verify there is no leakage.

DANGER
Ensure that all hydraulic systems are shut down and the
pressure is relieved. Wear eye protection. Hydraulic fluid
can blind or severely damage eyes.

Hydraulic Reservoir Removal


1.

Drain reservoir. Tag and disconnect lines from the


reservoir. Cover lines and reservoir fittings to prevent
contamination.

DANGER
Ensure that all hydraulic systems are shut down and the
pressure is relieved. Wear eye protection. Hydraulic fluid
can blind or severely damage eyes.

2.

Secure reservoir with proper lifting device.

3.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers, lockwashers and


nuts securing the reservoir to the frame. Using a suitable
lifting device, remove the reservoir.

Breather Removal and Replacement

Clean reservoir and magnetic plug. Service filter


assembly. Then reinstall plug and filter assembly.

1.

Wipe any dirt from the breather.

2.

Unscrew the breather from the fill neck.

3.

Screw the replacement breather into the fill neck.

4.

2-12

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

OIL COOLER
Description
An air cooled hydraulic oil cooler is the right rear portion of
the hydraulic/transmission oil cooler (Figure 2-5). When the
oil temperature reaches 120F, the oil cooler solenoid valve
is de-energized, via a NC pressure switch, to allow
pressurized oil from pump No. 4 to the oil cooler motor which
drives the oil cooler fan.
The oil cooler fan pulls cool air through the cooling fins on the
cooler. Normally, most hydraulic oil from components is
routed through the oil cooler by way of a return line and on to

the filter in the reservoir. When several hydraulic functions


are being used at one time (i.e., hoisting, lifting, and
telescoping), more oil has to flow through this return line,
causing a pressure buildup. When this pressure reaches 100
kPa (15 psi), the normally closed check valve in the return
line (in parallel with the return line through the hydraulic oil
cooler) will open, letting some hydraulic oil bypass the
hydraulic oil cooler and flow directly into the reservoir filter.
When fewer functions are being used, the pressure in the
system will decrease below 100 kPa (15 psi) and the check
valve will close again.

8
5

3
Air Flow

7
6
4

7308

FIGURE 2-5
Item

Description

Item

Description

Hydraulic Oil Cooler

Finger Guard

Transmission Oil Cooler

Outlet Port

Fan Shroud

Motor

Fan

External Drain

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-13

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC PUMPS

1.

Remove hardware as needed to gain access to the


pump. The pump is bolted to the engines torque
converter.

2.

Tag and disconnect the supply line from the pump. Cap
or plug the line and port.

3.

Tag and disconnect the pump distribution lines from the


pump. Cap or plug the lines and ports.

Description
NOTE:

Refer to (Figure 2-6) for pump locations.

Pumps No. 1 and No. 2 are mounted on drive pads of the


torque converter. Pump No. 3 is mounted off of the torque
converter via pump disconnect. Pump No. 4 is mounted on a
drive pad of the engine.
The purpose of these pumps is to convert mechanical
energy into fluid energy for the operation of the cranes
hydraulic components.

CAUTION
When removing the pump, keep the pump as level as
possible to avoid damaging the input spline.

All four pumps are positive displacement gear-type pumps.


Pumps No. 1 and No. 3 have two sections and pumps No. 2
and No. 4 have only one section.

4.

Remove the four bolts and washers attaching the pump


to the drive pad on the torque converter. Remove the
pump.

Pump No. 1

5.

Clean the gasket material from the drive pad of the


torque converter and from the pump.

6.

Cover the drive pads opening to prevent dirt from


entering.

The first section of pump no. 1, the closest to the mounting


face, is a 81.1 cm3/rev (4.95 in3/rev) section with an output of
209 l/min (55.2 gpm) at 2710 rpm. The second section is a
48.5 cm3/rev (2.96 in3/rev) section with an output of 125 l/
min (33.0 gpm) at 2710 rpm.

Pump No. 2
Pump No. 2 is a 36.7 cm3/rev (2.241 in3/rev) pump with an
output of 95 l/min (25 gpm) at 2710 rpm. An integral flow
divider/relief valve ensured a constant 38 l/min (10 gpm) at
20,670 kPa (3000 psi) at the primary port.

Pump No. 3
The first section of pump No. 3, the closest to the mounting
face, is an 81.1 cm3/rev (4.95 in3/rev) section with an output
of 209 l/min (55.2 gpm) at 2710 rpm. The second section is a
24.3 cm3/rev (1.48 in3/rev) section with an output of 62 l/min
(16.5 gpm) at 2710 rpm.

Pump No. 4
Pump No. 4 is a 14.4 cm3/rev (0.878 in3/rev) pump with an
output of 37 l/min (9.8 gpm) at 2712 rpm. An integral flow
divider/relief valve ensured a constant 23l/min (6 gpm) at
18,600 kPa (2700 psi) at the primary port.

Pump No. 1 Installation


1.

Clean the pump and the torque converter drive pad with
Loctite cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non chlorinated
solvent.

2.

Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649 to pump


and drive pad. Allow primer to dry for one to two
minutes. Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should
occur within five minutes.

3.

Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket 518 to


pump and drive pad mounting surfaces. (This material
partially cures in 4 hours and fully cures in 48 hours.)

4.

Install pump and gasket on drive pad with bolts and


washers. Make sure the splines mesh properly.

5.

Torque bolts to 72 to 78 foot-pounds (98 to 106 Nm).

6.

Connect the distribution and supply lines to the pump as


tagged during removal. On lines that use them, discard
any old o-ring and install a new o-ring in its place.

Pump No. 2 Removal

Maintenance

CAUTION
Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on the
hydraulic pumps. Always work in a clean area. The
presence of dirt and foreign materials in the system can
result in serious damage or inadequate operation.

Pump No. 1 Removal

CAUTION
Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on the
hydraulic pumps. Always work in a clean area. The
presence of dirt and foreign materials in the system can
result in serious damage or inadequate operation.

2-14

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

1.

Remove hardware as needed to gain access to the


pump. The pump is bolted to the drive-through charge
pump on the engines torque converter.

2.

Tag and disconnect the supply line from the pump. Cap
or plug the line and port.

3.

Tag and disconnect the pump distribution lines from the


pump. Cap or plug the lines and ports.

No. 3 Pump Removal

CAUTION
Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on the
hydraulic pumps. Always work in a clean area. The
presence of dirt and foreign materials in the system can
result in serious damage or inadequate operation.
1.

Remove hardware as needed to gain access to the


pump. The pump is bolted to the engines torque
converter.

2.

Remove the two bolts and washers attaching the pump


to the drive-through charge pump on the torque
converter. Remove Pump No. 2.

Tag and disconnect the supply line from the pump. Cap
or plug the line and port.

3.

Tag and disconnect the pump distribution lines from the


pump. Cap or plug the lines and ports.

5.

Clean the gasket material from the drive pad of the


drive-through charge pump and from the pump.

4.

Remove attaching hardware to free pump disconnect


linkage from torque converter pump disconnect shaft.

6.

Cover the drive pads opening to prevent dirt from


entering.

CAUTION
When removing the pump, keep the pump as level as
possible to avoid damaging the input spline.
4.

Pump No. 2 Installation


1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Clean the pump and the drive pad of the drive-through


charge pump with Loctite cleaning solvent 7070 or
similar non chlorinated solvent.
Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649 to pump
and drive-through charge pump drive pad. Allow primer
to dry for one to two minutes. Primer must be dry. Mating
of parts should occur within five minutes.
Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket 518 to
pump and drive pad mounting surfaces. (This material
partially cures in 4 hours and fully cures in 48 hours.)
Apply antiseize compound to the splined shaft of Pump
No. 2 and to the splined socket of the coupler on the
shaft inside the drive-through charge pump.
Install Pump No. 2 and gasket on drive-through charge
pump drive pad with bolts and washers. Make sure the
splined shaft of Pump No. 2 meshes properly with the
splined socket of the coupler on the shaft inside the
drive-through charge pump.

6.

Torque bolts to 30 to 32 pounds-foot (41 to 43 Nm).

7.

Connect the distribution and supply lines to the pump as


tagged during removal. On lines that use them, discard
any old o-ring and install a new o-ring in its place.

GROVE

CAUTION
When removing the pump, keep the pump as level as
possible to avoid damaging the input spline.
5.

Remove the four bolts and washers attaching the pump


to the drive pad on the torque converter. Remove the
pump and the attached cable mounting weldment and
push-pull cable. Remove cable mounting weldment and
push-pull cable from the pump.

6.

Clean the gasket material from the drive pad of the


torque converter and from the pump.

7.

Cover the drive pads opening to prevent dirt from


entering.

No. 3 Pump Installation


1.

Clean the pump and the torque converter drive pad with
Loctite cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non chlorinated
solvent.

2.

Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649 to pump


and drive pad. Allow primer to dry for one to two
minutes. Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should
occur within five minutes.

3.

Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket 518 to


pump and drive pad mounting surfaces. (This material
partially cures in 4 hours and fully cures in 48 hours.)

4.

Install pump and gasket on drive pad with bolts and


washers. Make sure the splines mesh properly.

5.

Torque bolts to 72 to 78 foot-pounds (98 to 106 Nm).

6.

Install cable mounting weldment and push-pull cable on


the pump. Secure pump disconnect linkage to torque
converter pump disconnect shaft with attaching
hardware.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-15

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

7.

Adjust the push-pull cable as needed so the torque


converter pump disconnect shaft sticks 1.50 inch farther
out of the torque converter in the disengaged position
than it does in the engaged position.

8.

Connect the distribution and supply lines to the pump as


tagged during removal. On lines that use them, discard
any old o-ring and install a new o-ring in its place.

No. 4 Pump Removal

surface of the spacer that will be next to the vellomoid


gasket, but not to the surface of the spacer that will be
next to the rubber/steel gasket. Do not coat either side of
the rubber/steel gasket or the facing sides of the parts
that will touch it. Allow primer to dry for one to two
minutes. Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should
occur within five minutes.
4.

Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket 518 to


Pump No. 4s mounting surface, but do not apply any to
the engines drive pad. Also apply a light coating of
Loctite Master Gasket 518 to both surfaces of the
vellomoid gasket, and apply a light coating of Loctite
Master Gasket 518 to the surface of the spacer that will
be next to the vellomoid gasket, but not to the surface of
the spacer that will be next to the rubber/steel gasket.
Do not coat either side of the rubber/steel gasket or the
facing sides of the parts that will touch it. (This material
partially cures in 4 hours and fully cures in 48 hours.)

5.

Around the pilot of the pump, install the vellomoid


gasket, then install the spacer (coated surface away
from rubber/steel gasket), then install the rubber/steel
gasket. Then secure the pump and gaskets and spacer
on the drive pad with bolts and washers. Make sure the
teeth of the gear on the pump mesh properly with the
mating gear inside the engine.

6.

Torque bolts to 63 to 69 foot-pounds (85 to 93 Nm).

7.

Connect the distribution and supply lines to the pump as


tagged during removal. On lines that use them, discard
any old o-ring and install a new o-ring in its place.

CAUTION
Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on the
hydraulic pumps. Always work in a clean area. The
presence of dirt and foreign materials in the system can
result in serious damage or inadequate operation.
1.

Remove hardware as needed to gain access to the


pump. The pump is bolted to the engine.

2.

Tag and disconnect the supply line from the pump. Cap
or plug the line and port.

3.

Tag and disconnect the pump distribution lines from the


pump. Cap or plug the lines and ports.

CAUTION
When removing the pump, keep the pump as level as
possible to avoid damaging the input spline.
4.

Remove the two bolts and washers attaching the pump


to the drive pad of the engine. Remove the pump.

5.

Remove the two gaskets and spacer from the pump (or
the.engine drive pad). Discard them.

6.

Cover the drive pads opening to prevent dirt from


entering.

7.

Remove the nut, key, and gear from the pump.

CAUTION
Do not feed hot hydraulic oil into a cold pump. This may
cause the pump to seize.

Testing After Repair or Replacement

No. 4 Pump Installation


1.

CAUTION

Ensure the mating surfaces of the pump shaft and gear


are clean and dry. Install gear on pumps tapered shaft.
Secure gear with key and nut. Torque nut to 120 footpounds (163 Nm). Remove the nut and apply Loctite 242
to the threads. Install the nut and retorque it to 120 footpounds (163 Nm).

2.

Clean the pump and the engine drive pad with Loctite
cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non chlorinated solvent.
Likewise clean both surfaces of the new rubber/steel
gasket, the spacer, and the new vellomoid gasket.

3.

Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649 to Pump


No. 4s mounting surface, but do not apply any to the
engines drive pad. Also apply a light coating of Loctite
primer N7649 to both surfaces of the vellomoid gasket,
and apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649 to the

2-16

Do not feed hot hydraulic oil into a cold pump. This may
cause the pump to seize.
1.

Ensure the reservoir is filled with the proper hydraulic


fluid to the high level mark on the reservoir sight gauge.

2.

Ensure no air is entering the pump inlet, and that the


pump suction or inlet fluid is not bleeding back to the
reservoir when the engine is stopped, by making sure all
suction or inlet lines are air tight.

3.

Remove all pump outlet hoses. Fill pump outlet port of


each pump section with as much hydraulic oil as it can
take. Connect all pump outlet hoses again.

4.

Start the engine and idle it for two or three minutes


without running any hydraulic functions. Check for leaks;
as needed, stop the engine and make repairs.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5.

Place your hand on the pump to check for excessive


heat buildup caused by binding or other problems. If the
pump is too hot to keep a hand on, stop the engine.
Each section should feel about the same warmth, but
pressure drops in each pump sections circuit would
explain some difference between sections.

6.

Listen for abnormal noises indicating low hydraulic oil


level or internal pump problems. If the pump is making
excessive noise, it is probably sucking air into its inlet,
keeping it from priming. In case of abnormal noise, stop
engine, and inspect the pump and the suction line for a
loose connection, a leak, or a damaged or missing oring.

7.

If the pump seems to be running properly, increase the


rpm to 1500 to 1800 rpm for one to two minutes while
operating no hydraulic functions. Repeat checks in steps
4, 5, and 6.

8.

Increase engine speed in steps to full RPM. Repeat


checks in steps 4, 5, and 6.

9.

Cycle the components the pump sections power to verify


the pump sections drive them properly. Verify there is no
leaking.

CAUTION
If the pump becomes hot to the touch, it is binding and
may seize. Stop engine, disassemble pump, and repair it
so it will not bind.

CAUTION
For Pump No. 2, pay special attention to the service brake
charge pump if your crane has the dual accumulator
charging valve for hydraulic service brakes.
If the dual accumulator charge is set too high, the pump
will continually push all its flow through an integral relief
valve that dumps the heated fluid back into the pumps
inlet. This causes a hot loop problem that will very
quickly heat the pump section above hydraulic reservoir
temperature. If this happens, stop the engine immediately.
Adjust the dual accumulator charging valve socket head
screw in the valves tank port, out (CCW) to lower the
pressure. (See Procedure E of the Pressure Setting
Procedure portion of this section.)
Restart the engine; listen for the dual accumulator charge
valve to cycle on and off (cycle changes one to two
seconds.) Perform Step 5 again.

GROVE

10. Check pressure settings. Refer to PRESSURE


SETTING PROCEDURES in this section.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-17

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

7283-1

10

7283-2

FIGURE 2-6
Item

Description

Item

Description

Hydraulic Pump No. 1

Hydraulic Pump No. 3

Section No. 1 (Pump No. 1)

Section No. 2 (Pump No. 3)

Section No. 2 (Pump No. 1)

Section No. 1 (Pump No. 3)

Hydraulic Pump No. 2

Engine

Torque Converter

10

Pump No. 4

2-18

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

PRESSURE SETTING PROCEDURES


The following procedures should be used to properly check,
adjust and set the hydraulic system pressures.
The following equipment is required for checking the
hydraulic pressure settings.

Three dial pressure gauge, 0-5000 psi

Pressure check diagnostic quick disconnect - Grove P/N


9999101806 and straight adapter fitting 7447040401

ORFS reducers as required to attach work port hoses to


the gauge.

NOTE:

When checking the directional control valve relief


settings, unless otherwise specified, start with the
engine at idle RPM and move the controller to its
fully stroked position. Then slowly accelerate the
engine to the specified RPM. Read gauge and
make adjustments to specified setting.
When checking the outrigger relief valve setting,
start with the engine at idle RPM and activate and
hold the extend switch. Then slowly accelerate the
engine to the specified RPM. Read gauge and
make adjustment as required.

Table 2-3
Valve Pressure Setting Table
Pressure
Setting PSI
(MPa)

Tolerance
PSI (MPa)

Load Sense Relief*

4800 (33.1)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Inlet Section

Lift Down Relief

4000 (27.6)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Lift Retract Port

Lift Up Relief

4000 (27.6)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Lift Extend Port

Telescope Inner Mid Retract

3500 (24.1)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Tele Inner Mid Retract Port

Tele Inner Mid Extend

3000 (20.7)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Tele Inner Mid Extend Port

Telescope Center/Outer Mid Retract

3500 (24.1)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Tele Center/Outer Mid


Retract Port

Tele Center Mid Extend

2500 (17.2)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Tele Center Mid Extend


Port

Tele Outer Mid Extend

3000 (20.7)

50 (0.4)

Main Valve Tele Center/Outer Mid


Extend Port

Pressure Reducing Sequence

1250 (8.6)

+50/-0 (+0.4/-0)

Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve

Hose Reel Motor Pressure Reducing

1200 (8.3)

50 (0.4)

Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve

Hose Reel Brake Pressure Reducing

1200 (8.3)

50 (0.4)

Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve

Swing Brake Supply Pressure Reducing

250 (1.7)

+50/-0 (+0.4/-0)

Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve

Controller Supply Pressure Reducing

400 (2.7)

50 (0.4)

Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve

Front Steer Relief Valve

2500 (17.2)

50 (0.4)

Swing/Steer Control Valve

Swing "Left" Relief

2500 (17.2)

50 (0.4)

Swing/Steer Control Valve

Swing "Right" Relief

2500 (17.2)

50 (0.4)

Swing/Steer Control Valve

Outrigger Beam Extend

2000 (13.8)

50 (0.4)

Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve Inlet

Outrigger/Rear Steer/Pin Removal

3500 (24.2)

50 (0.4)

Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve Inlet

Service Brake & A/C Relief

3000 (20.7)

50 (0.4)

Service Brake & A/C Pump

Service Brake High Charge Limit

2700 (19.0)

+50/-0 (+0.4/-0)

Dual Accumulator Charge Valve

Service Brake Low Charge Limit

2200 - 2350

See Range

Dual Accumulator Charge Valve

Valve To Be Set

Adjustment Location

(11 - 12.1)
Accumulator Pre-charge

GROVE

1400 (9.7)

+50/-0 (+0.4/-0)

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

Accumulator

2-19

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


Pressure
Setting PSI
(MPa)

Tolerance
PSI (MPa)

Oil Cooler Relief

2700 (19.0)

50 (0.4)

Oil Cooler Pump

Counterweight Removal Relief

3800 (26.2)

50 (0.4)

Counterweight Removal Valve

Luffing Extension Lower Relief

1450 (10.0)

50 (0.4)

Counterweight Removal Valve

Cab Tilt Relief

2500 (17.2)

50 (0.4)

Counterweight Removal Valve

Counterweight Removal Pin Relief

2500 (17.2)

50 (0.4)

Counterweight Removal Valve

Valve To Be Set

valve to 24.1 0.4 MPa (3500 50 PSI). Remove caps


and reconnect plumbing.

*This setting is for Hoist UP and DOWN circuits.


NOTE:

Procedures A through M in the following text


correlate with (Figure 2-7) through (Figure 2-16).

7.

Telescope mid section full out and disconnect and cap


the hoses from the main directional control valve inner
mid extend port B to each telescope cylinder. In the
cab, on the left armrest, set the boom mode switches to
Manual and IM. With the engine running at full RPM,
attempt to telescope OUT, adjust the telescope inner
mid port B relief in the main directional control valve to
20.7 0.4 MPa (3000 50 PSI). With the hoses still
capped, continue on to step 8.

8.

In the cab, on the right armrest, set the boom mode


switches to Manual and CM. With the engine running
at full RPM, attempt to telescope OUT or disconnect and
cap hoses, adjust the telescope center/outer mid two
stage port B relief (Figure 2-7) in the main directional
control valve to 17.2 0.4 MPa (2500 50 PSI). If

Procedure A - For Setting Main Directional


Control Valve Reliefs
1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge on the main


directional control valve load sense test port
(Figure 2-7).

2.

Disconnect the hoist brake release line at the main hoist


(Figure 2-7). Cap tee fitting and plug hose.

3.

With the engine running at full RPM, attempt to run main


hoist down, adjust the load sense relief in the main
directional control valve to 4800 50 PSI to (33.1 0.4
MPa).

4.

Completely retract the lift cylinder or disconnect and cap


the hose from the main directional control valve retract
port A to the lift cylinder. With the engine running at full
RPM, attempt to operate lift down, adjust the lift down
port relief in the main directional control valve to 27.6
0.4 MPa (4000 50 PSI). Remove cap and reconnect
plumbing.

5.

Completely extend the lift cylinder or disconnect and cap


the hose from the main directional control valve extend
port B to the lift cylinder. With the engine running at full
RPM, attempt to operate lift up, adjust the lift up port
relief in the main directional control valve to 27.6 0.4
MPa (4000 50 PSI). Remove cap and reconnect
plumbing.

6.

Completely retract the boom or disconnect and cap


hoses from the main directional control valve retract
ports A to each telescope cylinder. In the cab, on the
left armrest, set the boom mode switches to Manual
and IM. With the engine running at full RPM, attempt to
telescope IN, adjust the telescope inner mid port A
relief in the main directional control valve to 24.1 0.4
MPa (3500 50 PSI). Set the boom mode switches to
Manual and CM, then adjust the telescope center/
outer mid port A relief in the main directional control

2-20

Adjustment Location

adjustment is required, loosen the low pressure jam


nut, then turn the low pressure adjustment nut until
the relief setting is reached and tighten the jam nut.
With the hoses still capped, and the boom mode
switches set to Manual and CM, continue on to step
9.
9.

Telescope outer mid out and disconnect the Deutsch


connectors for the telescope center/outer mid 3-way
solenoid and the hose reel brake solenoid (see
(Figure 2-8). Actuate the telescope center/outer mid 3way solenoid by connecting it to the Battery Hot wire
harness for the hose reel brake solenoid. With the
engine running at full RPM, attempt to telescope OUT,
adjust the telescope center/outer two stage port B
relief (Figure 2-7) in the main directional control valve to
20.7 0.4 MPa (3000 50 PSI). If adjustment is
required, loosen the high pressure jam nut, then turn the
high pressure adjustment nut until the relief setting is
reached and tighten the jam nut. Reconnect the Deutsch
connectors on both solenoids to their correct wire
harness. Remove caps and reconnect telescope
plumbing.

10. Remove pressure gauge from the load sense test port
and reinstall cap. Reconnect the hoist brake release
line.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Hoist brake release


pressure test port SAE#4
on top side of valve block

Hoist motor control


valve adjustment

Disconnect hoist brake


release hose on this side
of the tee fitting
6659-1

Main Hoist (Right Side View)

5
6

4
3

Item

13

12

7128-1

14
10

11

Main Directional Control Valve

Description

Lift Up Port Relief

Telescope Inner Mid Extend Port


Relief

High Pressure Jam Nut

High Pressure Adjustment Nut

Telescope Center Outer Mid


Extend 2 Stage Port Relief

Low Pressure Adjustment Nut

Low Pressure Jam Nut

Valve Inlet Section

Load Sense Relief

10

Telescope Center/Outer Mid


Retract Port Relief

11

Telescope Inner Mid Retract Port


Relief

12

Lift Down Port Relief

13

System Pressure Test Port

14

Load Sense Test Port

FIGURE 2-7

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-21

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Procedure B - For Checking Pressure


Reducing/Sequence Valve Setting
Procedure for Checking Sequence Valve Setting (see
(Figure 2-8)
1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge on the


outrigger/rear steer valve pressure test port
(Figure 2-15).

2.

With the engine running at idle, adjust the sequence


valve cartridge to 8.6 +0.4/-0 MPa (1250 +50/-0 PSI). If
adjustment is required, use a shim with an outside
diameter 0.56 inch, an inside diameter of 0.375 inch,
and a thickness of 0.06 inch to increase pressure about
50 PSI.

3.

Remove pressure gauge from the Outrigger/Rear Steer


Valve Test Port and reinstall cap.

Procedure for Checking Hose Reel Motor and Hose


Reel Brake Pressure Reducing Valve Setting
(Figure 2-8)
1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge on the hose reel


brake and motor test port (Figure 2-8).

2.

With the engine at full RPM, adjust the hose reel motor
and brake pressure reducing valve cartridge to 8.3 0.4
MPa (1200 50 PSI).

3.

Remove pressure gauge from the test port and reinstall


cap.

Procedure for Checking Controller Supply Pressure


Reducing Valve Setting (Figure 2-8)
1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge on the controller


supply test port.

2.

With the engine running at full RPM, adjust the controller


supply pressure reducing valve cartridge to 2.8 0.4
MPa (400 50 PSI) (Figure 2-8).

3.

Remove pressure gauge from the test port and reinstall


cap.

6098

Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve Assembly

Item

Description

Item

Hose Reel Brake and Motor Pressure


Reducing Valve Adjustment

Controller Supply Pressure Reducing Valve


Adjustment

Controller Supply Test Port REG 1

2-22

FIGURE 2-8
Description

Hose Reel Brake and Motor Test Port REG


2

Sequence Valve Cartridge

Swing Brake Supply Pressure reducing valve


adjustment

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Procedure C - For Checking Swing Brake


Supply Pressure
1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge on swing brake


supply valve test port (Figure 2-9).

2.

With the engine running at idle, adjust the swing brake


pressure reducing valve cartridge (Figure 2-8) to 1.7
+0.4/-0 MPa (250 +50/-0 PSI).

3.

Relief Valve
Suction Port

Remove pressure gauge from the test port and reinstall


cap.

Swing Brake Supply


Test Port
Service Brake and Air Conditioning Pump (Rear View)

FIGURE 2-10

Procedure E - For Checking Service Brake


Dual Accumulator Charge Valve Pressure
Limits

7128-2

1.

With the engine off, discharge all of the pressurized oil


stored in the accumulators by depressing the service
brake pedal on the cab floor 4-6 times.

2.

Install a pressure gauge at the service brake dual


accumulator charge valve A1 pressure test port
(Figure 2-11).

3.

Start the engine. The charging valve will immediately


start to charge the accumulators. Watch the pressure
gauge. The high charge limit pressure should read 19
+0.4/-0 MPa (2750 +50, -0 psi) when the valve stops
charging. If adjustment is required, proceed to step 4. If
not, go to step 5.

4.

Turn the engine off, remove all the fittings in the tank port
on the dual accumulator charge valve, and plug the tee.
Using a wrench, turn the socket head screw inside the
tank port clockwise to raise the charge limits or
counterclockwise to lower the charge limits. Turning the
screw a full turn will change both limits by approximately
1.7 MPa (250 psi).

5.

With the engine running, bleed off the hydraulic pressure


stored in the accumulators by pushing the service brake
pedal on the cab floor until the gauge reads about 16.5
MPa (2400 psi). Listen to hear when the service brake
dual accumulator charge valve starts to recharge. Push
the service brake pedal once more; the valve should
start to recharge. Watch the pressure gauge. The low
charge limit should not be less than15.2 MPa (2200 psi)
when the valve starts to recharge. If the low charge limit
is 15.2 to 16.2 MPa (2200 to 2350 psi) proceed to step 7.
If adjustment is required, proceed to step 6.

Swing Circuit Series-Parallel Valve

FIGURE 2-9

Procedure D - For Checking Service Brake


and Air Conditioning Circuit Relief Valve
Pressure
1.

2.

3.

Disconnect pressure hose at the dual accumulator


charge valve P port (Figure 2-11) and attach a
pressure gauge.
Run the engine at idle (950 RPM), for only 5 - 10
seconds since the flow will be Hot Looped. Check the
pressure. Adjust the service brake and air conditioning
relief valve in the pump mounted on the back side of the
charge pump (Figure 2-10) to 20.7 0.4 MPa (3000 50
PSI). If this step needs to be repeated, make sure the
pump is Not Hot to touch. If it is, let it cool before
proceeding.
Remove pressure gauge and reconnect the pressure
line.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-23

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

4
5
3

VIEW A-A

FIGURE 2-11
Item

Gas Valve Guard

Description

Accumulator A port

Accumulator Pressure Test Port

Pressure P Port

Tank Port

Socket Head Screw Adjustment

Gas Valve

Gauge

6.

Adjust the pressure until the high charge limit is 19 +0.4/


-0 MPa (2750 +50/-0 psi) and the low charge limit is
2200 to 2350 psi (15.2 to 16.2 MPa).

7.

Stop the engine. Remove the pressure gauge, re-cap


the test port tee, and reinstall fittings in the tank port on
the service brake dual accumulator charge valve.

Gas
Chuck
Bleed Valve
6659-6

Procedure F - For Checking Accumulator


Pre-Charge Pressure
1.

Accumulator

Charging Assembly

With the engine off, discharge all of the pressurized oil


stored in the accumulators by depressing the service
brake pedal on the cab floor several times. Remove the
gas valve guard and cap on the accumulator
(Figure 2-12).

4.

Close the charging assembly bleed valve. Without


twisting hose, attach the swivel nut onto the gas valve
and tighten to 10-15 inch-pounds (1.1 to 1.7 Nm).

2.

Check that the nitrogen supply bottle is shut off, then


attach charging assembly hose to nitrogen bottle.

5.

3.

Before attaching the gas charging assembly


(Figure 2-12) onto the accumulator gas valve, back the
gas chuck "T" handle all the way out (counterclockwise).

Crack open the nitrogen bottle valve and slowly fill the
accumulator. Shut off the valve when the pre-charge
pressure is 9.7 + 0.4/-0 MPa (1400 + 50/-0 PSI).

6.

Turn the gas chuck "T" handle all the way down
(clockwise) to depress the core in the gas valve.

7.

Check the pre-charge pressure. It should be 9.7 + 0.4/-0


MPa (1400 + 50/-0 PSI).

8.

If the pressure is 9.7 + 0.4/-0 MPa (1400 + 50/-0 PSI).,


remove the charging valve assembly by turning the "T"
handle all the way out on the gas chuck and then
opening the bleed valve (Figure 2-12).

2-24

FIGURE 2-12

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


9.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Hold gas valve to keep it from turning. Loosen swivel nut


and remove charging assembly. Reinstall gas valve cap
and guard.

Procedure G - For Pre-Charging


Accumulator
1.

With the engine off, discharge all oil stored in the


accumulators by pushing the service brake pedal
several times. Remove the gas valve guard and gas
valve cap on the accumulator (Figure 2-12).

2.

Check that the nitrogen supply bottle valve is shut off,


then attach charging assembly hose to nitrogen bottle.

3.

Before attaching charging assembly (Figure 2-12) to the


accumulator gas valve, back the gas chuck T handle
all the way out (counterclockwise).

4.

Close the charging assembly bleed valve. Without


twisting hose, attach the swivel nut onto the gas valve
and tighten to 10-15 inch-pounds (1.1 to 1.7 Nm).

5.

Turn the gas chuck T handle all the way down


(clockwise) to depress the core in the gas valve.

6.

Crack open the nitrogen bottle valve and slowly fill the
accumulator. Shut off the valve when the pre-charge
pressure is 9.7 + 0.4/-0 MPa (1400 +50 PSI/-0).

7.

If the pre-charge pressure is higher than 9.7 + 0.4/-0


MPa (1400 + 50/-0 PSI), then close the nitrogen bottle
valve and slowly open the bleed valve on the charging
assembly (Figure 2-12) until the pre-charge pressure is
correct.

8.

Remove charging assembly by turning T handle all the


way out (counterclockwise) on gas chuck and then open
bleed valve.

9.

Hold gas valve to keep it from turning, loosen swivel nut,


and remove charging assembly. Replace gas valve cap
and guard.

Procedure H - For Checking Front Steer


Relief Valve Pressure
1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge on steer valve


load sense test port (Figure 2-13).

2.

With the engine running @ 1000 RPM, turn the steering


wheel to LOCK position and adjust pressure at the steer
priority flow divider section relief to 17.2 0.4 MPa (2500
50 PSI).

3.

Remove pressure gauge from the Load Sense Test Port


and reinstall cap.

7128-4

Swing/Steer Directional Control Valve

FIGURE 2-13
Item
Item

Description

Steer Priority Flow Divider Section Relief

Steering Load Sense Test Port

Swing Inlet Test Port

GROVE

Description

Swing Relief A Port

Swing Relief B Port

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-25

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Procedure I - For Checking Swing Valve


Work Port Relief Pressure

Procedure J - For Checking Relief Setting


for Counterweight Supply Control Valve

1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge on swing valve


inlet test port (Figure 2-13).

1.

Remove cap and install gauge on load sense relief test


port on main directional control valve (Figure 2-14).

2.

With the swing lock Engaged and the engine running at


FULL RPM, swing LEFT and adjust A port swing relief
to 17.2 0.4 MPa (2500 50 PSI).

2.

3.

With the swing lock Engaged and the engine running @


FULL RPM, swing RIGHT and adjust B port swing
relief to 17.2 0.4 MPa (2500 50 PSI).

Operate the counterweight directional control valve by


fully raising or lowering the counterweight cylinders.
Adjust the counterweight removal directional control
valve load sense relief valve to 26.2 0.4 MPa (3800
50 PSI).

3.

In the cab, press the luffing extension switch to ON and


the luffing raise/lower switch to LOWER in the LH
armrest. Adjust the luffing extension B port relief valve
to 10.0 0.4 MPa (1450 50 PSI).

4.

In the cab, press the cab tilt switch to the RAISE position
and adjust the cab tilt A port relief valve to 17.2 0.4
MPa (2500 50 PSI).

5.

In the cab, press the cab tilt switch to the LOWER


position and adjust the cab tilt B port relief valve to 17.2
0.4 MPa (2500 50 PSI).

4.

Remove pressure gauge from the swing inlet test port


and reinstall cap.

5
6
7
Counterweight Removal Directional Control Valve

FIGURE 2-14
Item

Description

Luffing Extension Relief B Port

Counterweight Pin Relief B Port

Cab Tilt Relief B Port

2-26

Item

Description

LS Relief Valve Adjustment: Turn Screw


Clockwise to Increase Pressure

Remove Cap

Cab Tilt Relief A Port

Counterweight Pin Relief A Port

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Sequence Relief Adjustment


Outrigger Valve Adjustment

Pressure Check

7128-5

Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve

FIGURE 2-15
6.

Disconnect the couplers for the counterweight pin from


the cylinder located at the rear of the turntable. DO NOT
PERFORM THIS TEST IF THE COUPLERS ARE
CONNECTED TO EITHER THE COUNTERWEIGHT
PIN CYLINDER OR THE BOOM PIVOT CYLINDER!
Operate the counterweight pin lever to retract. Adjust the
counterweight pin B port relief to 17.2 0.4 MPa (2500
50 PSI).

7.

Operate the counterweight pin lever to extend. Adjust


the counterweight pin A port relief to 17.2 0.4 MPa
(2500 50 PSI). Connect the couplers to the
counterweight pin cylinder.

8.

3.

With the engine running at full RPM, fully extend one


outrigger stabilizer. Adjust the outrigger two stage relief
valve to 24.2 0.4 MPa (3500 50 PSI). If adjustment is
required, loosen locknut and use 1/4 inch Allen wrench
to turn adjustment screw in (CW) to increase pressure or
out (CCW) to decrease pressure. When complete,
tighten locknut.

4.

Remove pressure gauge from outrigger/rear steer valve


and reinstall cap.

Procedure L - For Setting Hoist Motor


Control Valve

Remove gauge and reconnect plumbing.

Procedure K - For Checking Outrigger/Rear


Steer Relief Valve Pressure
1.

Remove cap and install pressure gauge (Figure 2-15)


on outrigger/rear steer valve pressure check port.

2.

With engine running at full RPM, fully extend one


outrigger beam. Adjust the sequence relief valve to 13.8
0.4 MPa (2000 50 PSI). If adjustment is required,
remove socket head plug from end of cartridge. Adjust
internal socket head plug in (CW) to increase pressure
or out (CCW) to decrease pressure. When complete,
reinstall socket head plug into end of cartridge.

GROVE

CAUTION
This procedure should only be performed if the hoist is
rough (chatter, jumpy, or unstable load). Omit if hoist
operation is acceptable.
1.

Remove SAE #4 plug on the top side of the hoist valve


block (hoist brake release) (Figure 2-7) and install
pressure gauge.

2.

With engine at idle RPM, very slowly meter into the hoist
DOWN direction while monitoring the brake valve
opening pressure. The gauge should read 3.8 - 4.5 MPa
(550 - 650 PSI); adjust as required.

3.

Remove pressure gauge and reinstall SAE #4 plug.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-27

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Procedure M - For Checking Oil Cooler


Circuit Relief Valve Pressure
1.

Disconnect pressure hose at the Oil Cooler motor Inlet


port (Figure 2-16) and attach a pressure gauge.

2.

Run the engine at idle (950 RPM), for 5 - 10 seconds


since the flow will be hot looped. Check the pressure.

Adjust the oil cooler relief valve in the pump on the side
of the engine (Figure 2-16) to 19.0 0.4 MPa (2700 50
PSI). Remove pressure gauge and reconnect the
pressure line. If this step needs to be repeated, make
sure pump is Not Hot to touch. If it is, allow to cool
before proceeding.

Oil Cooler Pump (Rear View)

Out

Top

Out

3
4
5

In

In

7
6699

Oil Cooler and Solenoid Valve

Item

Description

FIGURE 2-16

Item

Description

Suction Port

Oil Cooler Temperature Switch #8 Screw

Relief Valve

Oil Cooler Solenoid

Hydraulic Oil Cooler

Transmission Oil Cooler

Inlet Port

Oil Cooler Motor

Hydraulic Return Manifold

2-28

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

VALVES

to (Table 2-4). Refer to (Figure 2-17) for location of valves


installed on the superstructure and carrier frame.

General
This subsection provides descriptive information for
hydraulic valves used on this crane. For a listing of valves,
the circuit they are used in, and their physical location, refer

The description of each valve given here is for the valve


itself. For information on how each valve functions in the
individual circuits, refer to the description and operation
procedures of that circuit.

Table 2-4
Valve Usage Table
Valve Name

Directional Control Valves

Swing Series Parallel Selector Valve

Circuit Used In

Physical Location

Boom Lift/Telescope(s)/Hoist(s)

Superstructure (Right Side)

Front Steer Pressure/Swing

Superstructure (Right Side)

Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt

Between Superstructure Side Plates

Swing

Superstructure Right Side

HRC Pilot Pressure


Pressure Reducing Sequence Valve
with Solenoid Controls Manifold

Swing Brake Release


Hose Reel Motor

Superstructure Right Side

Hose Reel Brake


Steering Control Unit

Front Axle Steer

Cab Steering Column

Boom Lift
Hydraulic Remote Controllers
(HRC)

Telescope (Floor)
Main Hoist

Cab Seat Arm Rests (2)

Auxiliary Hoist
Swing

Swing Power Brake Valve

Swing

Cab Floor

Double PO Check Valve

Cab Tilt

Superstructure Left Side

Tandem Brake Valve with Treadle

Service Brakes

Cab Floor

Dual Accumulator Charging Valve

Service Brakes

Superstructure inside Left Side Plate

Accumulator(s)

Service Brake

Superstructure Left Side

Accumulator

Main Crane Function Load Sense

Superstructure Right Side

Boom Lift

Lift Cylinder (Bolt on Manifold)

Telescope (3)

Cylinder Port Blocks (Cartridge style)

Counterweight Removal (4)

Cylinder Port Blocks (Cartridge style)

Telescope

Superstructure Right Side

Holding Valves

Shuttle Valve

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-29

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Valve Name

Circuit Used In

Solenoid Valves:

Physical Location
In-line on the Hydraulic Return
Manifold

Oil Cooler Motor

Oil Cooler

Telescope Rod Drain

Telescope

Outrigger Boost

Outrigger

Parking Brake

Parking Brake

Axle Disconnect

Two/Four Wheel Drive

Telescope Two Stage Relief

Telescope

Cross Axle Differential Lock

Differential Lock (Optional)

Hoist Motor Control Valve

Hoist(s)

Both Hoists (see Hoist section)

Return Circuit

One on Swing Outlet

Return Circuit

One in Parallel with Oil Cooler

Outrigger Boost

One between Pump Two and Pump


Three (Outrigger Boost)

Counterweight Removal/Cab Tile

In-line in Load Sense Line

Outrigger/Rear Steer

On Rear Face of Carrier Frame Front


Cross Member

Outrigger Control Manifold

Outrigger

Inside of Front & Rear Outrigger Box

Pilot Operated Check Valve

Outrigger

Port Block of each Stabilizer Cylinder


(4)

Telescope

Superstructure Right Side

Outrigger

Right Rear Carrier Fender

Axle Lockout Valve

Rear Axle Lockout

Carrier Left Side Rail

Hose Reel Motor Relief Valve

Telescope Hose Reel

In-Line at the Hose Reel

Check Valves

Outrigger/Rear
Steer/Outrigger Box Pin
Removal Valve

Pressure Bleed-Off Valve

2-30

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

Superstructure Right Side


In-line on the Hydraulic Reservoir
Carrier Inside Right Side Rail
Carrier Inside Right Side Rail
Superstructure Right Side
Carrier Inside Right Side Rail

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

6687

6
CARRIER

11

12

13

14
SUPERSTRUCTURE

Item

Description

5
15

Item

Manual Bleed Off Pressure Valve

Park Brake Valve

Axle Disconnect Valve

Integrated Outrigger/Rear Steer Valve

Swing/Steer Directional Control Valve

Axle Lockout Valve

Dual Accumulator Charge Valve

Pilot Operated Check Valve

Accumulators

GROVE

10

6606

FIGURE 2-17
Description

Accumulators

10

Directional Control Valve (Counterweight


Removal/Cab Tilt)

11

Accumulator

12

Manual Bleed Off Valve

13

Main Directional Control Valve (Telescope/


Lift/Hoist)

14

Pressure Reducing/Sequence Valve

15

Series/Parallel Selector Valve

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-31

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES

Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt Directional Control


Valve

Description
General
The directional control valves direct and control hydraulic oil
flow from the pumps to the boom lift and telescope cylinders,
each hoist motor, each swing motor, the counterweight
removal/cab tilt cylinders, and the front steer cylinders via
the steer control valve. The swing and front steer directional
control valve and the boom lift/telescope hoist directional
control valve are located on the outside of the right
superstructure side plate. The counterweight removal/cab tilt
directional control valve is located between the left and right
superstructure side plates forward of the hose reel. Each
valve bank is removed and installed as an assembly.

Main Directional Valve (Hoist/Telescope/Lift)


The boom lift/telescope/hoist directional control valves
(Figure 2-19) are sectional, hydraulic remote pilot actuated
three position four way, pressure compensated, closed
center directional valves. The inlet section contains a pump
unloading valve and load sense relief valve set at 3310 kPa
(4800 psi) protecting the main and auxiliary hoist sections.
The unloading valve has a 1379 kPa (200 psi) standby or
pump margin pressure setting. The telescope inner mid
section has port reliefs set a 2068 kPa (3000 psi) for extend
and 2413 kPa (3500 psi) for retract. The center mid/outer
mid telescope section has a two-stage port relief. When
unpressurized it is set for center mid cylinder extend at 1724
kPa (2500 psi). When pressurized it is set for the outer mid
cylinder at 2068 kPa (3000 psi). The retract port relief for
both the center and outer mid sections is set at 2413 kPa
(3500 psi). All working sections have a two position three
way solenoid LMI lockout valve in each pilot end cap. Both
telescope cylinders solenoid valves are proportionally
controlled by the LMI system.

Swing and Front Steer Directional Valve


The swing section of the swing and front steer valve
(Figure 2-18) is a sectional, hydraulic remote pilot actuated
three position four way open center directional control valve.
Both working ports have 1724 kPa (2500 psi) port relief
valves and anti void check valves to provide make-up oil to
the swing motors when the valve is centered. The steer
section is a load sense priority type flow control valve. On a
load sense signal from the cab steering control valve the
spool shifts directing 4.9 lpm (18.5 gpm) to the cab steering
control unit. The load sense port maintains a constant 862
kPa (125 psi) standby pressure. Any excess flow is directed
upstream to the swing section. The circuit is protected by a
1724 kPa (2500 psi) load sense relief valve.

2-32

The counterweight removal/cab tilt directional control valve


is a sectional, hydraulic remote pilot actuated three position
four way, pressure compensated, closed center directional
valve. It is plumbed in parallel with the boom lift/telescope/
hoist directional control valve. The inlet section contains a
load sense relief valve set at 1724 kPa (2500 psi) protecting
all four working sections.

Maintenance
Hoist/Lift/Telescope Directional Valve Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

2.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers, and lockwashers


securing the valve. Remove the valve.

Hoist/Lift/Telescope Directional Valve Installation


1.

Place the valve on the turntable upright and fasten it with


the capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers. Torque
the capscrews 97.6 to 105.7 Nm (72 to 78 pounds-foot).

2.

Connect the electrical connectors to the valve as tagged


during removal.

3.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged during


removal.

Swing/Steer Directional Valve Removal


1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

2.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers


securing the valve. Remove the valve bank.

Swing/Steer Directional Valve Installation


1.

Place the valve on the turntable upright and secure it


with the capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers.
Torque the capscrews 23 to 25.7 Nm (17 to 19 poundsfoot).

2.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valves as tagged


during removal.

Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt Directional Valve


Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

2.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers, nuts and


lockwashers securing the valve. Remove the valve
bank.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt Directional Valve


Installation

Function Check - LMI Lockout Valves


1.

Remove circuit breaker F16 from the power panel in the


cab. This cuts off power to the LMI.

2.

Start the engine.

3.

Try to telescope the boom out, lower the boom, hoist up


the main hoist, and hoist the auxiliary hoist up (if
installed). Verify none of these functions work.

Functional Check (Both Valve Banks)

4.

Shut down the engine. Reinstall F16.

1.

Start the engine and run it at normal speed.

5.

2.

Operate the control levers of the valve bank(s). Check


for smooth operation of cylinders and motors.

Telescope the boom out, lower the boom, hoist up the


main hoist, and hoist the auxiliary hoist up (if installed).
Verify all of these functions work.

3.

Check the valve bank(s) and lines for leakage. Make


repairs as needed.

6.

Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

1.

Place the valve on the turntable and secure it with the


capscrews, flatwashers, nuts and lockwashers. Torque
the capscrews 23 to 25.7 Nm (17 to 19 pounds-foot).

2.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valves as tagged


during removal.

4
3

1
1A

1B

2A

2B

2500

2500

8
PB

IN

2500
PSI

OUT
7

Swing

Steer Priority Flow Divider

7316
7
5

PA

6095-3

Swing and Front Steer Directional Valve

FIGURE 2-18
Item

Description

Item

Description

Port 2A - Swing Right

Steer Priority Flow Divider Section

Port 2B - Swing Left

Swing Section

Port 1A Load Sense Flow Control (Standby


Pressure)

Outlet Port

In Port

Port 1B - Priority Flow

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-33

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

3
1

11

12
18

15

17
13
16
14

10

6096-1

Hoist/Telescope/Lift Directional Valve

9 10
7

3 4

2
18

15

17
13
14

12
16
11
Hydraulic Schematic

6096-2

FIGURE 2-19

2-34

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Item

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Description

Item

Description

Port B - Lift Extend Relief

10

Port A - Main Hoist Down

Port A - Lift Retract Relief

11

Outlet Port - Tank

Port B - Inner Mid Telescope Extend

12

Outlet Port - Tank

Port A - Inner Mid Telescope Retract

13

Adjustable Relief Valve

Port B - Center/Outer Mid Telescope Extend

14

Unloading Valve

Port B - Center/Outer Mid Telescope Retract

15

Inlet

Port B - Auxiliary Hoist Up

16

Load Sense Port

Port A - Auxiliary Hoist Down

17

Gauge Port

Port B - Main Hoist Up

18

Inlet

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-35

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

12

11

1, 2
3, 4
9, 10

5, 6, 7,8

11

10

8
6
4

9
7

5
3
1

12

13
7

9 10

3 4

5 6

1 2

12
13
11

FIGURE 2-20

Counterweight Removal/Cab Tilt Directional Valve

Item

Description

Item

Description

Port 5A - Cab Tilt

Port 2B - Counterweight Removal Left Cyl.

Port 5B - Cab Tilt

Port 1A - Luffing Jib

Port 4A - Counterweight Removal Pin

10

Port 1B - Luffing Jib

Port 4B - Counterweight Removal Pin

11

Inlet

Port 3A - Counterweight Removal Right Cyl.

12

Outlet

Port 3B - Counterweight Removal Right Cyl.

13

Load Sense Relief

Port 2A - Counterweight Removal Left Cyl.

2-36

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SWING SERIES PARALLEL SELECTOR


VALVE

Maintenance

Description

1.

Tag and disconnect the electrical connector to the valve.

The series parallel selector valve (Figure 2-21) is used to


select the swing motor speed. It is located on the outside of
the turntable right hand side plate. It consists of a pilot
operated two-position four-way valve (1) and a solenoid
actuated two position three-way (2) (Figure 2-21) that is the
pilot valve. It is plumbed between the swing directional
control valve and the swing motors.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

3.

Remove the two retaining screws securing the valve to


the turntable side plate.

4.

Remove valve.

Removal

Swing speed is selected by the swing speed control switch


on the left-side of the console. In the de-energized position or
LOW SPEED switch position, the pilot operated two-position
three way solenoid vents the pilot operated four-way valve to
the tank leaving its spring return spool position connecting
the swing motors in parallel or low speed mode. In the HIGH
SPEED position, the pilot operated two-position three-way
solenoid valve is actuated and shifts the spool of the
operated two-position four-way valve which connects the
swing motors in series or high speed mode. The port reliefs
of the swing directional control valve are set to allow a full
load swing in both modes.

Installation
1.

Secure the valve to the crane using the two retaining


screws.

2.

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the ports on the valve as


tagged during removal.

3.

Connect the electrical connector to the valve as tagged


during removal.

4.

Verify proper operation of the valve. Refer to the


Operators Manual

5.

Check valve and hydraulic connections for leaks. Make


repairs as needed.

The 1724 kPa (250 psi) pilot pressure source is supplied via
the pressure reducing sequence with solenoid controls
manifold valve.

8
10
4

10

5
1

Item

FIGURE 2-21

Description

Item

Description

Pilot Operated Two-Position Four-Way Valve

Port F To Swing Motor

Solenoid Actuated Two-Position Three-Way


Valve

Pilot Port

Drain Port

Port A From Swing/Steer Directional Valve

Port C To Swing Motor

Port B From Swing/Steer Directional Valve

10

Port D To Swing Motor

Port E To Swing Motor

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-37

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

PRESSURE REDUCING SEQUENCE VALVE


WITH SOLENOID CONTROLS MANIFOLD
Description

3.

Installation

The pressure reducing sequence with solenoid controls


manifold (Figure 2-22) is located on the outside of the
superstructure right hand side plate. It is used to control a
regulated pressure and flow of hydraulic oil to the swing
brake 1723.6 kPa/17.2 bar (250 psi), cab hydraulic remote
controllers (HRCs), telescope two stage relief 2757.9 kPa/
27.5 bar (400 psi), telescope hose reel motor 8273.7 kPa/
82.7 bar (1200 psi) and hose reel brake 8273.7 kPa/82.7 bar
(1200 psi). An inlet port contains a 100 mesh screen protects
large contaminates from damaging the cab HRCs.
The swing brake, HRCs, and hose reel motor are controlled
by a two position three way normally open to tank solenoid
valve. When energized, pressurized oil is allowed to flow to
the respective functions.
The two position three way swing brake release solenoid
valve serves as the swing brake release. When deenergized and the SWING BRAKE switch is on, the springs
in the swing brake push oil to the tank allowing each brake to
e n g a g e . W h e n t h e S W I N G B R A K E s w i t c h i s O F F,
pressurized oil is directed to the swing brakes, releasing
them.
The HRC two position three way solenoid valve serves as
the controller armrest lockout valve. When the CRANE
FUNCTION switch is OFF, or the armrest is raised, the valve
is de-energized which prevents pressurized oil from reaching
the HRCs. When the CRANE FUNCTION switch is ON,
pressurized oil is directed to the HRCs allowing crane
operation. This valve, when de-energized, prevents
accidental turntable, hoist, or boom movement.

1.

Position the valve and spacer bushings on the turntable


and secure it with the capscrews, flatwashers and
lockwashers.

2.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged during


removal.

3.

Connect the electrical connectors to the valve as tagged


during removal.

Function Check - Swing Brake Release


Valve
1.

Position the SWING BRAKE switch to OFF. Verify the


LED in the switch goes out.

2.

Swing the turntable to verify the swing brake has


released. Step on the power brake valve to stop the
turntable.

3.

Position the SWING BRAKE switch to ON. Verify the


LED in the switch comes on.

4.

Activate swing and ensure the turntable will not rotate,


indicating the swing brake is on.

5.

Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

Function Check - Crane Function Valve


1.

Turn off the CRANE FUNCTION switch.

2.

Start the engine.

3.

Try to telescope the boom in and out, lower and raise the
boom, hoist each hoist up and down, and swing the
turntable left and right. Verify none of these functions
work.

4.

Turn on the CRANE FUNCTION switch, put the armrest


down, and set in the seat.

5.

Telescope the boom in and out, lower and raise the


boom, hoist each hoist up and down, and swing the
turntable left and right. Verify all of these functions work.

6.

Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

Maintenance
Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the


swing brake and armrest lockout valve.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

2-38

Remove the capscrews, lockwashers and flatwashers


securing the valve. Remove the valve and two spacer
bushings.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

5
7
6
1
10

11
9

11

3
6
10

Item

Description

Item

FIGURE 2-22
Description

In Port (Not Shown) From Swivel Port 6

Port B1 - Telescope Solenoid - Outer Mid

Two-Position Three-Way Solenoid Valve Swing Brake Release

System Port

Port REG 3 - Swing Brake Release

Two-Position Three-Way Solenoid - Armrest


Lockout Valve

Port REG 2 - Hose Reel Brake

Port B3 - Power Brake Valve

10

Port REG 1 - Telescope Foot Pedal

Port B2 - Hose Reel Motor

11

Drain Port

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-39

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

STEERING CONTROL VALVE-DUAL


DISPLACEMENT

Maintenance

Description

1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the valve.

The dual displacement load sense steering control unit


(Figure 2-23) controls hydraulic flow to the front steering
circuit. It is located in the steering column of the cab. Both
work ports are connected to the rod side of one steer cylinder
and to the piston side of the other. The dual displacement
control unit; one at 35.9 in3/rev and the other at 57.5 in3/rev.
allows flow amplification (larger displacement) to the steer
cylinders when turning the steering wheel at medium to fast
speeds.

2.

Remove the bolts and washers securing the valve and


remove the valve.

Removal

Installation
1.

Install the valve and secure in place with the bolts and
washers.

2.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve.

3
4

6099

6099-1

Hydraulic Schematic

FIGURE 2-23
Item

Description

Item

Description

Pressure Port

Steer Right port

Tank Port

Steer Left Port

Load Sense Port

2-40

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE


Description

3.

Install the plastic cover on the bottom of the armrest.


Secure it with screws, washers and nuts.

Armrest Control Valve Functional Check

The crane has four single axis hydraulic remote control


valves (Figure 2-24). Each crane function has a control lever
for the operators use.
The four hydraulic remote control valves are single function
type valves. Moving the control lever forward or back
operates the selected function. Two valves are located in
each armrest. The valves in the right armrest control the
main hoist and boom lift. The valves in the left armrest
control swing and auxiliary hoist.
The telescope function is controlled by a pedal operated
single function control valve. The pedal is on the cab floor.
The control valve is mounted on the left rear underside of the
cab and is connected to the pedal by linkage.

1.

Start the engine and run it at normal speed.

2.

Move each control lever to operate the function


controlled by the corresponding control valve. Verify
proper operation of the hoist motor, swing motors, lift
cylinder, and telescope cylinder.

3.

Check valve and lines for leakage. Make repairs as


needed.

Telescope Pedal Control Valve Removal.


1.

Disconnect the pedal linkage from the control valve by


removing the pin and cotter pin.

2.

When the armrests are up, the crane function switch is off, or
the operator leaves his seat, the controller lockout valve is
de-energized and the functions are disabled.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the control


valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.

3.

Remove the four bolts and washers securing the control


valve to the mounting bracket. Remove the valve.

Maintenance

Telescope Pedal Control Valve Installation

Armrest Control Valve Removal

1.

Place the valve on the mounting bracket and secure in


place with the bolts and washers.

2.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged during


removal.
Connect the pedal linkage to the control valve with the
pin and cotter pin.

1.

Gain access to the base of the control valve by raising


the armrest and removing the plastic cover screwed
onto the bottom of the armrest.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the control


valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.

3.

3.

Remove the bolts securing the control valve to the


armrest. Remove the control valve.

Telescope Pedal Control Valve Functional Check

Armrest Control Valve Installation


1.
2.

Place the valve on the armrest. Secure the valve to the


armrest with the attaching bolts.
Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged during
removal.

GROVE

1.

Start the engine and run it at normal speed.

2.

Telescope the boom the whole way out and then the
whole way back in. Verify proper telescoping.

3.

Check valve and lines for leakage. Make repairs as


needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-41

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

NOTE:

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

R.H. and L.H. controllers oriented from seated operator.


Ports of control lever seen facing aft looking at seat with armrest in up position.
Telescope or
Aux Hoist

Swing

FWD

FWD

BACK

BACK

3
4
3

6
Main Hoist

Lift

6461-1

5, 9

1, 7

FWD

FWD

BACK

BACK

4
6, 10
2, 8

4
3

Item

6461-3

10

Description

6461-2

FIGURE 2-24

Item

Description

A Port - Swing Right

Telescope In or Auxiliary Hoist Up

B Port - Swing Left

A Port - Lift Down

T Port - Tank Port

B Port - Lift Up

P Port - Pressure Port

A Port - Main Hoist Down

A Port - Telescope Out or Auxiliary Hoist Down

10

B Port - Main Hoist Up

2-42

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SWING POWER BRAKE VALVE

1.

Engage the swing lock.

2.

Install the brake valve and secure in place with the four
bolts, flat washers, lockwashers, and nuts.

The swing power brake valve (Figure 2-25) is used to


provide hydraulic pressure to the piston of the swing brakes
to apply the brakes. The valve receives its supply of oil
through the swing brake and armrest lockout valve manifold.

3.

Attach the hydraulic lines to the brake valve as tagged


during removal.

Depressing the brake pedal causes hydraulic oil to flow to


the top of each brake piston where, combined with spring
tension, the total force overcomes each brakes release
pressure and applies the brakes. When the valve is
released, excess hydraulic oil flows from the valve to the
case drain manifold and back to the reservoir.

1.

Start the engine and let it idle.

2.

Disengage the swing lock.

3.

Slowly swing the turntable.

Description

Function Check

DANGER

Maintenance

Engage the swing lock before adjusting the swing brake


valve.

Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines attached to the brake


valve. Cap or plug the lines and ports.

2.

Remove the four bolts, lockwashers, flat washers, and


nuts which secure the brake valve to the cab floor.
Remove the brake valve.

Installation

4.

Test the valve by engaging the swing brake control valve


and operating the swing brake. Verify the swing brake
works when the pedal is pressed. Verify the brake is off
when the pedal is not pressed. Engage the swing lock
and make adjustments to the pedal as needed.

5.

Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

DANGER
Engage the swing lock before installing the swing brake
valve.

Pressure
From
Pressure
Reducing
Sequence
Valve
To Swing Brake

Drain To
Tank
6100-1
6100

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

FIGURE 2-25

2-43

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

DOUBLE PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE

Installation

Description

1.

Operate the applicable function and check the valve for


proper operation and any leaks.

The double pilot operated (PO) check valve (Figure 2-26) is


located on the outside of the left superstructure side plate
behind the cab. It is used to hold or lock the cab tilt cylinder in
place. Oil flow is directed from the V ports to the C ports,
while blocking flow in the opposite direction. Flow is reversed
from C to V when pressure pilot oil is applied to the
opposite side V port.

2.

Install new o-rings onto the check valve.

3.

Lubricate the check valve and o-rings with clean


hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
Before installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.

Maintenance
Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the valve.


Cap or plug all openings.

2.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers


securing the valve to the turntable and remove the valve.

4.

Carefully install the check valve into the port block until
fully seated.

5.

Install the valve to the turntable and secure with the


capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers.

6.

Test the check valve by operating the cab tilt cylinder.


Verify it extends and retracts without problems; verify
there is no leaking. Make repairs as needed.

C1
C1

C2

V1

30
PSI

V2
C2
V1

V2

6101-2

Hydraulic Schematic
6101-1

FIGURE 2-26

2-44

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

TANDEM BRAKE VALVE W/ TREADLE


PEDAL
Description
The tandem brake valve with treadle pedal (Figure 2-27) is
located on the floor of the cab. The tandem brake valve
provides split system braking for the primary (front) brakes
and the secondary (rear) brakes. The valve is a closed
center spool design which modulates the output pressure
14,483 517 kPa (2100 75 psi) to the brake actuators.
The valve is mechanically actuated by a treadle pedal. The
direct acting spool provides a pedal feel which accurately
represents the brake pressure, similar to automotive style
pedal feedback as the brake pedal pressure increases, the
pedal effort increases proportionally.
As the pedal is initially actuated, the tank ports are closed off
from the brake ports. With further application of the pedal,
the pressure ports are opened to the brake ports until the
pedal actuation force and the hydraulic pressure force are
balanced. Also when the pedal is actuated, the integral
proximity switch is engaged to provide an electrical signal for
brake lights. When the pedal is released, the valve and the
pedal return to the non-applied position. In normal operation,
the secondary system is piloted from the primary section
providing pressure to both systems.

The tandem brake valve consists of a tandem valve body, a


closed center spool, a treadle pedal, an integral proximity
switch and a mechanical spring assembly to limit the output
pressure to the brake actuators to 14,483 517 kPa (2100
75 psi).

Maintenance

Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect the electrical connector to the valve.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

3.

Remove the nuts and bolts securing the valve to the cab
floor. Remove the valve.

Installation
1.

Secure the valve to the cab floor with the nuts and bolts.

2.

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the ports on the valve as


tagged during removal.

3.

Connect the electrical connector to the valve as tagged


during removal.

4.

Start the engine and check valve and hoses for leaks.
Make repairs as needed.

2
6

3
4
6703
6703-1

Item

Description

Item

Description

P1 - Pressure port

Tank Port

Tank Port

Port B1 - Front Disc Brakes

P2 - Pressure Port

Port B2 - Rear Disc Brakes

GROVE

FIGURE 2-27

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-45

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

DUAL ACCUMULATOR CHARGE VALVE


Description
The dual accumulator charge valve (Figure 2-28) is located
on the turntable left side, inside the superstructure. The
purpose of the valve is to provide a priority regulated flow
dependent on the maximum pressure required to the service
brake circuit and a secondary source of flow for the front
steer and swing circuits. The dual accumulator charge valve
regulates flow to the hydraulic accumulators at a rate of 8.3
to 12.1 l/min (2.2 to 3.2 gpm) to provide stored energy for the
primary (front) and the secondary (rear) service brake
circuits.

When the accumulators are charged to the high limit


pressure of 19,000 kPa (2750 psi), pilot pressure will open
the high limit check ball and close the low limit check ball.
The inverted shuttle senses the pressure in the
accumulators and the brake circuits to pilot close the
cartridge when the maximum pressure is reached. After the
accumulators are fully charged, the high limit check ball
opens and the proportional flow divider spool is fully opened
to direct all of the pump flow to the excess flow port and on to
the air conditioning circuits.

Maintenance
Removal

The dual accumulator charge valve consists of a charging


section with a proportional flow divided spool and a main
check valve, a control section with a pilot spool with a low
limit check ball and a high limit check ball, and an inverted
shuttle cartridge.

1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

2.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers


securing the valve to the turntable. Remove the valve.

W h e n t h e v a l v e i s c h a r gi n g t he a c c um u l a to r s , t h e
proportional flow divider spool, in the charging section, is in
neutral to allow the charging flow to pass through the main
check valve and on to the pilot control section and the
inverted shuttle cartridge. The pilot control section controls
the opening and closing of the low and high limit check balls.
The pilot spool permits only one of these balls to be open at
any one time. When the low limit check ball is open, the
pressure from the accumulators is applied to shift the
charging section flow divider spool and allow pump flow to
the inverted shuttle cartridge which is normally open to
charge the accumulators.

Installation
1.

Position the valve on the turntable and secure with the


capscrews, washers and lockwashers.

2.

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the valve ports as tagged


during removal.

3.

Start the engine and check for leaks. Make repairs as


needed.

4.

Depress the brake pedal several times, make several


turns with the steering wheel, and swing the
superstructure left and right. Verify the brakes, swing,
and front steering work properly.

4
4

5
3
6

5, 6

1
6436

FIGURE 2-28
Item

Description

Item

Description

Pressure port

Tank Port

Switch Port

Port A1 - To Accumulator

Flow Thru Port

Port A2 - To Accumulator

2-46

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR SERVICE


BRAKE

3.

Remove the two nuts securing each clamp half. Remove


the each clamp half and accumulator from the turntable.

Installation

Description
The service brake hydraulic accumulators are located on the
outside of the left superstructure side plate behind the cab.
The purpose of each accumulator is to provide stored
energy, an oil volume of 3.8 liters (231 cu in) at a maximum
pressure of 18,966 kPa (2750 psi), to actuate the service
brake circuits. The dual accumulator charge valve regulates
flow to the hydraulic accumulators to provide fully powered
independently separate, primary (front) and secondary
(rear), service brake circuits.
Each accumulator has two chambers divided by a piston.
One side is pre-charged to 9655 kPa (1400 psi) with high
purity nitrogen. This maintains a constant pressure in the
other chamber which is connected to the modulating brake
valve. After the accumulators are fully charged, they will
provide the necessary brake system flow and pressure to
actuate the brakes.
The accumulator consists of a tube, piston, seals, gas
charging valve, and a gas valve guard.

1.

Position the accumulator in the clamps and secure with


the removable clamp halves and nuts.

2.

Connect the hydraulic hose to the port on the


accumulator as tagged during removal.

3.

Pre-charge the accumulator. Refer to paragraph titled


Pre-Charging Accumulator in Sub-Section titled
Hydraulic Pressure Adjustment.

4.

Start the engine and check accumulator and hoses for


leaks. Make repairs as needed.

5.

Depress the brake pedal several times, make several


turns with the steering wheel, and swing the
superstructure left and right. Verify the brakes, swing,
and front steering work properly.

Servicing
The pre-charge nitrogen pressure should be checked every
200 hours or once a month, whichever comes first. Refer to
Pressure Setting Procedures

Maintenance
Removal
1.

With the engine shutdown, deplete the hydraulic


pressure in the accumulators by depressing the service
brake pedal several times.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hose from the


accumulator. Cap or plug the line and port.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-47

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR LOAD SENSE


Description

The accumulator consists of a tube, piston, seals, gas


charging valve, and charging valve guard.

Maintenance
Removal

2.

2-48

Remove the two nuts securing each clamp half. Remove


the each clamp half and accumulator from the turntable.

Installation

The main directional control valve load sense accumulator is


located on the right hand superstructure side plate beside
the main directional control valve. The purpose of the
accumulator is to dampen the load sense signals from the
cylinders and motors to the inlet unloader. The accumulator
has two chambers divided by a piston. One side is
precharged to 4,138 kPa (600 psi) with high purity nitrogen
while the other chamber is connected to the load sense port
of the directional valve.

1.

3.

With the engine shutdown, deplete the hydraulic


pressure in the accumulators by depressing the service
brake pedal several times.
Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hose from the
accumulator. Cap or plug the line and port.

1.

Position the accumulator in the clamps and secure with


the removable clamp halves and nuts.

2.

Connect the hydraulic hose to the port on the


accumulator as tagged during removal.

3.

Pre-charge the accumulator. Refer to paragraph titled


Pre-Charging Accumulator in Sub-Section titled
Hydraulic Pressure Adjustment.

4.

Start the engine and check accumulator and hoses for


leaks. Make repairs as needed.

5.

Depress the brake pedal several times, make several


turns with the steering wheel, and swing the
superstructure left and right. Verify the brakes, swing,
and front steering work properly.

Servicing
The pre-charge nitrogen pressure should be checked every
200 hours or once a month, whichever comes first. Refer to
Pressure Setting Procedures

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

HOLDING VALVES

Removal

Description

1.

A bolt-on manifold style holding valve is installed on the


boom lift cylinder and a cartridge style holding valve is used
on each telescope cylinder installed in the piston side of the
cylinder. The counterweight removal cylinders have two
cartridge style holding valves installed in both the piston and
rod.
The holding valve installed on the outlet of the cylinder
provides meter out control, will lock the cylinder in place,
prevents a load from running ahead of the oil supply, and
relieves excess pressure caused by thermal expansion.

Installation
1.

Check the inside of the port block or manifold for any


sharp edges or burrs and remove as necessary with
emery cloth.

2.

Install new o-rings onto the holding valve.

3.

Lubricate the holding valve and o-rings with clean


hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
Do not damage the o-rings during installation of the
holding valve. If the holding valve turns freely then gets
hard to turn, then easy to turn, remove the holding valve
and check the o-rings. They have probably been
damaged by a sharp edge of a port.

Maintenance

DANGER
Boom must be fully lowered and fully retracted before
removing lift cylinder and telescope cylinder holding
valves. The counterweight must be removed or pinned
before removing counterweight removal cylinder holding
valves.

GROVE

Unscrew holding valve from its port block or manifold.

NOTE:

The holding valve should turn by hand until


compression of the o-rings begins.

4.

Carefully install the holding valve into the port block or


manifold until fully seated.

5.

Test the holding valve and port block or manifold by


operating the lift cylinder and/or the telescope cylinder,
as applicable. Verify lift cylinder and/or telescope
cylinder works without problems; verify there is no
leaking. Make repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-49

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SHUTTLE VALVE

Maintenance

Description

Removal

The in-lined plumbed shuttle valve is used as a directional


selector valve. It is located at the inlet of the telescope rod
drain solenoid valve. It is used to direct the higher trapped
pressure of the rod side telescope cylinders to the telescope
rod drain solenoid valve inlet.

1.

1.

Connect the hydraulic lines as tagged during removal.

It consists of a ball that moves between two opposing check


seats. When one port is pressurized, the ball is forced
against the opposite seat, blocking that inlet and providing a
flow path to the outlet port.

2.

Check valve and hydraulic connections for leaks. Make


repairs as needed.

2-50

Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from valve and cap or


plug all openings, and remove valve.

Installation

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

SOLENOID VALVES

Axle Disconnect Solenoid Valve

Description

The axle disconnect solenoid, mounted off of the carrier right


hand side rail, is a two position three way. In its de-energized
position, the inlet port is blocked and the disconnect actuator
is drained to the tank. When the solenoid is energized, the
reservoir port is blocked and pressurized oil is directed to the
actuator.

There are seven solenoid valves utilized in the crane


hydraulic system. When the solenoid is energized, the
plunger assembly forces the spool or poppet to shift, causing
the valve to open, close, or change its port flow paths. Deenergizing the solenoid allows spring force to shift spool or
poppet to its normal position. The oil cooler motor control
and the telescope rod drain solenoid valves are normally
closed two position two way solenoid valves. The outrigger
boost solenoid is a normally open two position two way
solenoid valve. The park brake, axle disconnect, and the
telescope two stage relief solenoid valves are two position
three way.

Oil Cooler Motor Control Solenoid Valve


The oil cooler motor control solenoid valve mounted on the
outside of the left superstructure side plate, is a normally
closed two position two way. When the solenoid is energized,
the valve opens to direct oil flow to the reservoir. When the
return manifold temperature reaches 120F power is
removed from the solenoid and the valve spring returns,
blocking the tank port and directing pressurized oil to the
cooler motor.

Telescope Rod Drain Solenoid Valve


The telescope rod drain solenoid valve, mounted in-line off of
the telescope work port hydraulic tubing, is a normally closed
two position two way. When the solenoid is energized, the
valve opens to drain trapped pressure from the rod side of
the telescope cylinders to the reservoir. Trapped pressure is
directed from the rod sides of the cylinder via shuttle valve.

Telescope Two-Stage Relief Solenoid Valve


The telescope two stage relief solenoid valve, mounted inline off of the pressure reducing sequence valve, is a two
position three way. In its de-energized position, the two stage
port relief in the center/outer mid section of the main
directional control valve is drained to the reservoir limiting
the center mid telescope cylinder to 1724 kPa (2500 psi).
When the solenoid is energized, pressurized oil is directed to
the relief valve to shift it to limit the outer mid telescope
cylinder to 2069 kPa (3000 psi).

Cross-Axle Differential Lock Solenoid Valve


The optional cross-axle differential lock solenoid valve
mounted off of the carrier right hand side rail, is a two
position four way. In its de-energized position, pressurized oil
is directed to disengage the actuator port and the engaged
actuator port is drained to the tank on both axle differentials.
When energized, the valve ports reverse, directing
pressurized oil to the engaged actuator port and drain the
disengage actuator port on both axle differentials.

Maintenance
NOTE:

Valve Maintenance is limited to the removal of the


cartridges and replacing the solenoid coils and/or
seals.

Outrigger Boost Solenoid Valve

Removal

The outrigger boost solenoid valve, mounted in-line off the


outrigger/rear steer valve is a normally open two position two
way. Excess flow from pump No. 2 and No. 3 is directed
through the valve to the reservoir in its de-energized
position. When the solenoid is energized, the valve closes
and directs pressurized oil to the inlet of the outrigger/rear
steer/box pin removal valve to boost the outrigger circuit
speed.

1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the valve.


Cap or plug all openings.

2.

Tag and disconnect the electrical lines from the valve.

3.

Remove the nuts and washers securing the valve to the


frame or sub plate and remove the valve.

Parking Brake Solenoid Valve

1.

Position the valve to the frame and secure with the nuts
and washers.

2.

Connect the electrical lines to the valve as tagged during


removal.

3.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged during


removal.

4.

Operate the applicable system and check the valve for


proper operation and any leaks.

The parking brake solenoid valve, mounted off of the carrie


right hand side rail, is a two position three way. In its deenergized position, the inlet port is blocked and the parking
brake actuators are drained to the reservoir. When the
solenoid is energized, the reservoir port is blocked and
pressurized oil is directed to the actuators engaging the
parking brake.

GROVE

Installation

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-51

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

CROSS AXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALVE

Maintenance

Description

Removal

The cross axle differential lock valve is located on the right


side of the rear frame. The valve is a three-way, two position
solenoid valve. The valve is used to control the application of
the cranes hydraulically applied and released cross axle
differential lock actuators.

1.

Tag and disconnect the electrical connector from the


valve.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines attached to the


valve. Cap or plug lines and ports.

3.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers and nuts securing


the valve to the frame. Remove the valve.

Positioning the AXLE DIFF switch to LOCK shifts the threeway, two-position solenoid valve so hydraulic oil can flow to
the engage port of the cross axle differential lock actuators,
extending them. When the actuators extend, they engage
the splines on the differential case and the axle shafts to lock
the differential assemblies together.
Positioning the AXLE DIFF switch to UNLOCK shifts the
three-way, two-position solenoid valve so hydraulic oil can
flow to the disengage port of the actuators, retracting them.
As the actuators retract, they unlock the axles.

2-52

Installation
1.

Secure the valve to the frame with the capscrews,


flatwashers and nuts.

2.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged during


removal.

3.

Connect the electrical connector to the valve as tagged


during removal.

4.

Apply and release the cross axle differential lock several


times. Verify the cross axle differential lock holds the
axle from moving when applied so there is no differential
action between the wheels.

5.

Check for leaks. Make repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

CHECK VALVES
Description
There are five check valves utilized in the crane hydraulic
system. The check valves are used to block flow in one
direction and allow free of restricted flow in the opposite
direction.
The cranes hydraulic dual return circuit has an in-line
plumbed check valve in one of the two return lines. It is used
to force hot return oil in the other return line to the hydraulic
oil cooler.
The swing/steer directional control valve has a check valve
installed in its outlet port to ensure there will be enough
pressure to force oil through the port anti-void check valves
for motor over run when the directional control valve is
centered.
There is an in-line mounted check valve between the
secondary ports of pump No. 1 and No. 3. It is used to boost
flow to the outrigger circuit.

GROVE

The counterweight removal/cab tilt directional control valve


utilizes a check valve in its load sense line from the hoist/
telescope/boom lift directional control valve. It blocks the
load sense signal from the hoist/telescope/boom lift
directional control valve from bleeding through the
counterweight removal/cab tilt directional control valves load
sense bleed.
There is an inlet plumbed checked valve on the front steer
control valve. It prevents steering wheel kick-back if the steer
cylinder pressure rises above the inlet port pressure.

Maintenance
Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

Installation
1.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the ports on the valve as


tagged during removal.

2.

Verify proper operation of the valve. Check hydraulic


connections for leaks.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-53

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

OUTRIGGER/REAR STEER/OUTRIGGER
BOX PIN REMOVAL VALVE

Maintenance

Description

1.

Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the


integrated outrigger/rear steer valve. Tape the lead
ends.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the integrated


outrigger/rear steer valve. Cap or plug the lines and
ports.

3.

Remove the capscrews, nuts and flatwashers securing


the integrated outrigger/rear steer valve to the frame.
Remove the valve as a complete assembly.

The outrigger/rear steer/outrigger removal valve


(Figure 2-29) directional controls the outrigger circuit, rear
steer circuit, and the pin cylinders that remove the front and
rear outrigger boxes. The valve is mounted on the front face
of the carrier frame member forward of the swivel. The
manifold valve has five stations, an inlet, and four working
stations.
The inlet station contains a 13789.5 kPa/13.7 bar (2000 psi)
relief valve and a two position two way solenoid valve that is
normally open bypassing oil from the inlet port to the
pressure beyond port. Activation of either outriggers, rear
steer, or removal pin stations will energize the solenoid valve
to close pressurizing the working sections. The next two
sections control the outrigger box pin removal cylinders.
Each station contains a three position four way solenoid
controlled directional control valve cartridge. The forth
station controls the rear steer. It contains a three position four
way solenoid controlled directional control valve cartridge
and two pilot operated check valve cartridges. The fifth
station controls the outrigger extend and retract. It contains
two bolt-on three position four way solenoid directional
control valves, internally connected in parallel, two pilot
operated check valves with integral 2759 kPa (4000 psi)
thermal relief valve.

Item

Description

Removal

Installation
1.

Install the integrated outrigger/rear steer valve to the


frame. Secure the valve with the nuts, flatwashers and
capscrews.

2.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valve as tagged during


removal.

3.

Connect the electrical connectors to the valve as tagged


during removal.

Functional Check
1.

Cycle an outrigger cylinder several times. Verify the


cylinder extends and retracts properly.

2.

Rear steer the crane to the left and to the right several
times. Verify the crane steers properly in both directions.

Item

Description

Outrigger Solenoid - Retract

11

Solenoid for Port BST - Steer Left

Outrigger Solenoid - Extend

12

Solenoid for Port AST Steer Right

Sequence Relief - Screw Adjustable

13

Pressure Port

Two Stage Relief - Screw Adjustable

14

Tank Port

Solenoid for Outrigger Two Stage Relief

15

Rear Steer BST Port

Solenoid for Port PB

16

Rear Steer AST Port

Solenoid for Port B2 - Rear Removal Pin


Extend

17

Gauge G Port

Solenoid for Port A2 - Rear Removal Pin


Retract

18

Outrigger B Port - Extend

19

Front Removal Pin A & B Ports

Solenoid for Port B1 - Front Removal Pin


Extend

20

Rear Removal Pin A2 & B2 Ports

21

Power Beyond Port

10

Solenoid for Port A1 - Front Removal Pin


Retract

22

Outrigger A Port - Retract

2-54

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

11

10
2
1

12

19, 20

17

15, 16

14
13

18

21
4

22

7306-2

5
3

21

19
6

20

12 16

19 20

15

11

22

18

17
13

2
7306-2

14

10

FIGURE 2-29

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-55

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

OUTRIGGER CONTROL MANIFOLD

Inspection

Description

Visually inspect the valves and hydraulic connections for any


evidence of leaks or other damage. Check security of the
electrical connections. Inspect the wiring for any evidence of
cracks or breaks.

There are two outrigger control manifolds utilized on the


crane, one for the front outriggers and one for the rear
outriggers (Figure 2-30). Each manifold consists of four
normally closed two position two way solenoid valves. They
are mounted inside the frame on their respective outrigger
box.

Installation
1.

Position the manifold on the mounting; secure with the


nuts and bolts.

When energized, the solenoid shifts the spool to open


allowing extension or retraction of the outrigger cylinders.

2.

Connect the electrical connectors to the solenoids as


marked during removal.

Maintenance

3.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the valves as marked


during removal.

Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the solenoid


valves; cap all lines and openings.

2.

Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors.

3.

Remove the bolts and nuts securing the manifold to the


outrigger box; remove the manifold.

Functional Check
Activate the hydraulic system and cycle the affected
cylinder(s) several times. Observe for proper functioning of
the affected cylinder(s). Ensure the solenoid valve hydraulic
connections are secure.

7319

5
1

6109-1

3
2

Item

Description

FIGURE 2-30

Item

Description

In Port

Right Front Stabilizer Cylinder

Left Front Extension Cylinder

Right Front Extension Cylinder

Left Front Stabilizer Cylinder

2-56

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE

3.

Lubricate the check valve and o-rings with clean


hydraulic oil.

Description
A pilot operated (PO) check valve is located in each
outrigger stabilizer cylinder port block (Figure 2-31). The
check valve functions as a holding valve for the stabilizer
cylinder. Oil flow is directed from the V port to the C ports,
while blocking flow in the opposite direction. Flow is reversed
from C to V when pressure pilot oil is applied to the
opposite side V port.

Maintenance
Removal
1.

Unscrew the check valve from the stabilizer cylinder port


block.

Installation
1.

Check the inside of the port block for any sharp edges or
burrs and remove as necessary with emery cloth.

2.

Install new o-rings onto the check valve.

CAUTION
Do not damage the o-rings during installation of the
holding valve. If the holding valve turns freely then gets
hard to turn, then easy to turn, remove the holding valve
and check the o-rings. They have probably been
damaged by a sharp edge of a port.
NOTE:

The check valve should turn by hand until


compression of the o-rings begins.

4.

Carefully install the check valve into the port block until
fully seated.

5.

Test the check valve and port block by operating the


affected outriggers stabilizer cylinder. Verify it extends
and retracts without problems; verify there is no leaking.
Make repairs as needed.

Cylinder
C

Pilot

6155

V
6155-1

Valve

FIGURE 2-31

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-57

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE

shuttle valve acts as a directional selector, allowing only the


pressurized circuit to open to the flow control drain valve.

Description
The pressure bleed-off valve (Figure 2-32) is used to
manually drain to reservoir any trapped pressure from
behind the outrigger box removal quick disconnects or the
telescope boom removal quick disconnects.
The in-line plumbed pressure bleed-off valve consists of a
knob adjustable flow control valve and a shuttle valve. The

Maintenance
Removal
1.

Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from valve. Cap or


plug all openings and remove valve.

Installation
1.

Connect the hydraulic lines as tagged during removal.

6110-2

4
Hydraulic Schematic
5

7318

2
3

FIGURE 2-32
Item

Description

Item

Description

Tank Port

Shuttle Valve

To Outrigger Extend Port B

Adjustable Flow Control Valve

To Outrigger Retract Port A

2-58

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT VALVE

Maintenance

Description

Removal

The axle oscillation lockout valve (also called the double


solenoid valve) is used in the rear axle oscillation lockout
circuit. The valve is mounted on the right rear face of the
carrier frame forward of the rear axle. It consists of a valve
body and two normally-closed, two-way, two-position
solenoid valves. It keeps the lockout cylinders from
oscillating unless the turntable is centered forward.

1.

Tag and disconnect the electrical connectors to the


valve.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the valve.


Cap or plug the lines and ports.

3.

Remove the capscrews, nuts and washers securing the


valve to the frame bracket. Remove the valve.

The area definition potentiometer in the electrical swivel


energizes and de-energized the axle oscillation relay. When
the superstructure is more than 6 degrees left or right of
directly over the front, the axle oscillation relay is deenergized.

Installation

When the axle oscillation relays contacts are open, the


normally closed solenoid valves are de-energized and
isolate the lockout cylinders from hydraulic oil supply. This
keeps the cylinders from oscillating (moving up and down to
damp axle movement) because hydraulic oil cannot leave
the cylinders. Instead, the cylinders remain full of hydraulic
oil and more rigid.
When the axle oscillation relays contacts are closed, the
solenoid valves are energized and open. This allows
hydraulic oil in and out of the cylinders, allowing them to
oscillate.

GROVE

1.

Secure the valve to the crane with the capscrews, nuts


and washers. Torque the capscrews 10.4 to 12.2 Nm
(7.7 to 9.0 pounds-foot).

2.

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the ports on the valve as


tagged during removal.

3.

Connect the electrical connectors to the valve as tagged


during removal.

4.

Verify proper operation. Refer to Section 3 in the


Operators Manual.

5.

Check valve and hoses for leaks. Make repairs as


needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-59

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

RELIEF VALVE

Maintenance

Description

Removal

The in-line plumbed direct acting relief valve is installed at


the hydraulic hose reel motor. It is used to protect the motor
in case of a pressure surge.

1.

The valve consists of a manifold and cartridge. When


pressure at the inlet port exceeds the bias spring force or
setting holding the valve closed, the valve will open, directing
pressurized oil to the reservoir.

2-60

Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from the valve. Cap


or plug all openings and remove valve.

Installation
1.

Connect the hydraulic lines as tagged during removal.

2.

Check valve and hydraulic connections for leaks. Make


repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

CYLINDERS

Maintenance

General

General

This subsection provides descriptive information for all the


hydraulic cylinders used on this crane. The description of the
cylinder given here is for the cylinder itself. For information
on how the cylinder functions in the individual circuits, refer
to the Description and Operation of that circuit.

There must be a gap between the ends of each wear ring


when it is installed onto the piston (as applicable) or head
(Table 2-5). In addition, each wear ring gap is to be located
as follows: Divide 360 degrees by the number of wear rings
on the component. The resulting value is the number of
degrees each wear ring gap is to be located with respect to
each other.
The approximate wear ring gaps are as follows:

Table 2-5
Wear Ring Gap
Head (or Piston) Size

Wear Ring Gap

Inch

mm

Inch

mm

1 to 4.75

25.4 to 120.7

0.125

3.18

5 to 10.0

127.0 to 254.0

0.187

4.75

greater than 10.0

greater than 254.0

0.250

6.35

Surface Protection For Cylinder Rods


Steel cylinder rods include a thin layer of chrome plating on
their surfaces to protect them from corroding. However,
chrome plating inherently has cracks in its structure which
can allow moisture to corrode the underlying steel. At typical
ambient temperatures, hydraulic oil is too thick to penetrate
these cracks. Normal hydraulic operating temperatures will
allow hydraulic oil to warm sufficiently to penetrate these
cracks and if machines are operated daily, protect the rods.
Machines that are stored, transported, or used in a corrosive
environment (high moisture, rain, snow, or coastline
conditions) need to have the exposed rods protected more
frequently by applying a protectant. Unless the machine is
operated daily, exposed rod surfaces will corrode. Some
cylinders will have rods exposed even when completely
retracted. Assume all cylinders have exposed rods, as
corrosion on the end of the rod can ruin the cylinder.
It is recommended that all exposed cylinder rods be
protected using Boeshield T-9 Premium Metal Protectant.
Manitowoc CrareCARE has Boeshield T-9 Premium Metal
Protectant available in 12 oz. aerosol cans by ordering part
number 9999101803.
NOTE:

Cylinder operation and inclement weather will


remove the Boeshield protectant; therefore,
inspect machines once a week and reapply
Boeshield to unprotected rods.

Leakage Check

1.

Extend the rod to its maximum stroke. Remove the


retract hose from the cylinder. Cap the retract hose.

DANGER
Ensure pressure is applied to the piston side of the
cylinder only and the retract hose is capped.
2.

Apply hydraulic pressure to the piston side of the


cylinder and observe the open cylinder port for leakage.
If leakage is observed, the seals in the cylinder must be
replaced.

3.

Fully retract the cylinder rod (except the telescope


cylinder). Remove the extend hose from the cylinder.
Cap the extend hose.

DANGER
Ensure pressure is applied to the retract (rod) side of the
cylinder only and the extend hose is capped.
4.

Apply hydraulic pressure to the retract (rod) side of the


cylinder and observe the open cylinder port for leakage.
If leakage is observed, the seals in the cylinder must be
replaced.

5.

Reconnect all cylinder ports.

A hydraulic cylinder should not be disassembled unless it is


essential. The following checks will provide a means of
determining if a cylinder has a faulty or leaking piston seal.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-61

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders


Hydraulic oil expands when heated and contracts when
cooled. This is a natural phenomena that happens to all
liquids. The coefficient of expansion for API Group 1
hydraulic oil is approximately 0.00043 cubic inches per cubic
inch of volume for 1F of temperature change. Thermal
contraction will allow a cylinder to retract as the
hydraulic fluid which is trapped in the cylinder cools.
The change in the length of a cylinder is proportional to the
extended length of the cylinder and to the change in
temperature of the oil in the cylinder. For example, a cylinder
extended 25 feet in which the oil cools 60F would retract
approximately 7 3/4 inches (see chart below). A cylinder
extended 5 feet in which the oil cools 60F would only retract
approximately 1 1/2 inches. The rate at which the oil cools
depends on many factors and will be more noticeable with a
larger difference in oil temperature verses the ambient
temperature.
Thermal contraction coupled with improper or inadequate
lubrication or improper wear pad adjustments and operation
at low boom angles may, under certain conditions, cause a
stick-slip condition in the boom. This stick-slip condition
could result in the load not moving smoothly. Proper boom
lubrication and wear pad adjustment is important to permit
the boom sections to slide freely. Slow movement, of the
boom may be undetected by the operator unless a load is
suspended for a long period of time. To minimize the effects
of thermal contraction of slip stick it is recommended that

the telescope control lever is activated periodically in the


extend position to mitigate the effects of the cooling oil.
If a load and the boom is allowed to remain stationary for a
period of time and the ambient temperature is cooler than the
trapped oil temperature, the trapped oil in the cylinders will
cool. The load will lower as the telescope cylinder(s) retracts
allowing the boom to come in. Also, the boom angle will
decrease as the lift cylinder(s) retracts causing an increase
in radius and a decrease in load height.
This situation will also occur in reverse. If a crane is set up in
the morning with cool oil and the daytime ambient
temperature heats the oil, the cylinders will extend in similar
proportions.
(Table 2-6) has been prepared to assist you in determining
the approximate amount of retraction/extension that may be
expected from a hydraulic cylinder as a result of change in
the temperature of the hydraulic oil inside the cylinder. The
chart is for dry rod cylinders. If the cylinder rod is filled with
hydraulic oil, the contraction rate is somewhat greater.
NOTE:

Operators and service personnel must be aware


that load movement, as a result of this phenomena,
can be easily mistaken as leaking cylinder seals or
faulty holding valves. If leaking seals or faulty
holding valves are suspected to be the problem,
refer to Service Bulletin 98-036 dealing with testing
telescope cylinders.

Table 2-6
BOOM DRIFT CHART (Cylinder length change in inches)

Coeff. =
STROKE
(FT.)
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60

0.00043 (in /in / F)


10
0.26
0.52
0.77
1.03
1.29
1.55
1.81
2.06
2.32
2.58
2.84
3.10

20
0.52
1.03
1.55
2.06
2.58
3.10
3.61
4.13
4.64
5.16
5.68
6.19

30
0.77
1.55
2.32
3.10
3.87
4.64
5.42
6.19
6.97
7.74
8.51
9.29

Temperature Change (F)


40
50
60
1.03
1.29
1.55
2.06
2.58
3.10
3.10
3.87
4.64
4.13
5.16
6.19
5.16
6.45
7.74
6.19
7.74
9.29
7.22
9.03
10.84
8.26
10.32
12.38
9.29
11.61
13.93
10.32
12.90
15.48
11.35
14.19
17.03
12.38
15.48
18.58

70
1.81
3.61
5.42
7.22
9.03
10.84
12.64
14.45
16.25
18.06
19.87
21.67

80
2.06
4.13
6.19
8.26
10.32
12.38
14.45
16.51
18.58
20.64
22.70
24.77

90
2.32
4.64
6.97
9.29
11.61
13.93
16.25
18.58
20.90
23.22
25.54
27.86

100
2.58
5.16
7.74
10.32
12.90
15.48
18.06
20.64
23.22
25.80
28.38
30.96

Length change in inches = Stroke (Ft.) X Temperature Change ( F) X Coeff. (in3/in3/ F) X 12 in/ft
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders

2-62

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

FIGURE 2-33

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

LIFT CYLINDER

CAUTION

Description
The lift cylinder has a bore of 35.56 cm (14.0 inches)
(Figure 2-34). The retracted length of the cylinder from the
center of the barrel bushing to the center of the rod bushing
is 494.2 cm (194.6 inches). Its stroke is 390.6 cm (153.8
inches). A wiper ring prevents foreign material from entering
the cylinder. O-rings and other seals prevent internal and
external leakage.

When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching the


grooved and gland surfaces.
6.

NOTE:

The cylinder weighs approximately 1766 kg (3893 pounds).

Maintenance
Disassembly
NOTE:

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinders should include replacement of all seals
and rings. A seal kit will supply the required items.

1.

Disconnect the tube assembly from the holding valve.

2.

Remove the capscrews and flatwashers securing the


holding valve. Remove the holding valve from the
cylinder barrel.

3.

Remove the two socket head capscrews securing the


head retainer ring to the head.

4.

Using a spanner wrench or chain wrench, unscrew the


head retainer ring from the barrel.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a
source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to move.

5.

Remove the rod and attached parts from the barrel.

NOTE:

Cover the barrel opening to avoid contamination.

CAUTION
Do not damage the o-rings during installation of the
holding valve. If the holding valve turns freely then gets
hard to turn, then easy to turn, remove the holding valve
and check the o-rings. They have probably been
damaged by a sharp edge of a port.

GROVE

Arranging discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will aid in installation of new seals and
rings. Pay attention to how each seal and ring is
installed to avoid installing replacement seals and
rings improperly.

7.

Remove the setscrew securing the piston to the rod.

8.

Unscrew the piston from the rod.

9.

Remove the T-seal from the inside of the piston.

10. Remove the head from the rod. Remove the o-ring and
the backup ring from the outside of the head. Remove
the wear rings, the buffer seal, the deep Z rod seal,
backup ring, and the wiper ring from the inside of the
head.
11. Remove and discard the two threaded inserts from the
head.
12. Remove the head retainer ring from the rod.

Inspection
1.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for serviceability.

2.

Inspect the barrel carefully for scoring. If barrel is


scored, it must be repaired or replaced.

3.

Check piston for damage. If piston is damaged,


determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced.

4.

Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be


straightened or must be replaced.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
rod. Damage to the rod surface may cause unnecessary
maintenance and expense.

Remove the two hydrolock seals from the outside of the


piston.

CAUTION
Before installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.
5.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine crocus


cloth.

6.

Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any


parts that have been stoned and polished.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-63

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

2
11
9
10
11
8
12
13
16, 17
18
15
14
3, 4

20

23, 26

2, 3
18

21

19

23

24

27

22
24
23, 25, 26

7277

FIGURE 2-34

2-64

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Item

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Description

Barrel

Rod

Piston

Setscrew

Piston Seal

T-Seal

Spacer

Cylinder Head

O-ring

10

Backup Ring

11

Wear Ring

12

Buffer Seal Assembly

13

Wiper Ring

Buffer Seal
Deep Z Seal

Back-Up Ring

FIGURE 2-35
3.

Install the replacement wear rings, buffer seal, deep Z


rod seal, backup ring, and wiper ring (Figure 2-35) in the
inside of the head. Make sure the buffer seals step is
closer to the deep Z rod seal. Make sure the deep Z rod
seals rim groove is closer to the buffer seal.

4.

Install the replacement o-ring and the backup ring on the


outside of the head.

Rod Seal

5.

Install the replacement T-seal in the inside of the piston.

14

Backup Ring

6.

Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.

15

Wiper Ring

7.

Slide the head, wiper ring end first, onto the rod.

16

Retainer Ring

8.

17

Insert

Screw the piston onto the rod tightly. Secure the piston
with the set screw.

18

Socket Head Capscrew

19

Holding Valve

20

Capscrew

21

Flatwasher

22

Tube Assembly

23

Plug

24

Adapter

25

Plug

26

Plug

27

Grease Fitting

Hydrolock Piston Seals

FIGURE 2-36
9.

Install the replacement hydrolock seals (Figure 2-36) on


the outside of the piston. Make sure the vees on the
two hydrolock seals point at each other.

10. Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.

Assembly

CAUTION
CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, avoid stretching
seals or scratching the grooved or gland surfaces. Make
sure parts are clean before and during assembly. Make
sure seals and rings are installed in the proper order.
NOTE:

Lubricate seals and rings with clean hydraulic oil.

1.

Install head retainer ring on rod.

2.

Install two new threaded inserts into head.

GROVE

Exercise extreme care when handling the rod. Damage to


the rod surface may cause unnecessary maintenance
and expense. Also, take care to avoid damaging grooved
or gland surfaces or rings or seals during rod insertion.
11. Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
attached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.
12. Install new gasket material to the cylinder head retainer
ring flange as follows.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-65

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

a.

Clean the barrel and retainer ring with Loctite


cleaning solvent 7070 or similar non-chlorinated
solvent.

b.

Apply a light coating of Loctite primer N7649 to both


surfaces. Allow primer to dry for one to two minutes.
Primer must be dry. Mating of parts should occur
within five minutes.

c.

Apply gasket material Loctite Master Gasket 518 to


one surface. Partial cure is obtained in four hours,
with full cure in 48 hours.

13. Screw the head retainer ring into the barrel and align
holes in retainer ring with holes in head. Install two
socket head capscrews.Torque the capscrews 59.6 to
65 Nm (44 to 48 pounds-foot). Re-torque after
completion of cylinder hydraulic test procedure.

2-66

14. Using a spanner wrench or chain wrench, continue to


screw the retainer ring/head into place in the barrel.

CAUTION
Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.
15. Position the holding valve on the cylinder barrel and
secure with the capscrews and flatwashers. Connect
tubing to holding valve.
16. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Test the cylinder at 31026 kPa/31.0 bar (4500
psi). Check for proper operation and any leakage. Make
repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

DUAL ROD TELESCOPE CYLINDER


CAUTION

Description
The boom dual rod telescope cylinder (upper telescope
cylinder) (Figure 2-39) has a 235 mm (9.25 in) bore. The
cylinder is internally ported (rod ported). Oil from the
telescope control valve is routed to the cylinder by external
lines. Foreign material is prevented from entering the
cylinder rod during retraction by a wiper seal in the head. Oring seals prevent internal and external leakage.
The retracted length of the telescope cylinder is 11005 mm
(433.25 in). The cylinder incorporates two cylinder rods,
therefore each rod has a separate stroke. Each rod has a
stroke of 8966 mm (353 in) which provides a combined
overall stroke of 17932 mm (706 in). This gives the cylinder
an overall extended length of 28931 mm (1139 in) from the
end of the cylinder barrel to the center of the attachment
fittings on the cylinder rod.

CAUTION
Do not retract the cylinder completely if it is not attached
to the boom. Maintain a spacer that is split or hinged 6.88
long to prevent cylinder from retracting completely.
The cylinder weighs approximately 1971 kg (4345 pounds)
wet.

When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching


grooved and gland surfaces.
NOTE:

Aligning discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will facilitate installation of new seals
and rings.

3.

Remove the hydrolock piston seal to gain access to the


setscrew securing the piston to the outer cylinder rod.

4.

Remove the setscrew and unscrew the piston from the


cylinder rod.

5.

Remove the remaining hydrolock seal from the outside


of the piston and the o-ring and two backup rings from
the inside of the piston.

6.

Remove the spacer from the rod and remove the wear
ring from the spacer.

7.

Remove the cylinder head from the outer rod.

8.

Remove the o-ring and backup ring from the outside of


the head and the wear rings, buffer seal, deep Z rod
seal, and the wiper ring from the inside of the head.

9.

Using a spanner wrench, unscrew the inner cylinder


head from the outer cylinder rod.

Maintenance

DANGER

Disassembly
NOTE:

1.

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinder should include replacement of all cylinder
seals and o-rings.

Using a spanner wrench, unscrew the outer cylinder


head from the cylinder barrel.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a
source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to move.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
cylinder rod. Do not damage the chrome surface.
2.

Remove the cylinder rod assembly from the cylinder


barrel and cover the barrel to avoid contamination.

Do not use air pressure to remove the cylinder rod


assembly. Use only a source of controlled hydraulic oil
pressure if the rod is hard to move.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
cylinder rod. Do not damage the chrome surface.
10. Remove the inner cylinder rod assembly from the outer
cylinder rod and cover the opening to avoid
contamination.
11. Remove the hydrolock piston seal to gain access to the
setscrew securing the piston to the inner cylinder rod.
12. Remove the setscrew and unscrew the piston from the
cylinder rod.
13. Remove the remaining hydrolock seal from the outside
of the piston and the o-ring and two backup rings from
the cylinder rod
14. Remove the spacer from the rod and remove the wear
ring from the spacer.
15. Remove the cylinder head from the inner rod.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-67

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

16. Remove the o-ring and backup ring from the outside of
the head and the wear rings, buffer seal, deep Z rod
seal, and the wiper ring from the inside of the head.
17. If necessary, remove the holding valve from the inner
cylinder rod and from the cylinder barrel.

CAUTION
Improper seal installation can cause faulty cylinder
operation.
4.

Install the buffer seal and deep Z rod seal inside the
head ensuring the seals are assembled properly and
installed in the correct direction.

5.

Install the o-ring and backup ring onto the outside of the
head.

CAUTION

6.

Install the inner cylinder head onto the inner cylinder rod.

Clean all surfaces and remove all burrs and nicks before
installing new seals and rings. Replace all damaged or
worn parts.

7.

Install the wear ring onto the spacer and install the
spacer onto the rod.

8.

Install the o-ring and backup rings onto the rod and
install the piston onto the inner cylinder rod. Secure the
piston in place with the setscrew.

Inspection
1.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect for damaged or worn parts and replace as
required.

2.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with fine crocus


cloth.

3.

Clean all with solvent and dry with compressed air any
parts that have been stoned and polished.

4.

Inspect the barrel for scoring.

Hydrolock Piston Seals

Assembly
1.

If removed, install the holding valves. Refer to HOLDING


VALVES in this section.
FIGURE 2-38

CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.
NOTE:

Lubricate new seals and rings with clean hydraulic


oil.

NOTE:

Locate the gap of wear ring 180 degrees with


respect to each other.

2.

Install the wiper ring into the cylinder head.

3.

Install the wear rings into the head.

9.

Install the hydrolock seals onto the piston. Refer to


(Figure 2-38) for proper seal orientation.

CAUTION
Avoid scratching or damaging the grooved and gland
surfaces or the seals and rings.
10. Lubricate the inner cylinder rod assembly with clean
hydraulic oil and install the rod assembly into the outer
cylinder rod with a slight twisting motion.
11. Using a spanner wrench, secure the inner cylinder head
to the outer cylinder rod.

Wiper Ring

12. Install the wiper ring into the outer cylinder head.
13. Install the wear rings into the head.

Buffer Seal
Deep Z Seal

Back-Up Ring

FIGURE 2-37

2-68

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

33

36

16

30

26

29

31

32

26

25
27

28
14

26

24
23
22
18
21
18
17

10
15

20
19
18

11

12

13

3, 8
11
7
5 6
4
2, 3

7279

33
1
36

FIGURE 2-39

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-69

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Item

CAUTION

Description

Barrel

Piston

Setscrew

Seal

Backup Ring

O-ring

Spacer

Piston

Plug

10

Wear Ring

11

Seal

12

O-ring

13

Backup Ring

14

Outer Rod

15

Spacer

16

Inner Rod

17

Outer Cylinder head

18

Wear Ring

19

O-ring

20

Backup Ring

21

Buffer Seal

22

Rod Seal

23

Backup Ring

24

Wiper Ring

25

Inner Cylinder Head

26

Wear Ring

27

O-ring

28

Backup Ring

29

Buffer Seal

30

Rod Seal

31

Backup RIng

32

Wiper Ring

33

Counterbalance Valve

34

Adapter

2-70

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Improper installation of seals could cause faulty cylinder


operation.
14. Install the buffer seal and deep Z rod seal inside the
head ensuring the seals are assembled properly and
installed in the correct direction.
15. Install the o-ring and backup ring onto the outside of the
outer cylinder head.
16. Install the outer cylinder head onto the outer cylinder
rod.
17. Install the wear ring onto the spacer and install the
spacer onto the rod.
18. Install the o-ring and backup rings into the piston and
install the piston onto the outer cylinder rod. Secure the
piston in place with the setscrew.
Hydrolock Piston Seals

FIGURE 2-40
19. Install the hydrolock seals onto the piston. Refer to
(Figure 2-40) for proper seal orientation.

CAUTION
Avoid scratching or damaging the grooved or gland
surfaces or the ring and seals.
20. Lubricate the outer cylinder rod assembly with clean
hydraulic oil and install the rod assembly into the
cylinder barrel with a slight twisting motion.
21. Using a spanner wrench, secure the outer cylinder head
to the cylinder barrel.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.
22. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Test pressure should be 36197.4 kPa/361.9
bar (5250 psi) (rod side pressure) and 24131.6 kPa/
241.3 bar (3500 psi) extended (piston side pressure).
Check for proper operation and any leakage.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

UPPER TELESCOPE CYLINDER


Description
The upper boom telescope cylinder (Figure 2-41) has a
190.5 mm (7.5 in) bore and is internally ported (rod ported).
Oil from the telescope control valve is routed to the cylinder
by external lines. Foreign material is prevented from entering
the cylinder during rod retraction by a wiper ring in the head
and o-ring seals prevent internal and external leakage. The
retracted length of the telescope cylinder is 10604.5 mm
(417.5 in) and a extended length of 19640.55 mm (773.25 in)
from the end of the barrel to the end of the port block on the
rod.
The cylinder weighs 921.4 kg (2022 pounds).

5.

Unscrew the piston from the rod.

6.

Remove the remaining guide lock ring and hydrolock


seal assembly from the outside of the piston.

7.

Remove the o-ring and backup rings from the inside of


the piston.

8.

Remove the spacer from the rod.

9.

Remove the cylinder head from the rod.

10. Remove the o-ring and backup ring from the outside of
the cylinder head.
11. Remove the wear ring, buffer seal, deep Z rod seal and
wiper ring from the inside of the head.

Inspection

Maintenance

1.

Disassembly
NOTE:
1.

Replace all cylinder seals and o-rings with new


ones anytime the cylinder is disassembled.

Using a chain wrench, unscrew the cylinder head from


the cylinder barrel.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the cylinder rod. Use
only controlled hydraulic pressure.

Do not damage the cylinder rod chrome surface.

Clean all surfaces and remove all burrs and nicks.


Replace all damaged or worn parts.
2.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with fine crocus


cloth.

3.

Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air parts


that have been stoned and polished.

4.

Inspect the barrel for scoring.

1.

If removed, install the holding valve. Refer to VALVES in


this section.

NOTE:

Align old seals in order of removal to facilitate


installation of new seals.

Remove the guide lock ring at the top of the piston to


gain access to the setscrew securing the piston to the
cylinder rod.
Remove the set screw and discard.

GROVE

CAUTION
Do not scratch the grooved and gland surfaces or
damage the seals and o-rings.

Do not scratch the grooved and gland surfaces.

4.

CAUTION

Remove the cylinder rod assembly from the cylinder


barrel and cover the barrel to avoid contamination.

CAUTION

3.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for serviceability.

Assembly

CAUTION
2.

NOTE:

Lubricate new seals and rings with clean hydraulic


oil. Orient wear ring gaps 180 apart.

2.

Install the wiper ring and wear ring on the inside of the
cylinder head.

3.

Install the buffer seal assembly and deep Z rod seal


inside the head. Make sure the seals are properly
assembled and installed in the correct direction.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-71

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

8
19, 20

18
17
16

15
14
13
9
10
12
11
7
6
4

2, 3
4

1
7278

FIGURE 2-41
Item

Description

Item

Description

Barrel

11

O-ring

Piston

12

Backup Ring

Setscrew

13

Buffer Seal

Seal

14

Rod Seal

O-ring

15

Wiper Ring

Backup Ring

16

Head Plate

Spacer

17

Washer

Rod

18

Capscrew

Head

19

Counterweight Valve

10

Wear Ring

20

Adapter

2-72

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Wear Ring

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Hydrolock Piston Seals

Wiper Ring

2
Buffer Seal

Deep Z Rod Seal

FIGURE 2-43
FIGURE 2-42

4.

Install the low temperature o-ring and backup rings onto


the outside of the head.

5.

Install the cylinder head onto the cylinder rod.

6.

Install the spacer onto the cylinder rod.

CAUTION

Install the o-ring and backup rings into the inside of the
piston.

NOTE:
8.
9.

Do not scratch the grooved and gland surfaces or


damage the seals and o-rings.
10. Clean all oil from the threads of the cylinder head and
apply Loctite #290 to the threads.

Improper seal installation could cause faulty cylinder


operation.
7.

CAUTION

11. Lubricate the piston seals and cylinder head o-ring with
clean hydraulic oil and install the rod assembly into the
cylinder barrel with a slight twisting motion.
12. Using a chain wrench, secure the cylinder head to the
cylinder barrel.

Use a new self-locking soft-tip setscrew.

Screw the piston onto cylinder rod and secure with a


new setscrew.
Install the guide lock rings and hydrolock seals onto the
outside of the piston. Refer to (Figure 2-43).

GROVE

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to cycle the cylinder. Use only
controlled hydraulic pressure.
13. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Test the cylinder at 36197.4 kPa/36.1 bar
(5250 psi) retracted (rod side pressure) or 25855.3 kPa/
25.8 bar (3750 psi) extended (piston side pressure).
Check for proper operation and any leakage. Make
repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-73

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

AXLE OSCILLATION LOCKOUT CYLINDER

rings. Pay attention to how each seal and ring is


installed to avoid installing replacement seals and
rings improperly.

Description
The two oscillation lockout cylinders (Figure 2-44) each have
177.8 mm (7 inch) diameter bores. The retracted length of
each cylinder is 671.6 mm (26.31 inches) from the center of
the lug holes to the center of the barrel bushing. The
extended length of each cylinder from the center of the lug
holes to the center of the barrel bushing is 866.1 mm (34
inches). Its stroke is 193.5 mm (7.62 inches). A wiper ring
prevents foreign material from entering each cylinder. Orings and other seals prevent internal and external leakage.

4.

Remove the head from the rod. Remove the o-ring and
backup ring from the outside of the head. Remove the
wear rings, seal and wiper ring from the inside of the
head.

Inspection
1.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for serviceability.

2.

Inspect the barrel carefully for scoring. If barrel is


scored, it must be repaired or replaced.

Maintenance

3.

Check rods piston area for damage. If it is damaged,


determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced.

Disassembly

4.

Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be


straightened or must be replaced.

The cylinder weighs approximately 87.1 kg (192.0 pounds).

NOTE:

1.

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinder should include replacement of all cylinder
seals.

Using a chain wrench, unscrew the head from the barrel.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a
source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to remove.

CAUTION
Before installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.
5.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine crocus


cloth.

6.

Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any


parts that have been stoned and polished.

Assembly

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
rod. Do not damage the chrome surface.
2.

Remove the rod and attached parts from the barrel.

NOTE:

Cover the barrel opening to avoid contamination.

CAUTION
When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching the
grooved and gland surfaces.
3.

Remove the seal and wear rings from the outside of the
piston.

NOTE:

2-74

Arranging discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will aid in installation of new seals and

CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, avoid stretching
seals or scratching the grooved or gland surfaces. Make
sure parts are clean before and during assembly. Make
sure seals and rings are installed in the proper order.
NOTE:

Lubricate seals and rings with clean hydraulic oil.

1.

Install the replacement wiper ring, wear rings, and seal,


in the inside of the head.

2.

Install the replacement o-ring and the backup ring on the


outside of the head.

3.

Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

10

15
13

4
10

12

2
5

1
11, 14
1

7
17
9

18

13
8
6
2
3

16

6705

FIGURE 2-44
Item

Description

Item

Description

O-ring

10

Wear Ring

O-ring

11

Washer

Backup Ring

12

Locknut

Seal

13

Grease Fitting

O-ring

14

Plug

Wiper Ring

15

Barrel

O-ring

16

Rod

Seal

17

Piston

Wear Ring

18

Head

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-75

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

4.

Install the replacement seal and wear ring on the outside


of the piston.

5.

Slide the head onto the rod.

6.

Lubricate freely all parts with clean hydraulic oil.

8.

Clean all oil from the threads of the head. Coat the
threads with an anti-seize compound (ex: Never-Seez
paste lubricant or similar lubricant). Screw the head into
place on the barrel tightly so it holds the heads larger
OD end flush with the end of the barrel.

CAUTION

CAUTION

Exercise extreme care when handling the rod. Damage to


the rod surface may cause unnecessary maintenance
and expense. Also, take care to avoid damaging grooved
or gland surfaces or rings or seals during rod insertion.

Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.

7.

2-76

Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
attached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.

9.

Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil


pressure. Test the cylinder at 25855.3 kPa/25.8 bar
(3750 psi). Check for proper operation and any leakage.
Make repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

STEER CYLINDER

NOTE:

Description
The steer cylinders (Figure 2-45) are mounted on the axles,
two cylinders on each axle.
The front and rear steer cylinders each have 8.89 cm (3.5
inch) diameter bores. The front and rear steer cylinders each
have a retracted length of 711.2 mm (28 inches) from
bushing center to bushing center. The front and rear steer
cylinders each have an extended length of 1073.2 mm
(42.25 inches) from bushing center to bushing center. Each
cylinder has a stroke of 362 mm (14.25 inches).
A wiper ring prevents foreign material from entering each
cylinder. O-rings and other seals prevent internal and
external leakage.

Arranging discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will aid in installation of new seals and
rings. Pay attention to how each seal and ring is
installed to avoid installing replacement seals and
rings improperly.

5.

Loosen and remove the nut securing the piston.


Remove the piston from the rod.

6.

Remove the o-ring from the inside of the piston.

7.

Remove the head from the rod.

8.

Remove the o-ring and backup ring from the outside of


the head and the wiper ring and rod seal from the inside
of the head.

Inspection
1.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for serviceability.

Maintenance

2.

Inspect the barrel carefully for scoring. If barrel is


scored, it must be repaired or replaced.

Disassembly

3.

Check piston for damage. If piston is damaged,


determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced.

4.

Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be


straightened or must be replaced.

The cylinder weighs approximately 20 kg (40 pounds).

NOTE:

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinders should include replacement of all seals
and rings. A seal kit will supply the required items.

1.

Extend the rod until the piston is approximately 10.2 cm


(4 in) from fully extended.

2.

Using a spanner wrench or chain wrench, unscrew the


head from the cylinder barrel.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a
source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to remove.

CAUTION
Before installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.
5.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine crocus


cloth.

6.

Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any


parts that have been stoned and polished.

Assembly

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
rod. Damage to the rod surface may cause unnecessary
maintenance and expense.
3.

Remove rod and attached parts from the barrel.

NOTE:

Cover the barrel opening to avoid contamination.

CAUTION
When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching the
grooved and gland surfaces.
4.

Remove the seal and two wear ring from the outside of
the piston.

GROVE

CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, avoid stretching
seals or scratching the grooved or gland surfaces. Make
sure parts are clean before and during assembly. Make
sure seals and rings are installed in the proper order.
NOTE:

Lubricate seals and rings with clean hydraulic oil.

1.

Install the replacement wiper ring and rod seal in the


inside of the head. Make sure the lips of the seal face the
piston.

2.

Install the replacement o-ring and the backup ring on the


outside of the head.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-77

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

6
8

9
4
7

10

11

13
12

14, 15
2

7276

Item

Description

Item

Description

Barrel

Piston Seal

Rod

10

O-ring

Head

11

Backup Ring

Piston

12

Rod Seal

Spacer

13

Wiper Ring

Nut

14

Grease Fitting

O-ring

15

Grease Cap

Wear Ring

2-78

FIGURE 2-45

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

3.

Install the replacement o-ring in the inside of the piston.

4.

Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.

5.

Slide the head, larger OD end first, onto the rod.

6.

Install the piston onto the rod. Secure the piston with the
nut.

7.

Install the replacement piston seal and wear ring on the


outside of the piston.

8.

Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling the rod. Damage to
the rod surface may cause unnecessary maintenance
and expense. Also, take care to avoid damaging grooved
or gland surfaces or rings or seals during rod insertion.

GROVE

9.

Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
attached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.

10. Thread the head into the barrel and using a spanner
wrench or chain wrench, tighten the head.

CAUTION
Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.
11. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Static pressure test the cylinder at 24131.6
kPa/24.1 bar (3500 psi). Check for proper operation and
any leakage. Make repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-79

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

OUTRIGGER EXTENSION CYLINDER

rings. Pay attention to how each seal and ring is


installed to avoid installing replacement seals and
rings improperly.

Description
The four extension cylinders have 63.5 mm (2.5-inch)
diameter bores.
Each cylinder (Figure 2-46) has a retracted length of 2765.5
mm (108.88 inches) from the center of the rod bushing to the
center of the barrel bushing. Each cylinders extended length
is 5229.3 mm (205.9 inches). The stroke of each cylinder is
177.8 mm (97 inches).

3.

Remove the head from the rod.

4.

Remove the o-ring and backup ring from the outside of


the head and the wear ring, rod seal and wiper ring from
the inside of the head.

Inspection
1.

A wiper ring prevents foreign material from entering each


cylinder. O-rings and other seals prevent internal and
external leakage.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for serviceability.

2.

Inspect the barrel carefully for scoring. If barrel is


scored, it must be repaired or replaced.

The cylinder weighs approximately 47.6 kg (104.9 pounds).

3.

Check rods piston area for damage. If it is damaged,


determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced.

4.

Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be


straightened or must be replaced.

Maintenance
Disassembly
NOTE:

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinders should include replacement of all seals
and rings. A seal kit will supply the required items.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a
source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to remove.

CAUTION
Before installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.
5.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine crocus


cloth.

6.

Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any


parts that have been stoned and polished.

Assembly

DANGER
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
rod. Damage to the rod surface may cause unnecessary
maintenance and expense.
1.

Rapidly pull the rod against the head to free it. Remove
rod and attached parts from the barrel.

NOTE:

Cover the barrel opening to avoid contamination.

CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, avoid stretching
seals or scratching the grooved or gland surfaces. Make
sure parts are clean before and during assembly. Make
sure seals and rings are installed in the proper order.
NOTE:
1.

Install the replacement wear ring, rod seal and wiper ring
in the inside of the head. Make sure the rod seals rim
groove is closer to the wear ring.

2.

Install the replacement o-ring and the backup ring on the


outside of the head.

3.

Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.

4.

Slide the head, wear ring end first, onto the rod.

CAUTION
When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching the
grooved and gland surfaces.
2.

Remove the wear rings and piston seal from the outside
of the piston.

NOTE:

2-80

Lubricate seals and rings with clean hydraulic oil.

Arranging discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will aid in installation of new seals and

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

2
6
3
9

8
7
8

10

14

11
12
13

7282

FIGURE 2-46
Item

Description

Item

Description

Barrel

O-ring

Rod

10

O-ring

Piston

11

Backup Ring

Head

12

Rod Seal

Spacer

13

Wiper Ring

Nut

14

Wear Ring

Piston Seal

15

Grease Cap

Wear Ring

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-81

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

5.

Install the replacement wear rings and seal on the


outside of the piston.

6.

Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.

7.

Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
attached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.

8.

Push the head into the barrel.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling the rod. Damage to
the rod surface may cause unnecessary maintenance
and expense. Also, take care to avoid damaging grooved
or gland surfaces or rings or seals during rod insertion.

2-82

CAUTION
Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.
9.

Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil


pressure. Static pressure test the cylinder at 20684 kPa/
20.6 bar (3000 psi). Check for proper operation and any
leakage. Make repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

OUTRIGGER STABILIZER CYLINDER


CAUTION

Description
The four outrigger stabilizer cylinders each have a hollow rod
for internal porting (Figure 2-47). Each cylinder has a 165.1
mm (6.5 inch) diameter bore. A port block is welded to the
rod of each cylinder and a pilot operated check valve is
threaded into each port block.
The retracted length of the cylinder from the end of the barrel
to the center of the rods port block rod bushing is 1416 mm
(55.75 inches). The extended length of the cylinder from the
end of the barrel to the center of the rods port block rod
bushing is 2235.2 mm (88 inches). Its stroke is 819.2 mm
(32.25 inches).

When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching the


grooved and gland surfaces.
4.

Remove a hydrolock seal from the outside of the piston


to gain access to the set screw.

NOTE:

Arranging discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will aid in installation of new seals and
rings. Pay attention to how each seal and ring is
installed to avoid installing replacement seals and
rings improperly.

5.

Remove the pistons set screw. Unscrew the piston from


the rod.

6.

Remove the other hydrolock seal from the outside of the


piston.

7.

Remove the o-ring and the two backup rings from the
inside of the piston.

Maintenance

8.

Remove the spacer from the rod.

Disassembly

9.

Remove the head from the rod.

NOTE:

10. Remove the o-ring and the backup ring from the outside
of the head and the two wear rings, buffer seal, rod seal
and wiper ring from the inside of the head.

A wiper ring prevents foreign material from entering the


cylinder. O-rings and other seals prevent internal and
external leakage.
The cylinder weighs approximately 100 kg (220.4 pounds).

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinders should include replacement of all seals
and rings. A seal kit will supply the required items.

1.

Remove the check valve from the port block.

Inspection

2.

Loosen the heads setscrew. Using a chain wrench,


unscrew the head from the barrel.

1.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect all parts for serviceability.

2.

Inspect the barrel carefully for scoring. If barrel is


scored, it must be repaired or replaced.

3.

Check piston for damage. If piston is damaged,


determine if it can be repaired or must be replaced.

4.

Inspect rod for straightness. Determine if it can be


straightened or must be replaced. Verify internal
passages and ports are clean and undamaged.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a
source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to remove.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
rod. Damage to the rod surface may cause unnecessary
maintenance and expense.
3.

CAUTION
Before installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.

Remove the rod and attached parts from the barrel.

NOTE:

Cover the barrel opening to avoid contamination.

GROVE

5.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with a fine crocus


cloth.

6.

Clean with solvent and dry with compressed air any


parts that have been stoned and polished.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-83

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

18

21, 22
5

7, 8

19
4

20

19

16

15

17

3
12
14
13

2
9
6
10

Item

Description

Item

Description

Barrel

12

Rod Seal

Rod

13

Buffer Seal

Head

14

Wear Ring

Piston

15

O-ring

Spacer

16

Backup Ring

Check Valve

17

Seal

Setscrew

18

O-ring

Insert

19

Backup Ring

Plug

20

Setscrew

10

Plug

21

Insert

11

Wiper Ring

2-84

FIGURE 2-47

7281

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Assembly

CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, avoid stretching
seals or scratching the grooved or gland surfaces. Make
sure parts are clean before and during assembly. Make
sure seals and rings are installed in the proper order.
NOTE:

Lubricate seals and rings with clean hydraulic oil.

NOTE:

Make sure the gaps of the two wear rings are 180
degrees apart.

7.

Slide the spacer onto the rod.

8.

Screw the piston onto the rod until it can go no farther.


Hold the piston in place with the set screw.

9.

Install the other replacement hydrolock seal on the


outside of the piston over the set screw. Make sure the
vees on the two hydrolock seals point at each other.

10. Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling the rod. Damage to
the rod surface may cause unnecessary maintenance
and expense. Also, take care to avoid damaging grooved
or gland surfaces or rings or seals during rod insertion.
11. Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
attached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.

Buffer Seal

Wiper Ring

Deep Z Rod Seal

FIGURE 2-48
1.

Install the replacement wear rings, buffer seal, rod seal


and wiper ring in the inside of the head (Figure 2-48).
Make sure the buffer seals step is away from the wear
rings. Make sure the deep Z rod seal rim groove is closer
to the wear rings.

2.

Install the replacement o-ring and the backup ring on the


outside of the head.

3.

Install the replacement o-ring and backup rings in the


inside of the piston.
Hydrolock Piston Seals

12. Clean all oil from the threads of the head. Coat the
threads with an anti-seize compound (Never-Seez paste
lubricant or similar lubricant). Using a chain wrench,
screw the head into place on the barrel so its larger OD
end is flush with the end of the barrel.
13. Check the inside of the port block for any sharp edges or
burrs and remove as necessary with emery cloth.
14. Install new o-rings onto the check valve.
15. Lubricate the check valve and o-rings with clean
hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
Do not damage the o-rings during installation of the check
valve. If the check valve turns freely then gets hard to turn,
then easy to turn, remove the check valve and check the
o-rings. They have probably been damaged by a sharp
edge of a port.
NOTE:

The check valve should turn by hand until


compression of the o-rings begins.

16. Carefully install the check valve into the port block until
fully seated.
FIGURE 2-49
4.

Install one replacement hydrolock seal on the outside of


the piston (Figure 2-49). Leave the other hydrolock seal
off for now so there is still access to the pistons set
screw hole.

5.

Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.

6.

Slide the head, larger OD end first, onto the rod.

GROVE

CAUTION
Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.
17. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Test the cylinder at 3620 kPa (5250 psi).
Check for proper operation and any leakage. Make
repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-85

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

TILT CYLINDER
CAUTION

Description
The tilt cylinder (Figure 2-50) installed beneath the cab has a
6.3 cm (2.5 inch) diameter bores.
The cylinder has a retracted length of 53.1cm (20.94 inches)
and an extended length of 74.1cm (29.19 inches from
bushing center to bushing center. Each cylinder has a stroke
of 20.9 cm (8.25 inches).
A wiper ring prevents foreign material from entering each
cylinder. O-rings and other seals prevent internal and
external leakage.

When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching the


grooved and gland surfaces.
7.

NOTE:

Loosen and remove the nut securing the piston.


Remove the piston from the rod.

9.

Remove the o-ring from the inside of the piston.

10. Remove the head from the rod.

Disassembly
NOTE:

1.
2.

3.

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinders should include replacement of all seals
and rings. A seal kit will supply the required items.

Secure the cylinder in a clean work area by use of


clamps or a chain vise to prevent rolling.

11. Remove the o-ring and backup ring from the outside of
the head. Remove the wiper ring and the rod seal from
the inside of the head.

Inspection
1.

Retract the cylinder fully to avoid damaging the rod


during removal.

NOTE:

Arranging discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will aid in installation of new seals and
rings. Pay attention to how each seal and ring is
installed to avoid installing replacement seals and
rings improperly.

8.

The cylinder weighs approximately 9.07 kg (19.9 pounds).

Maintenance

Remove the seal from the outside of the piston.

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect for damaged or worn parts and replace as
required.

Mark or note the piston and head relationship to the


rod and barrel.

Clean away all dirt from the head. Place protective


padding around the rod near the head to prevent
damaging the chrome during head removal.

DANGER
Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a
source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to move.

CAUTION
Clean all surfaces and remove all burrs and nicks before
installing new seals and rings. Replace all damaged or
worn parts.
2.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with fine crocus


cloth.

3.

Clean all with solvent and dry with compressed air any
parts that have been stoned and polished.

4.

Inspect the barrel for scoring.

Assembly

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
rod. Damage to the rod surface may cause unnecessary
maintenance and expense.
4.

Position the rod mount with the ports facing down.

5.

Using a means of collecting the oil, remove the port


plugs and allow cylinder to drain.

6.

Rapidly pull the rod against the head to free it. Remove
rod and attached parts from the barrel. Place the rod on
a surface that will not damage the chrome or allow the
rod assembly to drop.

NOTE:

2-86

Cover the barrel opening to avoid contamination.

CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.
NOTE:

Lubricate new seals and rings with clean hydraulic


oil.

1.

Install the replacement wiper ring into the head.

2.

Install the rod seal in the inside of the head. Make sure
the lips of the seal face the piston.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

9
4

11

10

6722

FIGURE 2-50
Item

Description

Item

Description

Barrel

Piston Seal

Rod

O-ring

Head

Backup Ring

Piston

10

Rod Seal

Nut

11

Wiper Ring

O-ring

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-87

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

3.

Install the o-ring and backup ring onto the outside of the
head.

4.

Install the o-ring in the inside of the piston.

5.

Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.

6.

Slide the head, larger OD end first, onto the rod.

7.

Install the piston onto the rod. Secure the piston with the
nut. Lubricate the threads and torque the nut to 176.2
6.7 Nm (130 5 pounds-foot).

10. Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
attached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.
11. Push the head into the barrel. Torque the head 27.1 Nm
(20 pounds-foot).

8.

Install the seal on the outside of the piston.

9.

Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.

CAUTION
Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.
12. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Static pressure test the cylinder at 20,684 kPa/
206.8 bar (3000 psi). Check for proper operation and
any leakage. Make repairs as needed.

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling the rod. Damage to
the rod surface may cause unnecessary maintenance
and expense. Also, take care to avoid damaging grooved
or gland surfaces or rings or seals during rod insertion.

2-88

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

POWER PIN CYLINDER


CAUTION

Description
The power pin cylinders (Figure 2-50) are installed in the
outrigger box assemblies have a 10.1 cm (4.0 inch) diameter
bores.
The cylinder has a retracted length of 51.5 cm (20.31 inches)
and an extended length of 67.1cm (26.43 inches). Each
cylinder has a stroke of 15.5 cm (6.12 inches).
A wiper ring prevents foreign material from entering each
cylinder. O-rings and other seals prevent internal and
external leakage.

When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching the


grooved and gland surfaces.
8.

Unscrew the rod end from the rod.

9.

Remove the seal and wear rings from the outside of the
piston.

NOTE:

The cylinder weighs approximately 27.3 kg (60.1 pounds).

Arranging discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will aid in installation of new seals and
rings. Pay attention to how each seal and ring is
installed to avoid installing replacement seals and
rings improperly.

Maintenance

10. Loosen and remove the nut securing the piston.


Remove the piston from the rod.

Disassembly

11. Remove the o-ring from the inside of the piston.

NOTE:

12. Remove the head from the rod.

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


cylinders should include replacement of all seals
and rings. A seal kit will supply the required items.

13. Remove the o-ring, backup ring and wire wrap from the
outside of the head.

1.

Secure the cylinder in a clean work area by use of


clamps or a chain vise to prevent rolling.

14. Remove the wiper ring and rod seal from the inside of
the head.

2.

Retract the cylinder fully to avoid damaging the rod


during removal.

Inspection

NOTE:
3.

Mark or note the piston and head relationship to the


rod and barrel.

1.

Clean away all dirt from the head. Place protective


padding around the rod near the head to prevent
damaging the chrome during head removal.

DANGER

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling or setting down the
rod. Damage to the rod surface may cause unnecessary
maintenance and expense.
4.

Position the rod mount with the ports facing down.

5.

Using a means of collecting the oil, remove the port


plugs and allow cylinder to drain.

6.

Remove the setscrew from the flange.

7.

Remove rod assembly and attached parts from the


barrel. Place the rod on a surface that will not damage
the chrome or allow the rod assembly to drop.
Cover the barrel opening to avoid contamination.

GROVE

CAUTION
Clean all surfaces and remove all burrs and nicks before
installing new seals and rings. Replace all damaged or
worn parts.

Do not use air pressure to remove the rod. Use only a


source of controlled hydraulic oil pressure if the rod is
hard to move.

NOTE:

Clean all parts with solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspect for damaged or worn parts and replace as
required.

2.

Stone out minor blemishes and polish with fine crocus


cloth.

3.

Clean all with solvent and dry with compressed air any
parts that have been stoned and polished.

4.

Inspect the barrel for scoring.

Assembly
CAUTION
When installing new seals and rings, clean all surfaces
and carefully remove burrs and nicks. Parts displaying
excessive wear or damage should be replaced.
NOTE:

Lubricate new seals and rings with clean hydraulic


oil.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-89

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

13
8

14
5
10

11

6
15
12

16

11
2

7280

FIGURE 2-51
Item

Description

Item

Description

Barrel

Setscrew

Flange

10

O-ring

Rod

11

Wear Ring

Rod End

12

Piston Seal

Piston

13

O-ring

Head

14

Backup RIng

Wire Wrap

15

Rod Seal

Nut

16

Wiper Ring

2-90

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

1.

Install the replacement wiper ring and rod seal into the
inside of the head.

2.

Install the o-ring, backup ring and wire wrap on the


outside of the head.

3.

Install the o-ring in the inside of the piston.

4.

Lubricate the rod with clean hydraulic oil.

5.

Install the head onto the rod. Torque to 271.1 27.1 Nm


(200 20 pounds-foot).

6.

Install the piston onto the rod. Secure the piston with the
nut. Lubricate the threads and torque the nut to 332.1
20.3 Nm (245 15 pounds-foot).

7.

Install the seal and wear rings on the outside of the


piston.

8.

Lubricate all parts freely with clean hydraulic oil.

9.

Apply 1/8 bead of Loctite thread adhesive #277 or


equivalent across the length of the threads on the rod
end side of the rod. Install the rod end on the rod and
torque 508.4 to 610.1 Nm (375 to 450 pounds-foot).

GROVE

CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when handling the rod. Damage to
the rod surface may cause unnecessary maintenance
and expense. Also, take care to avoid damaging grooved
or gland surfaces or rings or seals during rod insertion.
10. Remove the cover from the barrel. Insert the rod and
attached parts into the barrel with a slight twisting
motion.

CAUTION
Do not use air pressure to cycle or pressurize the cylinder.
11. Pressurize and cycle the cylinder with hydraulic oil
pressure. Static pressure test the cylinder at 15,513 kPa/
15.5 bar (2250 psi). Check for proper operation and any
leakage. Make repairs as needed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

2-91

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

PARK BRAKE CYLINDER


Description
The park brake cylinder, mounted on the front axle, releases
and applies the park brake. The park brake cylinder consists
of a hydraulic cylinder and a lever. When the operator
positions the PARK BRAKE switch to ON, the park brake
solenoid valve de-energizes and closes the valve, removing

2-92

hydraulic force from the cylinders piston. This allows the


cylinders spring to extend, retracting the cylinder lever, and
applying the park brake to hold the crane in place. When the
operator positions the PARK BRAKE switch to OFF, the park
brake solenoid valve energizes and opens the valve to apply
hydraulic force to the cylinders piston. This allows the piston
to compress the spring, extend the cylinder lever, and
release the park brake.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

SECTION 3
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Fuse Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Troubleshooting Engine Starting Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Troubleshooting Engine Charging Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Troubleshooting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Troubleshooting Swivel-Caused Electrical Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Connector Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Indicator Lights and Diagnostic Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Troubleshooting Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Troubleshooting Gauges and Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Troubleshooting Alarms, Indicators, and Emergency Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Troubleshooting Crane Components and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Alternator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Battery Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Relay Panel Component Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Accessory Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Buzzer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Instrument Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rocker Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Ignition and Fan Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Windshield Wiper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Windshield Washer Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

GROVE

3-i

ELECTRIC SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Skylight Wiper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tooling For Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-ii

3-15
3-15
3-15
3-15
3-15
3-15

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

SECTION 3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION

Batteries

General

The batteries (Figure 3-2) are located in a box on the left side
of the crane behind the fuel tank. Each battery is the
maintenance free type and is completely sealed except for a
small vent hole in the side. The vent hole allows what small
amount of gases that are produced in the battery to escape.
On some batteries, a test indicator located on the top of the
battery is used to determine if the battery can be tested in
case of a starting problem.

The electrical system is 12-volt operation with 12-volt


starting, consisting of an alternator and two lead-acid
batteries. The system is the single wire ground return type,
using the machines structure as ground.
Electrical power is transferred to and from the carrier and
superstructure through the electrical swivel. For more
detailed information on the electrical swivel, refer to Section
6- SWING SYSTEM.
The superstructure control module is located behind the front
console in the cab and the carrier control module is located
near the hydraulic oil tank.

Alternator
The alternator (Figure 3-1) is mounted on the engine and is
belt driven. It is a 130 ampere alternator with an integral
transformer - rectifier unit. When the engine is running, and
the alternator is turning, the alternators 12-volt output
terminal supplies the cranes electrical circuits. The output
terminal also supplies the voltage to recharge the batteries
and maintains them at a full state of charge.

Batteries

Battery Disconnect Switch

7333-1

FIGURE 3-2
A battery disconnect switch is located on the right side of the
battery box (Figure 3-2).To disconnect the batteries, turn the
battery disconnect switch to OFF. Turn the switch to ON to
connect the batteries. Observe the Caution in (Figure 3-3)

Alternator

Alternator Belt

7333-5

FIGURE 3-1
7010-1

FIGURE 3-3

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

3-1

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

For a machine with the retarder option, there is a second pair


of batteries installed in a box on the left side of the crane
ahead of the fuel tank.

Fuse

Amp

10

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Fuse Panel

10

Beacon Light, Drive Select,


Differential Lock, and Park Brake

Most electrical circuits are protected by the components of


the relay panel assembly and the fuse panel.

11

7.5

Cab Circulation Fan and Skylight


Wiper

12

13

7.5

Swing Speed Solenoid

14

10

Indicator Lamps, Buzzer, Gauges,


Drive Enable, Outriggers, Rear
Steer Luffing Jib (option)

15

10

12 V Power Outlet (8A max)

16

15

LMI CPU Power

17

15

LMI CPU, Hoist Control

18

Hoist Rotation Indicators

19

25

Heater and A/C Fan

20

30

A/C Condenser Fan

The fuse panel (Figure 3-4) is located in front of the pin type
swing lock control tee handle and contains up to 20 fuses. To
gain access to the fuses, remove the snap-on cover. A decal
in the cover identities each fuse and its function.
Fuses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 are energized when the battery
is connected. When the battery is connected and the ignition
switch is in the ignition (run) or accessory power position,
fuses 9 to 12 & fuse 20 are energized through ACC relay #1
(K1) and 13 to 19 are energized through ACC relay #2 (K2).

Fuse Assignment

Defroster Fan

Fuses 51, 52 and 53 are inside the battery box compartment


located behind the fuel tank on the left side of the crane.
These 100-amp fuses protect the superstructure electrical
power system (Figure 3-5).
F51

F52

F53

F57 behind battery

7333-3

Fuse Panel

FIGURE 3-4

The following fuse assignments apply:


Table 3-1
Fuse

Amp

Work Light

10

Spare (8A max) (for DI radio)

7.5

Spotlight and Dome Lights

Headlights, Taillights, Brake Lights,


Turn Signal, Gage and Panel Lights
and Switch LED

--

Spare

20

Superstructure Control Module

10

Boom Lights (option)

Ignition, Start and Accessories

3-2

Fuse Assignment

F56 behind battery

7333-2

FIGURE 3-5

Fuse 54 and 55 are under the engine hood on the left side of
engine on frame rail. These 125-amp fuses protect the
engine grid heaters.
Fuses 56 (50A) and 57 (30 A) are located inside the battery
box compartment behind the batteries on the left side of

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

crane. These fuses protect the Cummins engine electronic


control module (ECM) and carrier control module (CCM).
For machines with the retarder option, a 10A fuse in line 180
protects the retarder circuit parts.

Relays
The relay panel (Figure 3-6) contains 2 relays (K1 and K2), a
terminal block with 3 or 4 or 5 diodes, and a buzzer. It is
located in front of the front console in the cab. Access is
gained by removing the front console cover.
The crane has 5 or 6 relays which control many of its
functions. In addition to relays K1 and K2 in the cab, relays

K601, K602, and K301 are located under the engine hood on
the engine relay panel on the left side of the engine
(Figure 3-7).
For the start relay coil to energize, the battery must be
connected. The coil of the start relay (K301) is energized
when the transmission is in neutral and the ignition switch is
at the START (2) position.
The coil of the accessory relays (K1 and K2) are energized
when the ignition switch is at the RUN (1) or ACC (3)
position.
For cranes with air conditioning, there is an optional AC Fans
relay (A/C).

6 5 4

Front of Cab

Item

Description

Item

Description

ACC Relay 1 (K1)

Diode (D5)

ACC Relay 2 (K2)

Diode (D6)

Buzzer

Diode (D7) Optional

Diode (D4)

GROVE

FIGURE 3-6

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

3-3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

DANGER
Ensure the batteries are disconnected before performing
any maintenance on an electrical circuit which is not fused
or when performing continuity checks.

CAUTION
Never replace original wiring with wiring of a smaller size
(gauge).

General Troubleshooting
1

7333-6

FIGURE 3-7
Item

Many steps in the troubleshooting procedures require


testing live (energized) components. Perform these steps
observing good safety practices to avoid electrical shock
injury.

Description

Grid Heater Relay 2 (K602)

Grid Heater Relay 1 (K601)

Engine Starter Relay (K301)

125 Amp Fuse (F55)

125 Amp Fuse (F54)

DANGER

NOTE:

Make voltage checks at terminations when


components are installed and operating. Make
continuity checks (with batteries disconnected)
when components are isolated or removed.
Troubleshoot per the following guidelines:

For the grid heater relay coils to energize, the battery must
be connected and signals from the engine ECM must be
sent.

1.

First, use reported symptoms to identify a problem or a


suspect component.

MAINTENANCE

2.

Test the suspect component per instructions in this


section. The instructions identify the components and
guide you from the easiest and most likely problems to
the hardest and least likely problems.

3.

Using a multimeter, test the circuit for continuity if you


suspect a broken circuit or for voltage if you suspect a
power problem. Check the electrical schematic and
wiring diagram for most accurate wiring information.

4.

If the component proves faulty, replace it with a known


working component. If wiring proves faulty, replace it
with wiring of equal diameter.

5.

After troubleshooting, test the repaired circuit. Verify the


circuit works properly.

General
Electrical system maintenance includes troubleshooting and
replacement of damaged components. Observe standard
wiring practices when replacing components.

DANGER
If it is necessary to perform electrical maintenance on live
or hot circuits, remove all rings, watches, and other
jewelry before performing maintenance as serious burns
result from accidental grounding or shorting circuits.

Troubleshooting Engine Starting Problems


1.

3-4

Verify the battery terminals are connected and clean, the


transmission is in neutral, and the machine is fueled.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


2.

3.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Try to turn on the head lights, tail lights, marker lights,


dome light, work light, or gauge lights and panel lights to
verify the batteries have at least some charge. If none of
these lights comes on, suspect the batteries. Charge
batteries as needed, or replace the batteries if you can
jump-start the crane from another crane.
If you hear the starter relay clicking repeatedly, power is
reaching the starter, but not enough. Suspect the
batteries. Charge batteries as needed, or replace the
batteries if you can jump-start the crane from another
crane.

4.

Check Fuse 53 (100 amp) inside battery box. If fuse is


blown, replace it.

5.

Turn the ignition switch to RUN (1). Check the voltmeter.


If it doesnt move (but the head lights, tail lights, marker
lights, dome light, work light, or gauge lights and panel
lights will come on), suspect the ignition switch and the
power circuit to it starting at the ignition switch fuse
(Fuse 8). Repair or replace circuit, switch, or fuse as
needed.

6.

If the battery, fuses, ignition switch, and power circuit to


the ignition switch check out, do one of the following:
a.

If you hear no noise when you try to turn the starter,


troubleshoot the start circuit (ignition switch, electric
s h i f t e r, a n d w i r i n g f r o m i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o
superstructure control module (connector A)
through carrier control module (connector A) to
starter relay (K301). Make repairs as needed.

b.

If the engine still wont start, and you hear no noise


o r j u s t a s i n g l e c l i c k , s u s p e c t t h e s t a r t e r.
Troubleshoot the start circuit from the starter relay
through the starter solenoid to the starter motor and
ground. Make repairs as needed. If the starter
solenoid or the starter motor is faulty, replace the
starter.

c.

d.

7.

If the starter engages but cant turn the engine (and


the lights dim, signaling power drain during start
attempt), check the starters feed circuit from the
batteries for resistance. If the resistance is high,
make repairs. If the circuit checks out, replace the
starter. If the engine still wont start, suspect a
seized engine.
If the starter turns the engine, but it still wont start,
check fuses 54, 55, 56, and 57 in the battery box.
Replace if required. Ensure fuel system can draw
fuel from the tank and pump it to the engine; make
repairs as needed.

Refer to the engine manual for further instructions.

NOTE:

GROVE

If the starter wont disengage during running, verify


the starter is mounted properly so its gear wont
mesh with the engines flywheel when not trying to

start engine. Troubleshoot the starter relay and


ignition switch for closed contacts. If these
components check out, replace the starter.

Troubleshooting Engine Charging Problems


1.

Verify battery terminals are connected and clean and all


wires in the charging system are in good repair and are
connected properly.

2.

Verify the alternator belt is properly installed and is


under proper tension.

3.

Verify each battery puts out 12 volts minimum. Charge


batteries as needed so they can supply a minimum
excitation voltage to the engines charging system.

4.

Verify there is a minimum of 12 volts at the alternator


from the batteries, and that the alternator is properly
grounded.

5.

Replace the alternator if the other conditions check out.

6.

Refer to the engine manual for further instructions.

NOTE:

If the alternator runs noisily, check belt tension. If


problem persists, replace alternator.

NOTE:

If the alternator overcharges (voltmeter reads high,


light bulbs burn out quickly), look for a ground
where one shouldnt exist. If external wiring checks
out, replace alternator. (The alternator probably
has an internal ground or a faulty internal voltage
regulator.)

Troubleshooting Accessories
If the cranes engine starts and charges properly, but none of
its components except the horn or lights work, the accessory
circuitry may be faulty. Check as follows:
1.

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC (3) position. Try to


turn on the cab circulating fan, the heater fan, the
defroster fan, or the windshield wipers or washer. If none
of these come on (but the head lights, tail lights, marker
lights, dome light, work light, or gauge lights and panel
lights will come on), there is an accessory circuitry
problem.

2.

Check the primary power circuit to the accessory relays


K1 and K2. Make circuit repairs as needed.

3.

If the problem remains, check the ignition switch and the


accessory control circuit from the ignition switch through
the coil of the accessory relays K1 and K2 to ground.
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC (3) position and listen
for audible click of relays K1 and K2. If neither relay
clicks, then there is no power through the switch when it
is in the ACC (3) position. Replace ignition switch if there
is no power through it when in the ACC (3) position. If
one relay clicks and the other does not, check continuity
of the coil of the relay that does not click. If there is no

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

3-5

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

continuity through its coil, replace the relay. Make circuit


repairs to accessory control circuit as needed.
4.

If the problem remains, check the accessory relay K1 or


K2 contacts and the accessory power circuit. Replace
relay if its contacts stay open when the coil is energized.
Make circuit repairs as needed.

Troubleshooting Swivel-Caused Electrical


Problems
Many crane component electrical troubles can be traced to
the electrical swivel. Troubles common to the swivel are
improper mounting, foreign material between the brushes
and slip rings, incorrect wiring from the swivel to the
components, incorrect wire size, worn brushes, improper
spring tension on the brush assembly, and loose setscrews
on the slip ring assembly. Refer to the electrical schematic
and wiring diagram for slip ring connections and amperages.

Connector Troubleshooting
The cause of an electrical problem may be a loose or
corroded connection in the pin or socket connectors. Check
the connectors to ensure that the pins and sockets are
properly seated and engaged. If the pins and sockets show
any signs of corrosion, use a good quality electrical contact
cleaner or fine sandpaper to clean them. When the pins or
sockets show signs of arcing or burning, it will probably be
necessary to replace them.
After cutting the pin or socket off, the wire will most likely be
too short. Using a wire that is too short will allow pressure to
be applied to the pin or socket and wire where they are
crimped when the pin or socket is inserted in the plug or
receptacle. Add a short length of the same size wire to the
short wire by crimp splice or solder. Use heat shrinkable
tubing or other suitable material to insulate the splice.

Table 3-2
Deutsch Extraction Tool Table
Description

Deutsch Part Number

Grove Part Number

12 gauge wire

114010

9-999-100194

16 gauge wire

0411-204-1605

9-999-100195

8-10 gauge wire

114008

7-902-000012

4-6 gauge wire

114009

7-902-000009

20-24 gauge wire

0411-240-2005

9-999-102084

Description

Deutsch Part Number

Grove Part Number

12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24 gauge wire

HDT-48-00

9-999-100808

4, 6, 8, 10 gauge wire

HDT04-08

9-999-100842

Table 3-3
Deutsch Crimping Tool Table

Indicator Lights and Diagnostic Light


The front console indicator lights (Figure 3-8) are located in
the cab on the center of the front console. The lights are
linked to various parts of the crane by the control module and
notify the operator when a certain condition occurs during
the operation of the crane. When the ignition key is turned to
the ACC or RUN position the indicator lights go through all
operations check to see if the lights are working. This
operation check takes about two seconds in which all of the
lights except for the Hoist Third Wrap and Low Steer
Pressure (as applicable) lights turn on and off allowing the
operator to know that the lights are working. For more
description on the front console indicator lights, refer to
Section 3 in the Operators Manual

FIGURE 3-8

3-6

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The Electrical System Diagnostic lamp is located in the cab


in the center of the front console. The lamp is used for
troubleshooting the superstructure and carrier control
modules. A red indicator light illuminates, giving the operator
a signal that there is a problem with the cranes operation
which must be corrected. The Electrical System Diagnostic
lamp can have four symptoms.
1.

2.

3.

The following circuit designs apply (connecting wiring


and passage through superstructure and carrier
modules -- as applicable -- is understood):

Only the Electrical System Diagnostic lamp is flashing


(ignition switch may be in the on or off position) - crane
electrical system output diagnostic error, possible open
load, short to battery or short to ground. Use service
software to locate error.
The Electrical System Diagnostic lamp is on solid and
the turn signal indicators are flashing (ignition switch
may be in the on or off position) - no communications
from the carrier control module.

3.

The Electrical System Diagnostic lamp is not on but the


turn signal indicators are flashing and the ignition switch
is on - no communication from the engines ECM.

4.

The Electrical System Diagnostic lamp is not on but the


turn signal indicators are flashing and the ignition switch
is off - there is communication from the carrier control
module to the superstructure control module but no
communications from the superstructure control module
to the carrier control module.

Check the switch and circuit for continuity problems and


other problems. Repair any faulty switch or other
component. Repair wiring if faulty.

Head lights. Fuse F4, HEADLIGHTS switch, lamps,


grounds.

Tail lights. Fuse F4, HEADLIGHTS switch, lamps,


grounds.

Marker lights. Fuse F4, HEADLIGHTS switch,


lamps, grounds.

Gauge and panel lights. Fuse F4, lamps/LEDs,


grounds.

Turn signal lights. Fuse F4, turn signal switch,


lamps, grounds. Suspect turn signal switch if hazard
light circuit functions properly.

Hazard lights. Fuse F4, flasher, HAZARD lights


switch, lamps, grounds. Suspect HAZARD lights
switch if turn signal lights circuit functions properly.

Stop lights. Fuse F4, stop light switch, turn signal


switch, lamps (suspect stop circuit problem if turn
signal or tail light function works), grounds.

Work light. Fuse F1, WORK light switch, lamp,


grounds.

Dome light. Fuse F3, switch on dome light, lamp,


grounds.

Spotlight. Fuse F3, switch on spotlight, lamp,


grounds.

Boom flood lights. Fuse F7, BOOM LIGHT switch,


lamps, grounds.

CAUTION
When welding on the crane, turn battery disconnect off to
prevent damage to the CAN-Bus system.
This machine has a CAN-Bus Multiplex electronic control
system. This system takes multiple information signals and
combines them into one signal. The benefits of this system
include less wiring, fewer relays, and fewer slip ring
connectors.
When troubleshooting the control modules, a Laptop with the
CAN link service tool software and a service cable will be
needed to access the CAN system by the two Vehicle Data
Link connections located in the cab and by the battery
disconnect switch. When performing this type of
troubleshooting, the battery disconnect switch must not be
deactivated so there is power for the service tool. For
ordering the service tool software and service cable, contact
Manitowoc Crane Care.

4.

Troubleshooting Gauges and Meters


1.

Check all other gauges and meters (besides the


suspect). If none of them are working, replace Fuse F14.

2.

Check the gauge or meter, its sensing component, and


circuit for continuity problems and other problems. A
sender is probably at fault when it shows infinite
resistance, or resistance out of specifications for
condition. Repair any faulty gauge, meter or other
component. Repair wiring if faulty.

3.

The circuit design for a gauges light or a panel light is


fuse F4, light, ground.

Troubleshooting Lights
1.

Check lamp first. Replace any defective lamp.

2.

If all lamps in a circuit do not work, suspect fuse and


switch. Replace fuse if blown.

GROVE

Repair is straightforward. Turn off light switch, remove


old light, install new light, turn on light switch to test light.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

3-7

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4.

5.

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

The following circuit designs apply (connecting wiring


and passage through superstructure and carrier
modules -- as applicable -- is understood):
-

Voltmeter. Fuse F14, voltmeter, ground. Branch for


reading from batteries.

Fuel level gauge. Fuse F14, gauge. Gauge is


grounded. Branch from gauge to sending unit in fuel
tank to ground.

Transmission oil temperature gauge. Fuse F14,


gauge. Gauge is grounded. Branch from gauge to
temperature sending unit to ground.

Engine coolant temperature gauge. Fuse F14,


gauge. Gauge is grounded. Branch from gauge to
coolant temperature sending unit to ground.

Tachometer. Fuse F14, tachometer. Meter is


grounded. Branch from tachometer to tachometer
sender to ground.

Hourmeter. branch from carrier control module,


hourmeter, ground.

Repair is straightforward. For a gauge or meter, remove


gauge or meter, install new gauge or meter, install new
fuse, then test gauge or meter. For a sender, remove
sender, install new sender, install new fuse, then test
sender and gauge or meter. See INSTRUMENT
REPLACEMENT in this section for details on removing
and installing gauges and meters.

Troubleshooting Alarms, Indicators, and


Emergency Components
1.

2.

3.

4.

3-8

If an indicator wont work when it is supposed to, check


its lamp first. Replace any defective lamp. Then check
and replace fuse as applicable, especially if all other
components downstream from the fuse are not working.
If an alarm or an emergency component wont work
when it is supposed to, check and replace fuse,
especially when all other components downstream from
the fuse are not working.

5.

Park brake indicator. Fuse F10, indicator, normally


closed park brake pressure switch, ground.

Low brake pressure alarm light. Fuse F14, alarm


light, brake pressure switch, ground.

Rear wheels not centered indicator. Fuse F14,


indicator, rear steer not centered switch, ground.

Engine stop indicator (such as low oil level, high


engine coolant temperature) alarm. Fuse F14,
buzzer and parallel indicator; ground controlled by
Cummins ECU.

Engine warning indicator (engine service, engine


warning, water in fuel, wait to start). Fuse F14,
indicator, switch, ground controlled by Cummins
ECU.

Axle differential lock indicator. Fuse F10, indicator,


switch(s) on axle(s), ground.

Steering wheel horn. Horn switch, ground.


Superstructure control module, horn, ground.

Swing brake on indicator. Fuse F13, swing brake


release switch, indicator, ground.

Low brake pressure alarm circuit. Fuse F14,


indicator, switch, ground. Parallel buzzer circuit fuse
F14, buzzer, switch, ground.

Low steer pressure for CE units. Fuse F14,


indicator, switch, ground. Parallel buzzer circuit fuse
F14, buzzer, switch, ground.

Hose reel brake on alarm circuit. Fuse F14,


indicator, switch, ground. Parallel buzzer circuit fuse
F14, buzzer, switch, ground.

Transmission service (low oil pressure, high oil


temp) alarm. Fuse F14, buzzer and parallel
indicator; ground. Branch to oil pressure switch to
ground, branch to oil temperature switch to ground.

Repair is straightforward.
a.

ALARM: Remove blown fuse, remove faulty alarm


or faulty sensor (switch, sending unit), install new
alarm or sensor, install new fuse, test alarm.

b.

INDICATOR: Remove blown fuse, remove faulty


light or faulty sensor (switch, sending unit), install
new light or sensor, install new fuse, test indicator.

The following circuit designs apply (connecting wiring


and passage through superstructure and carrier
modules, as applicable, is understood):

c.

BACKUP LIGHT: Remove blown fuse, remove


faulty light or faulty sensor (electric shifter), install
new light or sensor, install new fuse, test lights.

d.

HORN: Remove blown fuse, remove faulty horn or


faulty trigger (switch, relay), install new horn or
trigger, install new fuse, test horn.

e.

BUZZER: Remove blown fuse, remove buzzer,


install new buzzer, install new fuse, test buzzer.

Check the alarm or indicator or emergency component,


its sensing component, and circuit for continuity
problems and other problems. Repair any faulty alarm or
indicator or emergency component or sensing device
(switch, sending unit). Repair wiring if faulty.

Backup light and backup alarm. Fuse F8, electric


shifter, then to backup alarm in parallel with reverse
solenoid, then from lights and alarm to ground.
Lights circuit parallel with backup alarm and reverse
solenoid circuits.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Troubleshooting Crane Components and


Accessories
1.

2.

If a crane component or accessory wont work when it is


supposed to, check and replace fuse. Also check and
replace its relay as needed.

Main and Auxiliary Hoist Rotation Indicators. Fuse


F18 branch for each hoist (driver assembly, sensor,
driver assembly, ground). Parallel branch through
thumper to driver assembly.

Main Hoist. For hoist up, Fuse F16, LMI CPU, MAIN
HOIST switch, main hoist up solenoid valve,
ground. For hoist down, Fuse F17, MAIN HOIST
switch, main hoist down solenoid valve, ground.
Parallel circuit to LED indicator in switch to ground.
For main hoist high speed up and down, Fuse F17,
MAIN HOIST switch, main hoist high speed
solenoid valve, ground. Series circuit through diode
to main hoist down solenoid valve.

Auxiliary Hoist. For hoist up, fuse F16, LMI CPU,


AUX HOIST switch, auxiliary hoist up solenoid
valve, ground. For hoist down, fuse F17, AUX
HOIST switch, auxiliary hoist down solenoid valve,
ground. Parallel circuit to LED indicator in switch to
ground. For auxiliary hoist high speed up and down,
Fuse F17, AUX HOIST switch, auxiliary hoist high
speed solenoid valve, ground. Series circuit through
diode to auxiliary hoist down solenoid valve.

LMI. Fuse F16, LMI


components, grounds.

Lockout function. Fuse F16, LMI CPU, three lockout


solenoid valves in parallel (inner mid telescope out,
outer mid telescope out, lift down), grounds. (During
lockout, this circuit must be open.)

Rear axle oscillation lockout function. Fuse F16,


LMI CPU, oscillation solenoids, ground.

Swing brake release function. Fuse F13, SWING


BRAKE release switch, swing brake release
solenoid valve, ground.

Park brake release function. Fuse F10, PARK


BRAKE switch, park brake release solenoid valve,
ground.

Axle differential lock function (option). Fuse F10,


DRIVE AXLE select switch, AXLE DIFF switch, axle
differential lock solenoid valve, ground. Parallel
indicator branch fuse F10, indicator, differential lock
indicator switches, ground.

Skylight wiper motor. Fuse F11, wiper switch (on


motor), motor, grounds.

Hydraulic oil cooler control. Transmission


temperature switch, hydraulic oil temperature
switch, oil cooler solenoid valve, ground. Each
normally closed switch opens on rising hydraulic oil
temperat ure (transmis sion switch at 230 F,
hydraulic switch at 120 F) to de-energize the oil
cooler solenoid valve so fluid from Pump No. 4 flows
through the hydraulically driven cooler fan motor to

Check the component or accessory, its control or


triggering component, and its circuit for continuity
problems and other problems. Repair any faulty
component or accessory or trigger. Repair wiring if
faulty.
The following circuit designs apply (connecting wiring
and passage through swivel slip ring per control module
-- as applicable -- is understood):
-

Windshield wiper motor and windshield washer


pump motor. Fuse F9, wiper/washer switch, motors
in parallel, grounds.

Heater or A/C fan. Fuse F19, FAN switch, fan motor,


ground.

Cab circulating fan. Fuse F11, switch, motor,


ground.

Defroster fan. Fuse F12, switch, motor, ground.


Parallel circuit to LED indicator in switch to ground.

Grid heaters. 125 amp fuses, relays K601 and


K602, grid heaters, ground (relays controlled by
Cummins ECM.

Transmission gear shift function. Fuse F8, electric


s h i f t e r, f i v e s o l e n o i d v a l v e s i n p a r a l l e l i n
transmission, ground.

Transmission drive select function. Fuse F10,


DRIVE AXLE select switch, 2WD solenoid valve,
ground. Parallel circuit to LED indicator in switch to
ground.

Outrigger extend/retract function. Fuse F14,


RETRACT/EXTEND switch, extend solenoid valves
in parallel with retract solenoid valves in integrated
valve, grounds.
Outrigger extension cylinder functions. Fuse F14,
selector switch for left front, left rear, right rear, and
right front cylinders, cylinder solenoid valves,
grounds.
Outrigger stabilizer cylinder functions. Fuse F14,
selector switch for left front, left rear, right rear, and
right front cylinders, cylinder solenoid valves,
grounds.
Crane function. Fuse F13, CRANE FUNCTION
switch, seat switch, armrest switch, ground. Parallel
circuit to LED indicator in switch to ground.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

CPU

and LMI

crane

3-9

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

cool hydraulic fluid instead of bypassing the motor


and flowing through the oil cooler solenoid valve.

3.

Install the belt on all engine pulleys except the alternator


pulley for now.

4.

Turn the tensioner clockwise. Slip the belt onto the


alternator pulley, then carefully return the tensioner to its
normal position so it puts tension on the belt. Make sure
the belt is centered on the tensioner.

5.

Check belt tension at the belts longest span (longest


distance between pulleys). At the center point of the
longest span, push in on the belt with your thumb. Verify
you can deflect the belt no more than 10 to 13 mm (3/8
to 1/2 inch) with your thumb. (Or, using a belt tension
gauge, verify there is 267 to 578 N (60 to 130 pounds) of
tension on the belt in the middle of its longest span.)
Replace belt if it is too loose (overstretched).

6.

Verify tensioner bolt is torqued to 43 Nm (32 footpounds).

7.

Connect the electrical leads to the terminals as tagged


during removal.

Alternator Replacement

8.

Connect the batteries. Close the engine compartment.

Removal

Check

1.

Disconnect the batteries.

1.

2.

Open the engine compartment.

Run engine. Verify reading of voltmeter on front console


is 12 volts or greater. Make repairs as needed.

3.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the


terminals on the alternator.

2.

Continue troubleshooting charging system as needed if


replacement of alternator did not correct problem in
charging system.

4.

Turn the tensioner above the alternator clockwise to


remove tension from the belt. Slip the belt off of the
alternator pulley, then let the tensioner return to its
normal position.

3.

Repair is straightforward.
a.

5.

MOTOR: Remove faulty motor or faulty trigger


(switch or relay), install new motor or trigger, install
new fuse, test motor. For further information, see
the applicable section in this manual.

b.

SOLENOID VALVE: Remove faulty valve or


solenoid, install new valve or solenoid, install new
fuse, fill fluid system, test valve.

c.

LMI: Repair per LMI manual, install new fuse, test


per LMI manual.

d.

ROTATION INDICATOR: Remove driver assembly


or sensor, install driver assembly or sensor, install
new fuse, test thumper. For further information on
rotation indicator, refer to Section 5 - HOIST AND
COUNTERWEIGHT.

Remove and tag all wires. Remove the alternator link


capscrew and the mounting capscrew. Remove the
alternator.

Installation
1.

Inspect the belt. Verify it has no cracks or other damage.


Replace damaged belt as needed.

NOTE:
2.

3-10

Install alternator on the mounting bracket with head


towards turbocharger.

To assemble the alternator, the mounting components


must be tightened in the following sequence.
a.

Alternator-to-alternator bracket capscrew.

b.

Lower brace-to-alternator capscrew.

c.

Lower alternator brace-to-water pump capscrew.

d.

Torque brace-to-alternator bolt to 43 Nm (32 footpounds). Torque alternator-to-alternator bracket bolt


to 77 Nm (57 foot-pounds).

Starter Replacement
Removal
1.

Disconnect the batteries.

2.

Open the engine compartment.

3.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the


terminals on the starter.

4.

Remove the bolts holding the starter to the mounting


pad. Remove the starter.

Installation
1.

Place the starter on its mounting pad. Secure the starter


with the bolts. Torque the bolts to 43 Nm (32 footpounds).

2.

Connect the electrical leads to the terminals as tagged


during removal.

3.

Connect the batteries. Close the engine compartment.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Check

4.

1.

Try to start the engine. Verify the starter starts the


engine.

Installation

2.

Start engine again, and listen for starter noises. Verify


there is no abnormal noise indicating the starters gear is
meshing improperly with the flywheel, that the starters
gear hasnt disengaged from the flywheel after the
ignition switch is in the ignition. (run) position, or some
other problem. Install starter properly as needed.

Remove the batteries.

1.

Place the batteries in the battery box.

2.

Install the hold down bracket so it can hold down the


batteries. Secure the bracket (and batteries) to the
bracket hold down rods with nuts and washers.

3.

Connect leads to the battery terminals starting with the


negative terminals.

Battery Replacement

4.

Close the battery box cover.

Removal

5.

Verify replacement batteries work by starting cranes


engine and operating various crane components.

Relay Panel Component Replacement


Accessory Relay
1.

Disconnect the batteries.

2.

Remove the hardware securing the console front cover


and remove the cover.

3.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the suspect


relay.

4.

Remove the hardware securing the suspect relay to the


relay panel assembly. Remove suspect relay.

5.

Install replacement relay on relay panel and secure it


with attaching hardware.

6.

Connect the electrical leads to the relay as tagged


during removal.

7.

Position the console front cover on the console and


secure with the attaching hardware.

8.

Connect the batteries.

9.

Verify proper installation by operating all components


involved with the replacement relay verifying they all
work.

7010-1

FIGURE 3-9
1.

Open the battery box cover.

2.

Tag and disconnect leads from the battery terminals


starting with the positive terminals (Figure 3-10).

Buzzer Replacement

FIGURE 3-10
3.

Remove the nuts and washers from the bracket hold


down rods. Remove the hold down bracket.

GROVE

1.

Remove the hardware securing the console front cover


and remove the cover.

2.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the buzzer.

3.

Unscrew the plastic collar ring from under the panel and
remove the buzzer from the hole in the panel.

4.

Install replacement buzzer through the hole in panel and


secure with the plastic collar ring.

5.

Connect the electrical leads to the buzzer as tagged


during removal.

6.

Position the console front cover on the console and


secure with the attaching hardware.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

3-11

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
7.

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Verify proper operation by positioning the ignition switch


to RUN (1). Buzzer should sound when engine is not
running.

Instrument Replacement

Switch Replacement
Rocker Switch
Removal

Removal

1.

Disconnect the batteries.

2.

Remove the hardware securing the console front cover


and remove the cover.

1.

Disconnect the batteries.

2.

Remove the hardware securing the console front cover


and remove the cover.

3.

Disconnect the electrical connector or tag


disconnect the electrical wiring from the switch.

3.

Tag and disconnect the electrical wiring from the


instrument.

4.

4.

Remove the hardware securing the instrument to the


console panel. (Typically, remove nuts and lockwashers,
and then a bracket or clamp.) Pull the instrument
through the front of the console panel and remove it.

Depress the plastic tabs on top and bottom of switch and


pull the switch through the front of the console panel to
remove it.

Inspection
1.

Visually check the switch for evidence of cracks,


damaged connections, or other damage. Replace
damaged switch as needed.

2.

Check wiring for damaged insulation or damaged


connectors. Repair as needed.

3.

Perform the following check to determine switch


serviceability.

Inspection
1.

2.

Examine the instrument for cracked and broken lenses.


Check instrument terminals, bracket or clamp, and
mounting studs for damage. Replace damaged
instrument; repair or replace damaged connecting
hardware.
Check wiring for damaged insulation or damaged
connectors. Make repairs as needed.

Installation
1.

Put the instrument in place on the console panel and


secure it with the attaching hardware.

2.

Connect the electrical wiring to the instrument as


marked during removal.

3.

Position the console front cover on the console and


secure with the attaching hardware.

4.

Connect the batteries.

2.

3-12

a.

Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity between


the switch terminals with switch at ON or activated
position(s). Ohmmeter should register zero ohms
(continuity).

b.

Place switch at OFF or deactivated position.


Ohmmeter should register infinity (no continuity).

c.

Replace switch if it fails either part of the check.

Installation
1.

Place the switch on the front console panel and secure it


by pushing the switch into the panel, until it snaps into
place.

2.

Connect the electrical connector or wires to the switch.

3.

Start the engine and verify that the instrument works.


Refer to Section 3 - OPERATING CONTROLS AND
PROCEDURES in the Operators Manual.

Position the console front cover on the console and


secure with the attaching hardware.

4.

Connect the batteries.

As needed, troubleshoot further any system malfunction


not corrected by repair or replacement of the instrument
or associated wiring.

1.

Operate the switch. Verify that each of its functions


works. Refer to Section 3 - OPERATING CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES in the Operators Manual.

2.

As needed, troubleshoot further any system or circuit


malfunction not corrected by repair or replacement of
the switch or associated wiring.

Check
1.

and

Check

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Ignition and Fan Switch

Windshield Wiper Assembly Replacement

Removal

Removal

1.

Disconnect the batteries.

2.

Remove the hardware securing the console front cover


and remove the cover.

3.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the switch.

4.

On the front of the console panel, remove the nut


securing the switch to the panel. If removing the fan
switch, remove the knob from the switch first.

5.

1.

Disconnect the batteries.

2.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the motor.

3.

Disconnect the washer hose on the wiper arm (also


called the pantograph arm assembly) from the washer
nozzle fitting assembly (Figure 3-11).

NOTE:

Remove the switch from the hole in the panel.

Inspection
1.

Visually check the switch for evidence of cracks,


damaged connections, or other damage. Replace
damaged switch as needed.

2.

Check wiring for damaged insulation or damaged


connectors. Repair as needed.

3.

Perform the following check to determine switch


serviceability.
a.

Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity between


the switch terminals with switch at ON or activated
position(s). Ohmmeter should register zero ohms
(continuity).

b.

Place switch at OFF or deactivated position.


Ohmmeter should register infinity (no continuity).

c.

Replace switch if it fails either part of the


check.Installation.

4.

Remove the cap nut and washer securing the wiper arm
to the pantograph adapter kit. Remove the cap nut,
washer, and tapered sleeve securing the wiper arm to
the pivot shaft kit.

5.

Remove the wiper arm from the pantograph adapter kit


and the pivot shaft kit.

6.

Remove the flanged sleeve, nut, and two flat washers


from the pivot shaft kit.

7.

Remove the two capscrews and lockwashers securing


the pantograph adapter kits adapter to the cab exterior.
Remove the pantograph adapter kits adapter and
gasket.

8.

Remove attaching hardware to free the windshield wiper


motor bracket from the cab interior. Remove the bracket,
with motor and pivot shaft connected, from the cab.

NOTE:

Installation
1.

Place the switch through the hole in the front console


panel and secure to the front of the panel with the nut.
Install the knob on the fan switch.

2.

Connect the electrical leads to the switch as tagged


during removal.

3.

Position the console front cover on the console and


secure with the attaching hardware.

4.

Connect the batteries.

9.

Operate the switch. Verify that each of its functions


works. Refer to Section 3 - OPERATING CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES in the Operators Manual.

2.

As needed, troubleshoot further any system or circuit


malfunction not corrected by repair or replacement of
the switch or associated wiring.

GROVE

You may have to remove or move other parts to get


the bracket and attached parts around the steering
column. Take care not to damage any parts.

Remove the nut to free the wiper motors shaft from the
wiper motor kit crank. Remove the three screws and
washers to free the wiper motor from its bracket.
Remove the wiper motor from its bracket. Leave the
other parts attached to the bracket for now.

Inspection
1.

Visually check the motor housing for evidence of cracks


or other damage. Check for excessive shaft end play
indicating worn or damaged bearings. Replace motor if
damaged.

2.

Inspect the wiper blade for serviceability. Replace wiper


blade when worn.

3.

Inspect the wiper arm and parts of the linking component


kits (pantograph adapter kit, pivot shaft kit, wiper motor
kit link and crank, wiper motor bracket) for damage.
Replace as needed.

Check
1.

The nut and washer are part of the pantograph


adapter kit. The nut, washer and sleeve are part of
the pivot shaft kit.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

3-13

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


the adapter and the gasket of the pantograph adapter kit
to the cab exterior with capscrews and lockwashers.
3.
1

Install the motor bracket and attached parts in the cab


interior with attaching hardware. Ensure the pivot shaft
sticks through the hole in the pantograph adapter kit.

NOTE:
2
3
10

4.

Secure the pivot shaft to the pantograph adapter with the


pivot shaft kits nut and washers. Install the flanged
sleeve on the pivot shaft.

5.

Install the wiper arm on the shafts of the pantograph


adapter kit and the pivot shaft kit. Secure the wiper arm
to the pantograph adapter kit shaft with the kits own
washer and cap nut. Secure the wiper arm to the pivot
shaft with the pivot shaft kits own tapered sleeve,
washer, and cap nut.

6.

Connect the wiper arms washer hose to the washer


nozzle fitting assembly.

7.

Connect the electrical leads to the wiper motor as


marked before removal.

8.

Connect the batteries.

4
5

3653

FIGURE 3-11
Item

Description

Take care not to damage any parts while moving


the bracket and attached parts around the steering
column.

Windshield Wiper Arm

Check

Washer

1.

Nut

Squirt some cleaning fluid onto the windshield with the


windshield washer.

Washer

2.

Screw

Operate the windshield wiper and verify it works.


Replace wiper blade as needed if it streaks or otherwise
wipes poorly.

Mounting Bracket

Motor

Gasket

Removal

Mounting Plate

1.

Disconnect the batteries.

10

Serrated Collar

2.

Locate the windshield washer container and pump on


the left rear side of the cab.

3.

Tag and disconnect the pumps electrical lead and


ground wire.

4.

Disconnect the hose from the windshield washer pump.


Point it so it wont spill cleaning fluid. Catch cleaning fluid
from the windshield washer container with a suitable
container.

5.

Remove four self tapping screws securing the


windshield washer container to the cab. Remove the
windshield washer container and pump.

6.

Remove pump and pump seal from container.

Windshield Washer Assembly Replacement

Installation
1.

2.

3-14

Verify the pivot shaft and the wiper motor kit link and
crank are in place on the motor bracket. (Washers and
clip springs fasten the link to the pivot pins on the crank
and the pivot shaft. The pivot shafts pivot pin mounts in
the hole nearest the end of the pivot shafts lever.)
Connect the wiper motor to the motor bracket with
screws and washers. Connect the wiper motors shaft to
the wiper motor kit crank with the nut and washer.Secure

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Inspection

Inspection

1.

Visually check the pump for evidence of cracks, leaks, or


other damage. Replace pump if damaged.

1.

2.

Inspect the container for leaking. Replace pump seal if it


is leaking. Replace container if it is damaged and
leaking.

Visually check the motor housing for evidence of cracks


or other damage. Check for excessive shaft end play
indicating worn or damaged bearings. Replace motor if
damaged.

2.

Inspect spray nozzle on the wiper arm. As needed, clean


the nozzle with a fine piece of wire and compressed air.

Inspect the wiper blade for serviceability. Replace wiper


blade when worn.

3.

Inspect the wiper arm and parts for damage. Replace as


needed.

3.

Installation

Installation

1.

Install pump and pump seal on container.

2.

Install windshield washer container on the cab. Secure


the container with four self tapping screws.

3.

Attach the hose to the windshield washer pump.

4.

Connect the pumps electrical lead and ground wire as


tagged during removal.

5.

Connect the batteries.

6.

Fill the container with cleaning fluid.

Check
1.

Squirt some cleaning fluid onto the windshield with the


windshield washer.

2.

Make repairs if windshield washer doesnt work.

Skylight Wiper Assembly Replacement

1.

Install sealant material around both holes in cab roof,


both inside and outside.

2.

Install screw with nylon flat washer (from outside)


through mounting hole in cab roof.

3.

Install flat nylon washer on motor shaft and insert motor


shaft through hole in cab roof. Position small nylon
washer and flat washer on screw between mounting
bracket and cab roof. Secure with lockwasher and nut.

4.

Install nylon flat washer, leather washer, spacer, and nut


on motor shaft. Tighten nut.

5.

Install wiper arm and blade on motor shaft.

6.

Connect the electrical leads to the wiper motor as


marked before removal.

7.

Connect the batteries.

Check

Removal

1.

Operate the skylight wiper and verify it works. Replace


wiper blade as needed if it streaks or otherwise wipes
poorly.

1.

Disconnect the batteries.

2.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads from the motor.

3.

Remove the wiper arm from the motor shaft.

Tooling For Troubleshooting

4.

Remove the nut, spacer, leather washer, and nylon flat


washer from the motor shaft outside the cab roof.

This machine incorporates a CAN-bus Multiplex system.

5.

Remove the nut and lockwasher securing the motor


bracket to the cab roof and remove the motor from the
cab roof. Remove large nylon flat washer from motor
shaft and flat washer and smaller nylon flat washer from
mounting screw.

6.

Remove mounting screw and nylon flat washer from


outside cab roof.

7.

Clean any sealing material from around holes in cab


roof.

GROVE

To effectively troubleshoot the electrical system, you need a


Windows-based personal computer, CAN-Link service
s oft w ar e ( P ar t N o . 9 9 91 0 22 9 7 f or RT9 00 0 ) , a n d a
connection cable (Part No. 9999102296).
Manitowoc Crane Care requests you have as part of your
service tool kit inventory the CAN-Link service tool kit for the
RT9000. The software will allow you to see in real time the
status of all inputs and outputs on the system, and it will allow
you to detect any errors on input or output. The CAN-Link
service software and connection cable are available through
Crane Care.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

3-15

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

THIS PAGE BLANK

3-16

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

SECTION 4
BOOM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Lattice Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Optional Lattice Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Optional Lattice Extension Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Boom Control Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Boom Auto/Manual Telescope Mode Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Center Mid/Inner Mid Boom Telescope Sections Select Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Luffing Jib Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Boom Retraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
LMI System (With Boom Control System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Telescoping Control System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Boom Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Extension/Retraction Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Extension/Retraction Sequence (Automatic Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Extension Sequence For The Main Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Extension Sequence For The Main Boom With Boom Extensions Or Offset Jibs . . 4-3
Rated Boom Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Capacities At Intermediate Boom Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Hydraulic Actuation And Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Electronic Control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
System Interfaces and Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Boom Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Boom Nose Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Boom Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Boom Alignment And Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Cam Operated Check Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Guide Block Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Boom Extension And Retraction Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Telescope Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Hose Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

GROVE

4-i

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hose Reel Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boom Removal System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Lift Cylinder Pin And Cylinder Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Lift Cylinder Pin And Cylinder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bi-Fold Swingaway Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting and Disconnecting the Hydraulic Boom Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swingaway Mounting Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boom Extension (With Inserts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Numbers On the 8m Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slinging Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly of Boom Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checklists For Rigging Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the 26 m/34 m Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the 26 m/34 m Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description of Rigging Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing/Disassembling 8 m Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing 8 m Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing 8 m Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing/Removing Two-Stage Swingaway Lattice Extension for Boom
Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Connection On the Boom Extension (If Unit Is Equipped With
Hydraulic Luffing Boom Extension) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections On the 8 m Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Connection On the Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections On the 8 m Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Establishing Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Out/In the Deflection Sheaves On the 8 m Sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Out Deflection Sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding In Deflection Sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning/Removing the Hoist Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning the Hoist Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Hoist Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hook Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-ii

4-26
4-26
4-26
4-28
4-30
4-30
4-30
4-30
4-30
4-32
4-32
4-32
4-37
4-37
4-37
4-37
4-37
4-39
4-39
4-39
4-39
4-40
4-45
4-45
4-45
4-46
4-47
4-47
4-47
4-47
4-47
4-48
4-48
4-49
4-49
4-49
4-49
4-49
4-50
4-50
4-50
4-50
4-50
4-51
4-51
4-51
4-51
4-52
4-52
4-52
4-52
4-52
4-54
4-54
4-54

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

SECTION 4
BOOM
DESCRIPTION
One boom is available on the crane; a five section, full
power, sequenced and synchronized, 12.8 to 48.5 m (42 to
159.3 foot) boom. The boom assembly utilizes a mega form
design. The five section boom utilizes two sequenced
telescope cylinders for telescoping and retracting of the
boom plus cable synchronization for the extension and
retraction of the fly section. Boom lift is provided by a single
lift cylinder and boom elevation is from - 3 degrees to +78
degrees.

Lattice Extension
The 11 to 18 m (36 to 59 ft.) offsettable bifold lattice
swingaway extension stows alongside base boom section.
Offsets are 0, 20, and 40.

Optional Lattice Extension


11 to 18 m (36 - 59 ft.) hydraulically offsettable bifold lattice
swingaway extension stows alongside base boom section.
Offsets are from 0 to 40.

Optional Lattice Extension Inserts


The 8 m (2 x 26 ft.) lattice extension inserts install between
the boom nose and bifold extension, non-stowable. A
standard auxiliary boom nose (rooster sheave) is available
for the boom to simplify single part cable usage. The rooster
sheave is installed on the main boom nose and is secured by
pins that pass through the rooster sheave and main boom
nose.

Boom Control Switches


The following switches and indicators are located in the
cranes superstructure cab and are used together to control
the boom telescope function.

Boom Auto/Manual Telescope Mode


Switches
The boom auto/manual telescope mode switch is located on
the right armrest. The switch is a two-position rocker switch
placarded auto and manual. This switch has a lock to
prevent accidental activation.
When the switch is in the AUTO mode, the boom sections
extend in a predetermined sequence when telescoping the
boom; the inner mid extends 75% and stops, then the center
mid extends to 75% and stops, then the inner mid extends to
100%, the center mid extends to 100%, and then the outer
mid and fly section extend in a synchronized fashion. The
sections retract in the same manner in reverse order.

GROVE

When in the manual mode, the red LED square in the switch
will illuminate. The boom telescope section select switch is
positioned to either the center mid or inner mid position in
order to extend or retract the selected section until it is
returned to the proper position for normal boom
synchronization to occur.

Center Mid/Inner Mid Boom Telescope


Sections Select Switch
The center mid/inner mid boom telescope section select
switch is located on the right armrest. This switch is a three
position rocker switch that is used in conjunction with the
boom auto/manual telescope mode switch. When the boom
mode switch is positioned to manual, the boom telescope
section select switch is positioned to either of the two
positions. When placed in the upper position, the center mid
can be extended. When the center mid is fully extended, the
outer mid and fly can be controlled. The red LED square will
illuminate when the switch is positioned in either the inner
mid or center mid position.

Luffing Jib Switches


The luffing jib raise/lower switch is located on the left
armrest. It is a three position, momentary switch (LOWER/
OFF/RAISE) that will energize a solenoid to raise or lower
the jib, if the jib ON/OFF switch is on.
The luffing jib two position on/off switch is located on the left
armrest. When in the ON position and used in conjunction
with the luffing jib RAISE/LOWER switch, the switch will
allow operation of the luffing jib. When in the ON position, the
red LED square will illuminate. It has a lock to prevent
accidental activation.

THEORY OF OPERATION
Boom Extension
Boom extension and retraction is accomplished with two
telescope cylinders, five extension cables, and two retraction
cables. The lower telescope cylinder is a two stage cylinder.
The rod for the first stage is secured to the rear of the boom
base section and the barrel of the first stage is secured to the
inner mid boom section by a trunnion. The second stage of
the first telescope cylinder barrel is secured to the rear of the
center mid boom section by a trunnion. The rod end of the
upper telescope cylinder is attached to the rear of the center
mid and the barrel is secured to the outer mid boom section
by a trunnion. The extension cables are secured to the back
of the fly section and run around extension sheaves on the
front of the upper telescope cylinder to the front of the
second stage barrel of the lower telescope cylinder.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-1

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

The hydraulic fluid for the first stage of the lower cylinder is
supplied by hoses from the turntable. The hydraulic fluid for
the second stage of the lower cylinder and the upper cylinder
is routed through the hose reel that is mounted in the
turntable into a manifold that is attached at the rear of the
center mid section. There are two cam operated check
valves mounted at the rear of the center mid which control
flow to the second stage of the lower cylinder and the upper
telescope cylinder. With both cylinders retracted, the check
valve for the second stage of the lower telescope cylinder is
open and the check valve for the upper cylinder is closed
allowing the second stage of the lower cylinder to extend.
When the lower cylinder is fully extended, the check valve for
the upper cylinder opens allowing the upper cylinder to
extend. The check valve for the lower cylinder closes after
the upper cylinder starts to extend and shuts off the flow to
the lower cylinder. As the upper telescope cylinder barrel
extends, the extend cables around the extend sheaves on
the end of the cylinder barrel push on the extend cables to
pull the fly section out at the same time the outer mid is
extending.

Boom Retraction
The upper telescope cylinder retracts the outer-mid and two
retract cables pull the fly section in at the same time. When
the upper cylinder is fully retracted, the check valve for the
lower telescope cylinder is opened and the lower cylinder
starts to retract. The check valve for the upper cylinder is
closed as the lower cylinder starts to retract. The outer mid
and fly retract first and then the center mid and lastly the
inner mid.

LMI SYSTEM (WITH BOOM CONTROL


SYSTEM)
General
The crane has a 5-section sequence synchronized boom
assembly. The electronic control system interfaces with the
actuating systems, and provides the necessary controls,
according to the following system standards.

Telescoping Control System Description


Boom Configuration
The boom is a five section configuration (i.e. one fixed
section and four telescoping sections). The fully retracted
length of the boom is 12.8 m (42 ft) and the fully extended
length is 48.5 m (159.33 ft). The full extension value of all
four telescoping sections is the same (i.e. 48,564 - 12,805)/4
or 8,940mm (29.33 ft).

4-2

Extension/Retraction Modes
The boom telescoping system operates in either of two
modes selected by the operator, Automatic or Manual.
a.

In Automatic (AUTO) mode, a single telescope


controller extends or retracts the boom at the
correct speeds, in the correct sequence of section
movements, with no action by the operator other
than to actuate the controller and to cease actuating
it when the desired boom length is achieved. The
system also automatically enforces a soft
transition at each section changeover point in the
sequence, resulting in smooth changes from section
to section without the need for the operator to
feather the telescope control.

b.

In Manual (MANUAL) mode, the operator has the


selective capability to adjust the extension of the
inner mid and center mid sections independently.
Manual mode adjustment is utilized on ly to
reconfigure the boom sections into a synchronized
relationship according to the programmed criteria
for automatic mode operation (if the boom has for
any rea son bec ome unsyn chronize d during
operation in the Automatic mode), or to extend the
boom intentionally in non-synchronized mode, so
that access holes in the boom sections align, and
serviceable internal components of the boom are
made accessible for maintenance. To prevent
overloading of the boom while the sections are
unsynchronized, when the Manual mode has been
selected, the LMI electronic controller limits the
allowable gross load to 10,000kg, or 50% of the load
chart allowable capacity at the applicable measured
boom length, whichever figure is less. In the Manual
mode, the smoothness of the changeover from
section to section is entirely under the control of the
operator.

Extension/Retraction Sequence (Automatic


Mode)
Boom extension in the Automatic mode does not follow the
customary sequence whereby all the boom sections are
extended by the same proportion for any given boom length.
Instead, in order to optimize the crane structural and/or
stability limitations, the sections extend in particular
proportions according to the following sequences (as
directed by the particular load chart/crane configuration
selected by the operator; i.e. these sequences reside in the
system data software, not in the control software):

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

Boom Fully Retracted

Inner mid Extends to 75%

Center Mid Extends to 75%

Inner Mid Extends to 100%

4
Center Mid Extends to 100%

Outer Mid and Fly Section Extend Synchronized Until Fully Extended

6081

FIGURE 4-1

Extension Sequence For The Main Boom


a.

The inner mid section alone extends to 75% of its


maximum, all other sections remain retracted.

b.

The center mid section alone extends to 75% of its


maximum, the inner mid section remaining at 75%
of its maximum, the outer mid and fly sections
remain retracted.

c.

The inner mid section alone extends to its full


extension, the center mid section remaining at 75%
of its maximum, and the outer mid and fly sections
remain retracted.

d.

The center mid section alone extends to its full


extension, the outer mid and fly sections remain
retracted.

e.

The outer mid and fly sections extends


simultaneously, synchronized, to their full extension.

Extension Sequence For The Main Boom


With Boom Extensions Or Offset Jibs
There are no discrete boom extension or jib capacity charts
for boom lengths less than 100% extension of the center mid
section. Therefore, to reduce telescoping time, the following

GROVE

Automatic mode extension sequence is activated whenever


an offset jib load chart is selected by the operator:
a.

The inner mid section alone extends to its full


extension, all other sections remaining retracted.

b.

The center mid section alone extends to its full


extension, the outer mid and fly sections remaining
retracted.

c.

The outer mid and fly sections extends


simultaneously, synchronized, to their full extension.

The boom retraction sequences are the reverse of the above


extension sequences.

Rated Boom Lengths


The boom carries capacity ratings according to the boom
section extension proportions shown in the table titled Boom
Section Extension Proportions (again shown as a
percentage of extension of each section).

Capacities At Intermediate Boom Lengths


It is not mandatory that only the specified discrete boom
lengths are utilized for lifting, and intermediate boom lengths
will be usable. The allowable capacities at intermediate

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-3

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

lengths behave in accordance with customary practice, in


that they reduce to the figure applicable to that adjacent
boom length having lower capacities (either the next longer
or shorter rated boom length, according to the particular load
chart in use), whenever the actual boom length differs from
the rated length by more than 500 mm. (For any given boom
length, the capacities vary steplessly with load radius
according to the particular calibration curves).

signal, the pressure reducing valves effectively


override the pilot pressure signal being transmitted
from the operators pilot controller to the telescope
control valves, automatically opening, feathering
and closing so as to initiate, control and halt motion
of th e re sp ect iv e s ec tio ns ac co rdin g t o t he
predetermined sequence.
c.

Mechanically actuated valves sensing the status of


the center mid and outer mid sections (i.e. outer mid
section fully retracted, and center mid section fully
extended) and diverting the flow of oil, when
extending, from the center mid section cylinder to
the outer mid cylinder when the center mid section
(and therefore also the inner mid section) is fully
extended, and vice versa during boom retraction.
Thus the outer mid section is not able to receive any
oil to extend until the center mid section is already
fully extended; and similarly, no retract oil will flow
to the center mid section until the outer mid section
is fully retracted.

d.

A normally closed, solenoid operated 2-way, 2position control valve, which bleeds off residual rod
side pressure from the telescope cylinders (as
selected by a double check valve, according to the
cylinder being telescoped, and an orifice to prevent
significant loss of oil to tank that would compromise
cylinder retraction speed). The purpose of this valve
is to allow residual pressure trapped in the rod side
of the cylinders to escape, preventing subsequent
unseating of the holding valve and transfer of the
trapped oil to the piston side, which can cause a
slight spontaneous and unwanted extension of the
boom sections

e.

Unless overridden by the pilot signal pressure


reducing valves in paragraph b. (above), the oil flow
and pressure applied to the telescoping cylinders is
under the direct control of the joystick pilot
controller.

Hydraulic Actuation And Control System


Extension of the inner mid, center mid, and outer mid
sections occurs by way of three hydraulic cylinders (one 2stage cylinder moving the inner mid and center mid sections,
and one single-stage cylinder, moving the outer mid section).
The fly section is cable extended and retracted by the
movement of the outer mid section and center mid sections,
and thus is mechanically synchronized with the outer mid
section, but the other sections are electro-hydraulically
sequenced/synchronized by the boom telescoping control
system.
Controlling the telescope cylinders, the boom telescoping
hydraulic actuating system consists of the following
elements:
a.

A single pilot pressure joystick or foot pedal


controller, which actuates two pilot operated 4-way,
3-position, pressure compensated proportional
control valves controlling the flow and pressure of
hydraulic oil respectively to the inner mid and center
mid/outer mid section telescope circuits.

b.

The propositional control valve(s) noted in a. above,


in which are incorporated solenoid operated
proportional pressure reducing valves in both of the
valves pilot pressure spool actuator sections (i.e.
both extend and retract directions), acting to vary
the pilot pressure being applied to shift the valve
spool, and thereby controlling the flow of oil to the
inner mid center mid, outer mid section telescope
cylinders. Thus, when so directed by electrical

Table 4-1
Boom
Length (ft)

42

56.68

71.34

86

100.67

115.34

130

144.67

159.33

Inner-Mid

50

75

75

100

100

100

100

100

Center-Mid

25

75

100

100

100

100

100

Outer-Mid

25

50

75

100

Fly

25

50

75

100

4-4

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

Electronic Control System


As mentioned previously, the electro-hydraulic sequencing
and synchronization of the inner mid and center mid section
telescope cylinders are controlled through a combination
LMI/boom control system electronic processor/controller,
since both systems need to sense the various section
extensions (i.e. to determine the boom length and its
configuration [sectional extension relationships] in order to
compute allowable load moment and the corresponding
allowable hook load for LMI purposes, and to close the
telescope sequencing/synchronization system feedback
control loop).

System Interfaces and Logic


The electronic system is supplied with electrical power at 12
VDC.
The electronic system collects electrical inputs from boom
length sensors that separately measure overall boom length,
and extension of the inner mid section. Since the outer mid
and fly sections are mechanically [cable-] synchronized, and
change over of hydraulic oil supply to or from the outer mid/
fly section telescope cylinder is mechanically effected by trip
valves upon full extension of the center mid section, or full
retraction of the outer mid section, it is assumed that these
sections cannot become unsynchronized. Therefore, on this
basis the computed difference between the measured boom
extension value and the measured inner mid section
extension value allows the system to infer the extension of
the center mid section.
The system also collects electrical inputs of boundary
conditions (operator selection, by switch, of Automatic or
Manual mode, electrical sensing, by proximity switches, of
retracted condition of the inner mid section relative to the
base section, and of the center mid section relative to the
inner mid section, and of telescope extend or retract pilot
pressure being applied). The system then produces current
controlled electrical outputs to the appropriate pilot system
proportional pressure reducing valves, allowing the pilot
pressure to shift the telescoping control valve spools
appropriately to direct oil to the inner mid or to the center mid
section telescope cylinder, according to prevailing boom
length and to the direction of motion selected.
In Automatic mode, the control system output current being
applied to the applicable valve is automatically reduced as
each section approaches a position at which the selected
telescope sequence would require it to stop and the next
section to begin to move. This causes the pilot oil pressure
being applied to the control valve spool to be proportionately
reduced according to the current, (overriding the operators
pilot control valve), so that the section telescoping speed
reduces smoothly before the section finally comes to rest. In
the same way the current supply to the valve controlling the
following section is initiated just before the previous section
finally comes to a halt, and rises smoothly to its regulated

GROVE

value, giving a smooth acceleration of that section. This


system prevents out of sequence conditions occurring as a
result of overshoot of the section that is coming to a halt, and
also enforces a smooth transition from section to section.
An additional benefit occurs in situations in which the
operator is simultaneously operating the hoist, in order to
keep the load at a constant height while telescoping the
boom. Since telescoping speed inevitably varies from
section to section according to the bore of the cylinder, and
also whether a section is indirectly moved by a cable
extension system, the compensating speed of the hoist has
to be varied by the operator as each successive section
change occurs, so that the load does not immediately rise or
fall. The smooth changeover effect enforced by the
telescope control system allows the operator a wider band in
which to adjust compensatory speed of the hoist so that the
load can be more easily kept at a constant height.
The inner mid and center mid sections are extended by a 2stage cylinder, the larger diameter cylinder being the center
mid section stage. Therefore this stage has the capability to
exert higher load than the inner mid section stage, for a given
hydraulic pressure. Such loads would exceed the buckling
resistance of the smaller inner mid section stage, which in
Automatic mode is already at 75% extension before the
center mid section cylinder is actuated. For this reason, the
system provides an additional electrical output to a dual
pressure relief valve integrated in the telescope control valve
block, causing it to reduce the maximum pressure that can
be applied to the center mid section telescope cylinder, so
that the cylinder is protected from such excessive buckling
loads. The system programming always ensures that the
lower pressure is selected before the center mid section
cylinder is pressurized, and that the center mid section
cylinder is isolated or fully extended, before the higher
pressure is selected and applied to the other cylinders.
The system also provides a control signal to the solenoid
operated telescope cylinder rod drain valve, opening the
valve whenever either the inner mid or center mid section is
not fully retracted (i.e. either of the section retracted
switches is open), and closing the valve whenever both the
switches are closed, indicating complete boom retraction
condition.
If for any reason loss of synchronization of the inner mid/
center mid section telescoping system is detected by the
boom length sensing and computing system, the system
inhibits all telescoping control signals to all four of the pilot
system proportional control valves, preventing any further
telescoping motion. To correct the condition, manual
switches are incorporated, which, when actuated, change
the system from Automatic to Manual mode, and select
either the inner mid or center mid section for correction in
Manual mode. The selected section can then be telescoped
individually, by passing the automatic synchronization
system, until it is brought into correct synchronization (the
system constantly displays the prevailing percentage of

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-5

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

extension of the sections, an indictor light on the console


remains illuminated as long as the unsynchronized condition
persists, and the inner mid or center mid section telescope
cylinder selection is indicated by respective lights on the arm
rest, thereby allowing the operator to telescope the section[s]
appropriately). As long as the system continues to detect the
unsynchronized condition, and/or the manual mode is
selected, the load moment monitoring/lockout system also
limits the allowable load moment to 10,000 kg or 50% of the
rated capacity at the particular prevailing boom length, the
intent being that, while the sections are unsynchronized, any
hook load will be deposited, only the hookblock remaining
suspended while the necessary adjustment of the boom
sections occurs: only when synchronization has been
achieved will the system reset and normalize the load
monitoring system when switched back to Automatic mode.
The standard used by the system to define an
unsynchronized condition is an error or +/-3% of the full
extension value of one section. Since the inner mid, center
mid, and the outer mid/fly combination all extend individually,
compliance with the criterion can only be assessed at
s e c t i o n e x t e n s i o n s c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e p o i n ts o f
changeover of movement from section to section. Therefore,
the system reviews the extension of each section prior to
permitting the changeover, and unless all section extension
values are within 3% of their programmed changeover
length, the system defaults to the out-of-synchronization
condition described above. The same default occurs if, in the
course of operation, any boom section moves out of
synchronization to a length corresponding to one of its own
changeover lengths (since it then invokes the +/-3% criterion
against the other sections), or moves away from such a
changeover length by more than the 3% margin.

MAINTENANCE

The boom weighs approximately 16,606 kg


(36,610 pounds). Removal of the swingaway boom
extension will simplify boom removal, therefore, the
above weight is for the boom without the
swingaway boom extension attached.

1.

Extend and set the outriggers to level the crane and


ensure the boom is fully retracted and in a horizontal
position over the front of the crane.

2.

If equipped, remove the swingaway boom extension and


aux nose according to the removal procedures in this
section.

DANGER
Wear gloves when handling wire rope.

4-6

Remove the hook block or headache ball and wind all


the wire rope onto the hoist drum.

4.

Position the boom to make sure that the lift cylinder is


resting securely in the lift cylinder support.

DANGER
Ensure blocking and lifting devices are capable of
supporting the boom assembly.
5.

Attach a lifting device to the boom to provide for equal


weight distribution.

6.

Tag and disconnect any electrical wiring from the boom.

7.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the lower


telescope cylinder and plug.

8.

Remove the capscrews, washers and nut fasteners


securing the base cover to the top of the boom base
section near the pivot shaft. Remove the cover.

9.

Secure the hose reel in the turntable to prevent the reel


from rotating before proceeding to the next step. Reach
through the hole in the top of the base section and
disconnect the hose reel lines from the hydraulic
manifold that is mounted on the rear of the center mid.
Cap all lines and openings. Feed the hoses through the
rollers at the rear of the base.

DANGER
Ensure the boom lift cylinder is properly supported before
disconnecting it from the boom.
10. Block the lift cylinder.

Removal
NOTE:

3.

11. Remove the capscrew and washer securing the upper


lift cylinder shaft to the side of the attach fitting on the
boom.
12. Insert the pump lever (found in cab) into the hand pump
located on the left side of the boom. Turn the pump flow
control lever clockwise and pump the lever until the
upper lift cylinder pin is clear of the booms left side lift
cylinder attachment lug. The lift cylinder may need to be
raised or lowered to aid in the release of the lift cylinder
pivot shaft from the attachment lug. This can be done by
using the jack on the lift cylinder support.
13. Once the shaft is clear of the attachment lug, activate the
hydraulic system and retract the lift cylinder enough to
clear the attachment lugs. For removal of the lift cylinder
from the crane refer to the removal procedures outlined
in LIFT CIRCUIT - Removal in this section.
14. Take up the slack on the boom lifting device.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

15. Remove the capscrews and lockwashers from the two


pivot lock weldments that retain the pivot shafts to the
boom and the turntable weldment. Remove the hoses
from the counterweight removal cylinder, and match up
the quick disconnects of the hoses to the disconnects on
the pivot shaft removal cylinder. Activate the cylinder to
pull the pivot shafts inward, to clear the bushings in the
turntable weldment and in the boom.

DANGER
A rollover fixture with webbing is recommended to rotate
boom and sections. Chains are not recommended. If a
rollover fixture is not available, rotate sections using
adequate support with webbing.

DANGER

DANGER

Shut down the crane before proceeding.


16. Raise the boom clear of the crane and lower to ground
and set cribbing to support the boom and prevent
tipping.

A secure fixture that will prevent damage to the boom is


recommended to stabilize and hold the boom from moving
during removal of section or sections.
3.

On the top front of the base section, remove the


capscrews, washers, nuts and three cable pads.

4.

Repeat step 3 on the inner mid, removing three cable


pads.

5.

Repeat step 3 on the center mid, removing two cable


pads.

6.

Repeat step 3 on outer mid, removing two cable pads.

7.

On the top front of the base section, remove clip pins


washers and the cable guide assembly.

8.

Remove the capscrews, washers and the tele lock plate


from the lower telescope cylinder.

Boom Disassembly
NOTE:

Boom assembly illustration shown in (Figure 4-2)

1.

Remove the boom in accordance with the REMOVAL


procedures outlined in this section.

2.

If necessary, on the left side of the boom remove the two


bolts and washers securing the LMI cable angle
brackets to the base, inner mid, center mid, and outer
mid.

NOTE:

The boom weighs approximately 15420 kg (34,000


pounds). The above weight is for the boom without
the swingaway boom extension attached.

DANGER

NOTE:

The combined weight of the boom inner mid, center


mid, outer mid, and fly sections, including the
telescope cylinders, is approximately 11,882 kg
(26,200 pounds).

The boom assembly must be rotated 180 (upside down)


before performing any assembly or disassembly
procedures.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-7

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

NOTE:

40

24

Boom assembly must be rotated 180


before performing assembly or
disassembly procedures.

23
36

26
38

23
38

37

36
38
37

39
39

29

25

40

4
5

25

27

25

29

21

10
17

16

25
30
10

31
30
28

29

20

14
17
18
33 19

13

34 35
8

10
11

15

22

10
12

32
10
6084

FIGURE 4-2

4-8

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Item

BOOM

Description

Item

Description

Base Section

21

Upper Cylinder Support

Inner Mid Section

22

Wear pad Support

Center Mid Section

23

Shims

Outer Mid Section

24

Cable Pads

Fly Section

25

LMI Cable Mounting Angles

Upper Telescope Cylinder

26

Cable Guide Assembly

Lower Telescope Cylinder

27

Upper Boom Nose Sheaves

Extend Sheave Mounting Assembly

28

Lower Boom Nose Sheaves

Upper Cylinder Support Foot

29

Cable Retainer Pins

10

Wear Pads

30

Sheave Shaft/Boom Extension Anchor Lugs

11

Extend Sheave Assembly

31

A2B Plate

12

Extend Sheave Shaft With Grease Fitting

32

Cable Retainer Bar

13

Extend Sheave Shaft Plate

33

Bolt

14

Cable Retainer

34

Sled Weld

15

Cable Guide

35

Plate Cover

16

Extend Cables

36

Upper Keeper Plates

17

Retract Cables

37

Lower/Side Keeper Plates

18

Skid Pad

38

Wear Pad Assembly

19

Lower Cylinder Mount

39

Stop block

20

Lower Cylinder Mount Shaft

40

Guide Block

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-9

BOOM

NOTE:

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Boom assembly must be rotated 180


before performing assembly or
disassembly procedures.

52

43

43

Illustrations shown in upright position for


documentation clarity.

47

45

48
43

43

6692

10
41

16
10

44

53

42

49
10
51
41
42

46

50

41
17
7

Item

Description

41

Bottom Wear Pads

42

Rear Side Wear Pads

43

Top Rear Wear Pads

44

Manifold Block

45

Cam Operated Check Valve

46

Retract Cable Sheave

47

Pusher Rod

48

Upper Cylinder Mounting Plate

49

Lower Cylinder Mounting Plate

50

Retract Cable Sheave Mounting Plate

51

Retract Cable Sheave Shaft

52

Upper Cylinder Rod Mounting Plate

53

Lower Cylinder Rod Mounting Plate

FIGURE 4-2 continued

4-10

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

54

55

BOOM

56

61

60

62

57

58
66

59

64

63

64

65

65

6084-2

Rear View of Boom

Item

Description

Item

Description

54

Upper Telescope Cylinder

60

Cam Operated Valve

55

Wear Pad

61

Threaded Rod

56

Pusher

62

Tapered Bar

57

Cam Operated Valve

63

Wear Pad

58

Manifold Block Adapters

64

Grease Fitting

59

Lower Telescope Cylinder

65

Wear Pad

66

Adapters
FIGURE 4-2 continued

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-11

BOOM
9.

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Slide the assembly out of the base part way.

10. Remove the two capscrews and washers securing each


top wear pad keeper plate to the base section. Remove
the keeper plates.
11. Remove the ten capscrews and washers securing the
bottom and side wear pad keeper plates to the base
section. Remove the keeper plates.
12. Remove the two capscrews and washers securing each
front top wear pad to the base section. Remove the wear
pads and shims, noting quantity, size, and location of
shims.
13. Lift up on the front of the base and remove the bottom
and side wear pads and shims from the base section,
noting quantity, size, and location of shims.
14. Continue to pull the assembly from the base section
removing the top rear wear pads from the inner mid
section as they clear the base section.
15. Remove the two flat headed screws securing the rear
side wear pads to the inner mid section. Remove the
wear pads and shims, noting quantity and size of shims.
16. Remove the two capscrews, washers, spacer, and lower
wear pad from the inner mid, noting the quantity and size
of shims.
17. Remove the cotter pins, shaft, and roller from the rear of
the inner mid.
18. Remove the four capscrews and hardened washers
securing each trunnion mounting plate and block from
the lower cylinder barrel.

24. Remove the nine capscrews and washers securing the


bottom and side wear pad keeper plates to the inner
mid. Remove the keeper plates.
25. Remove the four capscrews and washers securing each
front top wear pad to the inner mid. Remove the wear
pads and shims, noting quantity, size, and location of
shims.
26. Lift up on the front of the inner mid and remove the
bottom and side wear pads and shims from the inner
mid, noting quantity, size, and location of shims.
27. Continue to pull the assembly from the inner mid,
removing the top rear wear pads from the center mid as
they clear the inner mid.
28. Remove the two flat head screws securing the rear side
wear pads to the center mid section. Remove the wear
pads and shims, noting quantity and size of shims.
29. Remove the two capscrews and washers securing each
of the bottom wear pads to the center mid and remove
the wear pads noting quantity and size of shims.
30. If necessary, remove both grease fittings, connectors,
and grease lines from the rear of the inner mid.
31. Remove the mounting plates from the lugs on the lower
cylinder barrel.
32. Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses and tubes from
the telescope cylinders, the two cam valves and the
hydraulic manifold. Cap and plug all openings.
33. Remove the bolts and nuts securing each cam valve to
its mounting plate and remove the valves.

19. Reach in through the rear of the inner mid to the bottom
rear pad mounted on the center mid section. Remove
the two capscrews and washers for that pad. Remove
pad and shims, noting the number of shims.

34. Remove the four capscrews and washers securing the


hydraulic manifold to the mounting plate and remove the
hydraulic manifold and the shims, noting the quantity of
the shims.

20. Remove the bolts, washers, pusher block, and shims


from the front left side grease access hole, noting the
quantity of the shims.

35. On the right side of the center mid, remove the valve
pusher rod from the tube.

NOTE:

Together the boom center mid, outer mid and fly


sections, and telescope cylinders weigh
approximately 9388 kg (20,700 pounds).

21. Slide the assembly out of the inner mid part way.
22. If necessary, remove the four capscrews, washers and
hex nuts securing the stop block to the lower front of the
inner mid. Remove the guide block and note the position
it was in.
23. Remove the two capscrews and washers securing each
top wear pad keeper plate to the inner mid. Remove the
keeper plates.

36. On the left side of the center mid, remove spring and the
valve pusher weld from the tube. Disassemble as
necessary.
37. Place blocking under the lower second stage cylinder
barrel.
38. Remove the four capscrews and washers securing each
lower cylinder barrel mounting plate and block to the
center mid.
39. Remove four capscrews, washers, and the tele lock
plate from the upper telescope cylinder.
NOTE:

Together the boom, outer mid, fly section, and


telescope cylinders weigh approximately 6991 kg
(15,415 pounds).

40. Slide the assembly out of the center mid part way.

4-12

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

41. If necessary, remove the four capscrews, washers and


nuts securing the guide block to the lower front of the
center mid. Remove the guide block and note the
position it was in.

57. Remove the four capscrews and washers securing each


front top wear pad to the outer mid. Remove the wear
pads and shims, noting quantity, size, and location of
shims.

42. Remove the two capscrews and washers securing each


top wear pad keeper plate to the center mid. Remove
the keeper plates.

58. Remove the four capscrews and hardened washers


securing the stop block to the bracket on the bottom
front of the outer mid section.

43. Remove the nine capscrews and washers securing the


bottom and side wear pad keeper plates to the center
mid. Remove the keeper plates.

59. Lift up on the front of the outer mid section and remove
the bottom and side wear pads and shims from the outer
mid, noting quantity, size, and location of shims.

44. Remove the four capscrews and washers securing each


front top wear pad to the center mid. Remove the wear
pads and shims, noting quantity, size, and location of
shims.

60. Continue to pull the assembly from the outer mid,


removing the top rear wear pads from the fly section as
they clear the outer mid.

45. Lift up on the front of the center mid section and remove
the bottom and side wear pads and shims from the
center mid, noting quantity, size, and location of shims.
46. Continue to pull the assembly from the center mid,
removing the top rear wear pads from the outer mid
section as they clear the center mid.
47. Remove the two flat head screws securing the rear side
wear pads to the outer section. Remove the wear pads
and shims, noting quantity and size of shims.
48. Remove the two capscrews and hardened washers
securing the bottom wear pad to the outer mid and
remove the wear pad.
49. If necessary, remove both grease fittings, connectors,
and grease lines from the rear of the outer mid.

61. Remove the two flat head screws securing the three rear
wear pads to the fly section. Remove the wear pads and
shims, noting quantity and size of shims.
62. If necessary, remove both grease fittings connectors,
and grease lines from the rear of the fly section.

DANGER
Ensure the telescope cylinders are securely blocked and
some means used to hold them together to prevent any
accidental movement. Severe injury can occur if the
cylinders drop.
NOTE:

The telescope cylinder assembly


approximately 2041 kg (4500 pounds).

weighs

50. Remove the retract cable sheave mounts from the rear
of the outer mid section, remove retract sheaves.

63. Slide the telescope cylinder assembly part way out


(approximately ten feet) of the rear of the fly. Support the
end of the telescope cylinders with adequate blocking.

51. Remove the mounting plates from the second stage of


the lower cylinder barrel mounting lugs.

NOTE:

52. Place blocking under the upper telescope cylinder


barrel.

64. Slide the lower two stage cylinder farther out of the fly
until the end of the cylinder is out of the fly.

53. Remove the four capscrews and hardened washers


securing each trunnion mounting plate from the upper
cylinder barrel mounting plate to the outer mid.

65. Remove the four capscrews and washers holding the


top plate cover to the cylinder mount. Remove the two
flat head screws securing each wear pad if necessary.

NOTE:

66. Remove the two nuts and swivel nuts that attach the sled
weld to the two adjusting bolts at the end of the lower
cylinder.

Together the boom, fly section, and telescope


cylinders weigh approximately 5087 kg (11,217
pounds).

54. Slide the assembly out of the outer mid part way.
55. Remove the two capscrews and washers securing each
top wear pad keeper plate to the outer mid. Remove the
keeper plates.
56. Remove the eight capscrews and washers securing the
bottom and side wear pad keeper plates to the outer
mid. Remove the keeper plates.

GROVE

The telescope cylinder assembly


approximately 1043 kg (2300 pounds).

weighs

67. Slide the sled weld off the two adjusting bolts and
remove the adjusting bolts from the shaft on the lower
cylinder.
68. Rotate the dead ends of the two retract cables so the
ends can clear the cylinder mount, remove the retract
cables from the cylinder mount.
69. Remove the lower cylinder assembly and place on
adequate support.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-13

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

70. If necessary, remove one cotter pin from the shaft that
holds the cylinder mount to the lower cylinder.
NOTE:

The telescope cylinder assembly


approximately 998 kg (2200 pounds).

weighs

71. Remove the shaft and cylinder mount from the lower
cylinder. If necessary, remove the flat head screws
securing each pad to the cylinder mount.
72. Remove the two capscrews and hardened washers
securing the extend cable keeper plate to the rear of the
fly. Remove the keeper plate and remove the extend
cable ends from the slots in the fly.
73. Continue to slide the upper cylinder out of the fly making
sure that the cables are moving with the cylinder. Slide
the telescope cylinder outward until the foot weld at the
end of the upper telescope cylinder is approximately two
feet from the rear of the fly.
74. Remove the two capscrews and washers from each side
of the foot weld and remove both wear pad supports. If
necessary, remove two flat head screws and pad from
each support.
75. Continue to slide the telescope cylinder assembly out of
the fly section. Raising the rear of the fly section and
lowering the rod end of the cylinder will aid in removal.

84. Remove the two capscrews and washers that retain the
plate cover to the sled weld. Remove the plate cover and
remove the five extension cables.
85. If removal of the boom nose sheaves are required, refer
to BOOM NOSE SHEAVES - Removal in this section.
86. Refer to BOOM EXTENSION AND RETRACTION
CABLE MAINTENANCE in this section for cable
inspection.

Boom Nose Sheaves


Removal
1.

Remove the clip pins from the cable retainer pins and
remove the cable retainer pins from the upper and lower
part of the boom nose.

2.

Flatten out the tab on the lockwasher.

3.

Backoff locknut until there is no pressure on the


lockwasher.

4.

Remove the bolt, washer, and nut securing the upper


boom nose sheave shaft. Remove the collar.

NOTE:

The
boom
nose
sheave
shafts
weigh
approximately 73 kg (161 pounds) each. The boom
nose sheaves weigh approximately 13 kg (28
pounds) apiece.

76. On the front of the fly section, remove the two nuts and
hardened washers from the end of each retract cable
and remove the retract cables from the fly section.

5.

77. Remove the four capscrews and hardened washers


securing the guide block to the bracket on the rear of the
boom nose.

Carefully pull the upper boom nose sheave shaft from


the boom nose, removing the spacers, shims, and boom
nose sheaves.

6.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 and remove the lower boom nose


sheave shaft.

7.

Remove the shim, keyed washer and locknut from both


sheave shafts.

78. Remove the two capscrews and washers on both sides


of the sheave mount on the end of the upper cylinder
that holds the cable guide and shaft plates. Remove the
cable guide and shaft plates.
79. Remove the two capscrews and washers securing the
extend cable retainer plate to the front of the sheave
mount. Remove the retainer plate.
80. Remove the five extend cables from the sheave
assembly.

Installation

CAUTION
Do not install the boom nose sheaves over the threaded
end of the boom nose sheave shaft.

81. Remove the grease fitting from the shaft. Remove the
sheave shaft and the sheave assembly from the
mounting assembly.

NOTE:

82. Remove the four capscrews and hardened washers


securing the sheave mounting assembly and the
support foot to the front of the telescope cylinder.
Remove the two capscrews and washers holding the
cylinder support foot to the sheave mount. Remove the
sheave mounting assembly and the support foot.

1.

NOTE:

83. If necessary, remove the two screws securing each wear


pad to the support foot and remove the wear pads.

The lockwasher can be used more than once but


must be replaced if not in good condition.

NOTE:

Install the lockwasher onto the sheave shaft with


the tabs facing out.

4-14

The
boom
nose
sheave
shafts
weigh
approximately 73 kg (161 pounds) each. The boom
nose sheaves weigh approximately 13 kg (28
pounds) apiece.

Install the spacers and sheaves onto the sheave shaft


while installing the sheave shafts into the boom nose.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


2.

Install the locknut, washer, keyed washer, and shims (if


necessary) onto the boom nose sheave shaft with the
chamfer side out. Install the collar onto the opposite end
of the sheave shafts and secure in place with the bolt,
washer, and nut.

NOTE:
3.

4.

BOOM
1.

Install wear pads on the bottom of the upper telescope


cylinder support foot using two screws each.

2.

Install the support foot and the sheave mounting


assembly on the front of the upper telescope cylinder
assembly, with four capscrews and washers. Attach the
support foot and the sheave mounting assembly
together using two capscrews and washers.

If more than one shim is required, install an equal


amount on each side of the boom nose.

Tighten the locknut until the play in the entire assembly


is within 1 to 2 mm (0.03 to 0.06 in) total. Install shims as
necessary to achieve the correct dimension. Bend the
lockwasher tabs to secure the locknut in place.

NOTE:
3.

Install the cable retainer pins into the upper and lower
part of the boom nose and secure in place with the hitch
pins.

4.

Route the end of the five extension cables up and


around the upper telescope cylinder sheaves about one
foot on to cylinder. To aid in assembly, secure the cables
to the end of the cylinder by wrapping tape around the
cylinder.

5.

Position the cable retainer plate on the front of the


sheave mounting assembly and secure with two
capscrews and washers.

6.

If removed, install the two wear pads on the top of the


cable guide by using two flathead screws.

7.

Install the other ends of the extension cables into the


sled weld, making sure the extension cables are not
crossed and twisted.

DANGER

DANGER
Install cables in their natural untwisted condition. Do not
twist cable. Twisting of cable will result in damage or
failure of cable.

Using the sheave shaft, install the sheave assembly in


the sheave mounting assembly, making sure the grease
fitting hole is toward the left of the assembly.
Secure the shaft and the cable guide with a plate and
two capscrews and washers on each side of the sheave
mounting assembly. Install grease fitting in the shaft and
apply grease.

Boom Assembly

When adjusting cables, hold the cable end and turn the
nut. Do not turn cable. Turning cable while adjusting will
result in damage or failure of cable.

The sheave shaft should be installed with grease


fitting hole to the left side.

NOTE:

Apply Loctite 242 to the threads of all attaching


hardware except cable ends and cable lock nuts.

8.

Install the plate cover on the sled weld and secure with
two capscrews and washers.

NOTE:

Apply multipurpose grease (MPG) to all wear


surfaces.

9.

At the rear of the fly section, install the upper wear pad
grease line, connector and grease fitting on each side.

NOTE:

Use standard Grade 5 and/or 8 torque values


specified in Section 1- INTRODUCTION in this
Manual unless otherwise specified.

NOTE:

DANGER
The boom assembly must be rotated 180 (upside down)
before performing any assembly or disassembly
procedures.

The grease lines are designed to be used only on


one side or the other (i.e. RH or LH).

10. Install the three lower rear wear pads and shims on the
fly section with two flat head screws.
11. Route the two retract cables (threaded ends) through
the fly section to the front. Insert the threaded ends
through the holes on the front of the fly section and
install a hardened washer and two nuts on each cable
end.
12. Using an adequate lifting device, position the upper
telescope cylinder into the rear of the fly section.

DANGER
A secure fixture that will prevent damage to the boom is
recommended to stabilize and hold the boom from moving
during insertion of section or sections.

GROVE

13. Slide telescope cylinder assembly into the rear of the fly
section until foot support clears the gussets at the rear of
the fly section. Raising the rear of the fly and lowering
the rod end of the cylinders will aid in sliding these
together.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-15

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

14. Place the extend cable lug ends in the slots at the top of
the fly section and secure them with the keeper plate
and two capscrews and hardened washers.

29. At the rear of the outer mid section, install the upper
wear pad grease line, connector and grease fitting on
each side.

15. Install a wear pad on the two upper telescope cylinder


wear pad holders using two flat head screws.

NOTE:

16. Position the wear pad holders on each side of the upper
telescope cylinder support foot and secure each with
two capscrews and washers.

30. Install the bottom rear wear pad on the outer mid section
with two capscrews and hardened washers.

17. Slide the upper telescope cylinder assembly part way in


(approximately ten feet). Place blocking under the rear
of the telescope cylinder to aid in assembly.
18. Using the cylinder mount shaft attach the lower cylinder
mount to the end of the lower cylinder. Attach cotter pins
to secure shaft.
19. Install the wear pad and skid pad with flathead screws to
the lower cylinder mount.

31. Position the front end of the outer mid at the rear of the
fly/telescope cylinder assembly.
32. Place the mounting plates on the upper telescope
cylinder barrel mounting lugs.
33. Slide the fly/telescope cylinder assembly into the outer
mid section installing top rear wear pads in pockets of fly
section (cutout should align with grease line). Stop and
check rear wear pad clearance and shim if needed.
NOTE:

20. Lift lower telescope cylinder assembly and place on


upper telescope cylinder.
21. Install the wear pads with flathead screws to the top
plate cover.
22. Install the top plate cover assembly with four capscrews
and washers to the lower cylinder mount, to attach the
upper and lower cylinders together.
23. Install both ends of the retract cables to the appropriate
holes in the lower cylinder mount, making sure that the
cables are not crossed or twisted.
24. Install the adjusting bolts through the holes in the lower
mount shaft.
25. Install the sled assembly onto the adjusting bolts and
install both swivel nuts, making sure that the extension
cables are not crossed and twisted.

DANGER
Ensure the telescope cylinders are securely blocked and
some means used to hold them together to prevent any
accidental movement. Severe injury can occur if the
cylinders drop.
26. Secure each retract cable to the side of the upper
cylinder assembly near the trunnion with tape or tywraps.
27. Slide the telescope cylinders into the fly section until the
trunnion on the upper cylinder is three feet from the back
of the fly.
28. Block up the telescope cylinders at the rear of the fly
section to aid in installing the fly section assembly into
the outer mid.

4-16

The grease lines are designed to be used only on


one side or the other (i.e. RH or LH).

Use shims as they are necessary to adjust wear


pads within 2 mm (0.078 in) of the outer mid
section side plate. Use equal number of shims on
side pads.

34. Continue to slide together being careful not to damage


cables.
35. Install bottom and side front wear pads in outer mid. Lift
up on the front of the fly section assembly and check
clearance between the pads and the pad box weldment
on the outer mid section. Install shims as necessary so
there is no more than 1 mm (0.03 in) clearance between
the wear pads and the fly section.
36. Install outer mid front top wear pads and shims as noted
during disassembly. Secure with four capscrews and
hardened washers each.
NOTE:

Use shims as necessary to adjust wear pad so that


the wear pad is just touching or is within 2 mm
(0.078 in) of the fly section side plate at both the top
and side surfaces of the top radius.

37. Install bottom and side wear pad keeper plate on each
side of the outer mid and secure with eight capscrews
and washers each.
38. Install top wear pad keeper plate on each side of the
outer mid and secure with two capscrews and washers
each.
39. Continue to completely slide together.
40. Lift up on end of the upper cylinder to align barrel
mounting plate holes with holes in outer mid. Secure
each with four capscrews and hardened washers.
41. Remove any blocking under the upper cylinder.
42. Detach the retract cables from the upper telescope
cylinder, place the cables around each retract sheave,
place the sheave onto the shaft weld and use four bolts

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

and washers to secure each shaft weld assembly into


the rear of the outer mid, making sure that the retract
cables are not crossed and twisted.

53. Install top wear pad keeper plate on each side of the
center mid and secure with two capscrews and washers
each.

43. Position the guide blocks on the boom nose to the


correct clearance (0 mm to 2 mm, 0.00 in. to 0.06 in.)
with respect to the guide bars on the outer mid. Secure
with four capscrews and washers for each.

54. Continue to slide together aligning the upper cylinder rod


end with bushing in center mid trunnion. Slide
completely together.

44. Place the mounting plates and blocks on the second


stage lower cylinder barrel mounting lugs.

Use shims as necessary to adjust guide block so


that the guide block is within 3 to 5 mm (0.118 to
0.197 in) of the top of the outer mid section.

45. At the rear of the outer mid install the fittings and hoses
to both retract sheaves, grease sheaves.

55. Secure the telescope lock plate to the upper cylinder rod
end with four capscrews and hardened washers.

46. At the rear of the center mid section, install the upper
wear pad grease line, connector and grease fitting on
each side.

56. Install bolt, nut, and hardened washer in right side valve
tapped pusher rod. Install the rod assembly through hole
on right side of center mid.

NOTE:

The grease lines are designed to be used only on


one side or the other (i.e. RH or LH).

57. Install left side valve pusher weld assembly in tube on


left side of center mid, attach return spring.

47. Install the two side lower side wear pads and shims on
the rear of the center mid with two capscrews and
washers. The bottom rear pad and shims will be installed
after the center mid assembly is inserted into the inner
mid.

58. Lift up on end of the lower cylinder to align barrel


mounting plate holes with holes in inner mid. Secure
each with four capscrews and hardened washers.

48. Position the front end of the center mid at the rear of the
outer mid/fly/telescope cylinder assembly.
49. Slide the outer mid/fly/telescope cylinder assembly into
the center mid section installing top rear wear pads in
pockets of outer mid section (cutout should align with
grease line). Stop and install rear side wear pads and
shims on outer mid section with two flat head screws
each.
NOTE:

Use shims as they are necessary to adjust wear


pads within 2 mm (0.078 in) of the center mid
section side plate. Use equal number of shims on
each side.

50. Install bottom and side front wear pads in center mid. Lift
up in the front of the outer mid section assembly, check
clearance between the pads and the pad box weldment
on the center mid section. Install shims as necessary so
there is no more than 1 mm (0.03 in) clearance between
the wear pads and the outer mid section.
51. Install center mid front top wear pads and shims as
noted during disassembly. Secure with four capscrews
and washers each.
NOTE:

Use shims as necessary to adjust wear pad so that


the wear pad is just touching or is within 2 mm
(0.078 in) of the outer mid section side plate at both
the top and side surfaces of the top radius.

52. Install bottom and side wear pad keeper plate on each
side of the inner mid and secure with nine capscrews
and washers each.

GROVE

NOTE:

59. Remove any blocking under cylinder.


60. Access through the rear of the inner mid to install the
bottom wear pad and shims onto the rear of the center
mid with two capscrews.
NOTE:

Use shims as necessary to adjust wear pad so that


the wear pad is just touching or is within 2 mm
(0.078 in) of the outer mid section side plate at both
the top and side surfaces of the top radius.

61. Install the cam valves on the mounting plates on each


side of the inner mid using three bolts, hardened
washers, and nuts (early models only) each.
62. Install hydraulic manifold and shims on the mount plate
at the rear of the center mid with four capscrews and
washers.
63. If removed, install hydraulic fittings in the ports of the
valves, hydraulic manifold, and the cylinders as tagged
during disassembly.
64. Connect the hydraulic hoses and tubing to the valves,
hydraulic manifold, and cylinders as tagged during
disassembly.
65. Place the mounting plates and blocks on the lower
cylinder barrel mounting lugs.
66. Position the guide blocks on the front of the outer mid to
the correct clearance (0 mm to 2 mm, 0.00 in. to 0.06 in.)
with respect to the guide bars on the center mid. Secure
with four capscrews, washers and nuts for each.
67. At the rear of the inner mid section, install the upper
wear pad grease line, connector, and fitting on each
side.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-17

BOOM
NOTE:

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


The grease lines are designed to be used only on
one side or the other (i.e. RH or LH).

68. Install the bottom rear wear pad on the inner mid section
with two capscrews and hardened washers.
69. Position the front end of the inner mid at the rear of the
center mid/outer mid/fly/telescope cylinder assembly.
70. Slide the center mid/outer mid/fly/telescope cylinder
assembly into the inner mid section installing top rear
wear pads in pockets of the center mid section (cutout
should align with grease line). Stop and install rear side
wear pads and shims on center mid section with two flat
head screws each.
NOTE:

Use shims as necessary to adjust wear pad so it is


within 2 mm (0.078 in) of the inner mid section side
plate. Use equal number of shims on each side.

71. Continue to slide together.


72. Install bottom and side front wear pads in the inner mid.
Lift up in the front of the center mid section assembly,
check clearance between the pads and the pad box
weldment on the inner mid section. Install shims as
necessary so there is no more than 1 mm (0.03 in)
clearance between the wear pads and the center mid
section.
73. Install inner mid front top wear pads and shims as noted
during disassembly. Secure with four capscrews and
washers each.
NOTE:

Use shims as necessary to adjust wear pad so that


the wear pad is just touching or is within 2 mm
(0.078 in) of the outer mid section side plate at both
the top and side surfaces of the top radius.

74. Install bottom and side wear pad keeper plate on each
side of the inner mid and secure with nine capscrews
and washers each.
75. Install top wear pad keeper plate on each side of the
inner mid and secure with two capscrews and washers
each.
76. Continue to completely slide together.
77. Lift up on end of the lower cylinder to align barrel
mounting plate holes with holes in inner mid. Secure
each with four capscrews and hardened washers.
78. Remove any blocking under cylinder.
79. Install the pusher block at the front left grease access
hole on the inner mid. Replace the shims and secure
with two bolts and washers.
80. Position the guide blocks on the front of the center mid to
the correct clearance (0 mm to 2 mm, 0.00 in. to 0.06 in.)
with respect to the guide bars on the inner mid. Secure
with four capscrews and washers for each.

4-18

81. Position the front end of the base at the rear of the inner
mid/center
mid/outer
mid/fly/telescope
cylinder
assembly.
82. Slide the inner mid/center mid/outer mid/fly/telescope
cylinder assembly into the base section installing top
rear wear pads in pockets of inner mid section (cutout
should align with grease line). Stop and install rear side
wear pads and shims on inner mid section with two flat
head screws each.
NOTE:

Use shims as necessary to adjust wear pad so it is


within 2 mm (0.078 in) of the base section side
plate. Use equal number of shims on each side.

83. If removed, install the roller shaft and cotter pins at the
rear of the inner mid.
84. Continue to slide together.
85. Install bottom and side front wear pads in base. Lift up in
the front of the inner mid section assembly, check
clearance between the pads and the pad box weldment
on the base section. Install shims as necessary so there
is no more than 1 mm (0.03 in) clearance between the
wear pads and the inner mid section.
86. Install base section front top wear pads and shims as
noted during disassembly. Secure with four capscrews
and washers each.
NOTE:

Use shims as necessary to adjust wear pad so that


the wear pad is just touching or is within 2mm
(0.078 in) of the inner mid section side plate at both
the top and side surfaces of the top radius.

87. Install bottom and side wear pad keeper plate on each
side of the base section and secure with ten capscrews
and washers each.
88. Install top wear pad keeper plate on each side of the
base section and secure with two capscrews and
washers each.
89. Continue to completely slide together.
90. Continue to slide together aligning the lower cylinder rod
end with bushing in base trunnion block. Slide
completely together.
91. Install hydraulic fittings if removed from lower telescope
cylinder rod.
92. Secure the telescope lock plate to the lower cylinder rod
end with four capscrews and hardened washers.
93. If removed, install the five rollers, spindle roller, and
cotter pins to the rear of the base section.
94. Position the guide blocks on the front of the inner mid to
the correct clearance (0 mm to 2 mm, 0.00 in. to 0.06 in.)
with respect to the guide bars on the base. Secure with
four capscrews and washers for each.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

95. On the top front of the base section, install bolts,


washers, and three cable pads.

3.

Lubricate the pivot shafts and related pivot bushings in


the boom assembly and the turntable weldment.

96. Repeat step 95 on the inner mid, installing three cable


pads.
97. Repeat step 95 on the center mid, installing two cable
pads.
98. Repeat step 95 on outer mid, installing two cable pads.

DANGER
Block the boom before doing any work under the boom.
4.

Block the boom in place.

5.

The boom may need to be raised or lowered to aid in the


installation of the pivot shafts. Remove the hoses from
the counterweight removal cylinder, match up the quick
disconnects of the hoses to the disconnects on the pivot
shaft removal cylinder.

6.

Activate the cylinder to install the pivot shafts. Ensure


the pivot shafts seat fully in the pivot bushings in the
boom assembly and the turntable weldment; the pivot
shafts are stepped because the bushings are of different
diameters.

7.

Remove the hoses from the pivot shaft cylinder. Match


up the quick disconnects of the hoses to the disconnects
on the counterweight removal cylinder.

8.

Install the two pivot lock weldments to secure the pivot


shafts to the turntable weldment. Fasten them to the
pivot shafts with capscrews and washers.

DANGER
The boom assembly must be rotated 180 right side up to
install on crane.

DANGER
A rollover fixture with webbing is recommended to rotate
boom and sections. Chains are not recommended. If a
rollover fixture is not available, rotate sections using
adequate support with webbing.
NOTE:

The boom weighs approximately 15420 kg (34,000


pounds). The above weight is for the boom without
the swingaway boom extension attached.

99. Lower the boom to ground level and secure with cribbing
to prevent tipping.
100.On the top front of the base section, install clip pins,
washers, and the cable guide assembly.
101.On the left side only, install a LMI cable angle bracket on
the base, inner mid, and outer mid using two capscrews
and washers each.
102.Install the boom in accordance with the INSTALLATION
procedures outlined in this section.

Installation
NOTE:

The following procedure applies to a boom totally


removed from the crane.

DANGER
Ensure blocking and lifting devices are capable of
supporting the boom assembly.
1.

Attach an adequate lifting device to the boom and


suspend the boom over the machine.

2.

Lower the boom into position and align the boom pivot
shaft mounting holes for installation of the pivot shaft to
the superstructure assembly.

GROVE

DANGER
Failure to properly support the boom lift cylinder may
result in death or injury to personnel.

DANGER
If the hydraulic system must be activated to extend or
retract the lift cylinder, ensure the rod end is properly
aligned with the lift cylinder attach fitting.
9.

Lubricate the upper lift cylinder pin and related bushings


in the lift cylinder rod end and the booms lift cylinder
attach lugs.

10. Using the lifting device attached to the boom, lower the
boom onto the lift cylinder rod end. Activate the cranes
hydraulic system and align the lift cylinder rod end with
the booms lift cylinder attachment lug holes as needed.
11. Using the hand pump located on the left side of the
boom, insert the pump lever (found in cab) into the hand
pump.
Turn
the
pump
flow
control
lever
counterclockwise and pump the pump lever until the
upper lift cylinder pin pins the rod end of the lift cylinder
to the booms lift cylinder attachment lugs, and the upper
lift cylinder pins flange portion fits completely against

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-19

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

the left side of the booms left lift cylinder attachment lug.
The lift cylinder may need to be raised or lowered to aid
in the installation of the upper lift cylinder pin. This can
be done by using the jack on the lift cylinder support.
Shut down the engine.
12. Apply Grove-approved threadlocking compound to the
upper lift cylinder pins related capscrew. Secure the
upper pivot shaft to the boom with the capscrew and
washer.

check security of boom wear pads. Check boom nose


sheaves for security and freedom of movement.
Should boom chatter or rubbing noises in the boom occur, it
will be necessary to lubricate the telescope cylinder wear
pads. Refer to Section 9 - LUBRICATION.

Boom Alignment And Servicing


Refer to Section 9 - LUBRICATION for the proper lubricant.
Boom alignment is done as the boom sections are being
assembled into one another. A check and fine adjustment is
as follows.

13. Lower the jack on the lift cylinder support.


14. Remove the boom lifting device.
15. Activate the hydraulic system and remove the boom and
lift cylinder blocking devices. Lower the boom to
horizontal. Shut down the crane.
16. Connect the hydraulic lines to the lower telescope
cylinder as tagged prior to removal.
17. Feed the hoses through the rollers at the rear of the
base. Reach through the hole in the top of the base
section and attach the hose reel lines to the hydraulic
manifold as tagged prior to removal. Release the hose
reel in the turntable.
18. Install the base cover on top of the boom base section,
secure with four bolts and washers.
19. Connect any electrical wires as tagged prior to removal.

1.

Fully extend the boom horizontally.

2.

Lubricate the boom bottom channels and top corners.

3.

Shim the front top wear pads such that wear pad is just
touching or is no more than 2 mm (0.078 in) from
contacting the next section both at the top and side
surfaces of the top radius.

CAUTION
When extending and retrac ti ng the boom during
alignment, movement should be stopped if a restriction is
encountered, and wear pads adjusted as necessary to
provide free travel of the affected boom section(s).
4.

Retract and extend the boom; check for the high point
where the boom has brushed the wear pads at the
widest point.

5.

Retract the boom sections to align the high point on the


boom section with the adjacent wear pads.

6.

Add or subtract shims as necessary.

7.

Attach a weight and extend the boom full length. Check


for side deflection.

CAUTION
If removed, ensure the large access covers on each side
of the boom base section are installed before extending
the boom.
20. Refer to BOOM EXTENSION AND RETRACTION
CABLE ADJUSTMENT in this section for cable
adjustments.
21. Refer to CAM OPERATED CHECK VALVE
ADJUSTMENT in this section for valve adjustment.

Functional Check

Cam Operated Check Valve Adjustment

1.

Activate the hydraulic system and check for proper


operation and any leaks.

2.

Ensure the boom will extend and retract properly.

3.

Ensure the lift cylinder will not allow the boom to drift
down until the operator lowers it.

4.

Ensure all electrical components disconnected during


removal are operating properly.

Inspection
Visually inspect telescoping sections for adequate lubrication
of all wear surfaces. Observe extended sections for
evidence of cracks, warping, or other damage. Periodically

4-20

Example: If the boom deflects to the left, the top left wear
pad would have shims added and the top right wear pad
would have shims removed.

There are two cam operated valves mounted on the back of


the center mid section. When the boom is fully retracted or
the center mid is fully extended and the outer mid is fully
retracted, the valve on the right side of the boom is held open
to supply flow to the second stage of the lower cylinder.
When the center mid is fully extended, the valve on the left
side of the boom opens to supply flow to the upper telescope
cylinder. For a short period of time, both valves are open
because the booms second stage lower cylinder is fully
extended before the upper cylinder starts to extend. As the
outer mid starts to extend, the valve on the right side closes
to shut off the flow to the second stage of the lower cylinder.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

1.

Ensure the extend and retract cables are adjusted.

2.

Extend the inner mid section out of the base section until
the front grease access holes on the inner mid section
are accessible. The inner mid section can be extended
completely if needed. Extend the center mid section
completely making sure that the outer mid section is
against the stop blocks on the center mid section.

3.

Access the check valves through the front grease


access holes on each side of the inner mid section.

4.

Left side valve: on the left side of the inner mid section,
adjust the bolt to move the pusher weld causing the
pusher to just contact the valve stem. Continue to adjust
the bolt until the pusher depresses the valve stem
approximately 10 mm (0.39in). Tighten the nut.

5.

Right side valve: through the access hole in the inner


mid section on the right rear of the center mid, loosen
the lock nut and adjust the bolt until it just contacts the
valve stem. Continue to adjust the bolt until it depresses
the valve stem approximately 10 mm (0.39 in). Tighten
the lock nut.

Guide Block Adjustment

Inspection

DANGER
Never handle wire rope with bare hands.
The following information is tak en from a National
Consensus standard as referenced by Federal Government
Agencies.
All wire rope will eventually deteriorate to a point where it is
no longer usable. Wire rope shall betaken out of service
when any of the following conditions exist.
1.

In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires


in one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay.

2.

Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside


individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any
other damage resulting in distortion of the rope
structure.

3.

Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.

4.

Reductions from nominal diameter of more than:

1.

Align and service the boom. Refer to


ALIGNMENT AND SERVICING in this section.

BOOM

0.4 mm (0.016 in) for diameters up to and including


8 mm (0.3125-in).

2.

Rotate the guide block at the top and bottom of the inner
mid/center mid section, and outer mid section so that the
guide block is within 0 to 2 mm (0 to 0.078 in) of the
welded block on the top of the next section.

0.79 mm (0.031 in) for diameters 10 and 13 mm


(0.375 and 0.5-in) inclusive.

1.19 mm (0.047 in) for diameters 14 to 19 mm


(0.5625 to 0.75-in) inclusive.

Repeat the same for the fly section guide blocks at the
top and left side of the back of the boom nose.

1.59 mm (0.063 in) for diameters 22 to 29 mm


(0.875 to 1.125 in) inclusive.

2.38 mm (0.094 in) for diameters 32 to 38 mm (1.25


to 1.5 in) inclusive.

3.

NOTE:

4.

The guide block hole pattern is so designed that


the guide block has four mounting positions which
provide 3.175 m (0.125 in) incremental settings.

After obtaining proper clearance, tighten the four bolts.

BOOM EXTENSION AND RETRACTION


CABLE
Maintenance
NOTE:

For more detailed information concerning


maintenance of the extension and retraction
cables, refer to WIRE ROPE in Section 1 INTRODUCTION.

GROVE

5.

In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay


in sections beyond end connections or more than one
broken wire at an end connection.

Adjustment
At near fully extended boom length, during sudden extension
after retracting the boom some distance, and with high
telescoping speeds, the extension cables may slap the
inside of the boom section. This will make a somewhat
audible noise, however this will not cause any damage and is
acceptable. If the cables do not make a slapping noise under
these conditions, it is an indication that the extension cables
may be too tight and should be readjusted. Be aware that
there may also be a similar noise made by the telescope
cylinder rod mount at the rear of the base section and center
mid section and confusion between the two could be
experienced.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-21

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

CAUTION
When adjusting cables, hold the cable end and turn the
nut. Do not turn cable. Turning cable while adjusting will
result in damage or failure of cable.
NOTE:

The extension cables must be adjusted properly


before the retract cables can be adjusted.

1.

Extend and set the outriggers, ensuring the crane is


level.

2.

Ensure the boom is over the front and at a horizontal


position (boom angle elevation 0 degrees or lower).

3.

With the inner mid section completely retracted extend


the center mid section until the large access hole at the
front of the center mid is lined up with the large access
hole in the outer mid section.

4.

5.

4-22

With the front of the boom in the above position extend


the boom approximately 25 mm (1 in) to relieve the
tension in the retract cables. Access the retract cables
from the front of the boom nose and view the slack of the
retract cables through the hole in the back of the boom
nose. Using the nuts on the retract cables, remove slack
evenly, until both retract cables are at least 25 mm (1 in)
above the lower leg of the cable retainer bars on the
cylinder foot support on the upper telescope cylinder.
Retract the boom approximately 25 mm (1 in) to relieve
tension on the extension cables. Shut down the crane.
Access the extension cable adjusting bolts through the
access hole in front of the center mid section. Evenly
tighten the swivel nuts on the adjusting bolts, until the
extension cables are up 150 mm (6 in) off the top of the
bottom pad plate at the back of the fly section. Look
through the access hole on the center mid section.

6.

Lock the adjustments with the jam nuts.

7.

Extend the boom until the outer mid/fly extends several


cm (in).

8.

Retract the boom until either the fly section just contacts
the outer mid stop block or the outer mid section just
contacts the inner mid stop block.

9.

Check the gap between the stop blocks and the boom
sections. If there is a gap between the center mid
sections stop block and the outer mid of more than 3
mm (0.125 in), loosen the retract cable. If there is gap
between the outer mid sections stop block and the fly
section, tighten the retract cable slightly.

CAUTION
Over tightening of the retract cable will damage the cable.
Take care when retracting the boom fully, while adjusting
the cable, to avoid full boom retraction if the fly section
contacts its stop block more than 3 mm (0.125 in) before
the outer mid section contacts its stop block on the inner
mid.
10. Extend the boom approximately 1.5 cm (6 in). Retract
the boom again until one of the stop blocks just contacts
its boom section.
11. Again check the gap as in step 10 and if necessary,
make further adjustments.
12. Repeat steps 11 and 12 until there is a 3 mm (0.125 in)
gap at the outer mid sections stop block when the fly
sections stop block has just made contact.
13. Lock the retract cable adjustments with the jam nuts.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

TELESCOPE CIRCUIT
Description
The boom telescope circuit consists of the telescope
hydraulic remote controller, telescope directional control
valve, holding valve, hose reel, and the upper and lower
telescope cylinders.
The telescope control valve is the closed spool type and is
described under VALVES in Section 2.
Refer to VALVES in Section 2 for a complete description of
the hydraulic remote controller.
The boom telescope system has a lower and an upper
telescope cylinder. The lower telescope cylinder is a two
stage cylinder. The first stage is 7.50 inch bore and the
second stage is a 9.25 inch bore. The upper telescope
cylinder has a 7.50 inch bore. Foreign material is prevented
from entering the cylinder by a wiper seal during rod
retraction. O-ring seals prevent internal and external
leakage. Refer to CYLINDERS in Section 2 - HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM for a complete description of the telescope
cylinder.

A holding valve is threaded into a port block on the rod end of


the upper telescope cylinder and the first stage rod end on
the lower telescope cylinder. The holding valve for the
second stage of the lower telescope cylinder is mounted into
the port block on the barrel end of the second stage barrel.
The holding valves function during the retraction, extension,
or holding operation. When holding the boom section at a
given length, oil is trapped in the cylinder by the holding
valve. Refer to VALVES in Section 2 for a complete
description of the holding valve.

Theory Of Operation
Flow from the pump travels to the telescope directional
control valve. Movement of the foot pedal for telescope
functions from neutral sends a pilot pressure signal to the
directional control valve to shift the spool in the directional
control valve. This aligns the appropriate passages in the
control valve to route oil to the telescope cylinders.
For more information, refer to BOOM - THEORY OF
OPERATION in this Section.

Maintenance
Table 4-2

Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
1.

Erratic operation of
extending
telescoping
cylinder.

GROVE

PROBABLE CAUSE

SOLUTION

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Damaged relief valves.

b.

Repair or replace relief valves.

c.

Air in telescope cylinder.

c.

Bleed by lowering telescope cylinder


below horizontal.

d.

Low engine rpm.

d.

Increase engine rpm to recommended


setting.

e.

Lack of lubrication on boom sections.

e.

Properly lubricate all boom sections.

f.

Extremely
sheaves.

extension

f.

Inspect and properly lubricate boom


extension sheaves.

g.

Improper boom alignment caused from


side loading.

g.

Reduce and properly hoist load.

h.

Worn boom wear pads.

h.

Replace wear pads and properly


lubricate.

i.

Distorted boom section.

i.

Replace distorted section.

j.

Damaged telescope cylinder.

j.

Repair or replace cylinder.

k.

Clogged, broken, or loose hydraulic


lines or fittings.

k.

Clean, tighten, or replace lines or


fittings.

l.

Damaged control valve.

l.

Repair or replace control valve.

tight

boom

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-23

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SYMPTOM
2.

3.

4-24

Erratic operation of
retracting
telescoping
cylinder.

Telescope cylinder
will not extend.

PROBABLE CAUSE

SOLUTION

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Damaged relief valve.

b.

Repair or replace relief valve. Refer to


your Manitowoc Crane Care Parts
Manual.

c.

Air in cylinder.

c.

Bleed by lowering telescoping cylinder


below horizontal and cycle telescope
cylinder.

d.

Low engine rpm.

d.

Increase engine rpm to recommended


setting.

e.

Lack of lubrication.

e.

Properly lubricate all boom sections.

f.

Check valve malfunctioning.

f.

Repair or replace check valve.

g.

Improper boom alignment caused from


side loading.

g.

Reduce and properly hoist load.

h.

Extremely tight boom retraction


sheave.

h.

Inspect and properly lubricate.

i.

Distorted boom section.

i.

Replace distorted section.

j.

Worn boom wear pads.

j.

Replace wear pads and properly


lubricate.

k.

Bent cylinder rod(s).

k.

Replace cylinder rod(s) and all cylinder


seals.

l.

Scored cylinder barrel.

l.

Repair or replace cylinder barrel.

m. Damaged piston seals.

m. Replace all cylinder seals.

n.

Loose or damaged piston(s).

n.

Replace all seals and re-torque or


replace piston(s).

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Relief valve malfunctioning.

b.

Repair or replace relief valve.

c.

Excessive load.

c.

Reduce load.

d.

Clogged hose and fittings.

d.

Replace hose or fittings. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Manual.

e.

Broken valve spool.

e.

Replace valve.

f.

Damaged piston seals.

f.

Replace all cylinder seals.

g.

Damaged piston(s).

g.

Replace piston(s) and all cylinder


seals.

h.

Bent boom section(s).

h.

Replace damaged boom section(s).

i.

Broken hydraulic pump coupling.

i.

Replace broken
coupling.

j.

Worn or damaged hydraulic pump


section.

j.

Repair or replace pump section.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

hydraulic

pump

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


SYMPTOM
4.

Telescope cylinder
will not retract.

BOOM
PROBABLE CAUSE

SOLUTION

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Relief valve damaged.

b.

Repair or replace relief valve.

c.

Excessive load.

c.

Reduce load. (Refer to load chart).

d.

Inoperative check valve.

d.

Replace check valve.

e.

Clogged hose and fittings.

e.

Replace hose or fittings. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Manual.

f.

Broken valve spool.

f.

Replace valve section.

g.

Broken piston(s).

g.

Replace piston(s) and all cylinder


seals.

h.

Damaged piston seals.

h.

Replace all cylinder seals.

i.

Bent boom section(s).

i.

Replace damaged boom section(s).

j.

Broken hydraulic pump coupling.

j.

Replace broken
coupling.

k.

Worn or damaged hydraulic pump.

k.

Repair or replace pump.

l.

Broken hydraulic pump shaft.

l.

Replace pump shaft.

hydraulic

pump

5.

Center mid will not


extend.

a.

Right side check valve blocked.

a.

Readjust, repair, or replace valve.

6.

Center mid will not


retract.

a.

Right side check valve closed.

a.

Readjust valve.

7.

Outer mid will not


extend.

a.

Left side check valve is closed.

a.

Readjust valve.

8.

Center mid retracts


before outer mid.

a.

Right side check valve is open or


hosed backwards.

a.

Install hoses properly.

9.

Outer mid extends


only a short
distance then
stops.

a.

Left check valve is open or hosed


backwards.

a.

Install hoses properly.

Removal And Installation

Disassembly And Assembly.

Removal and installation of the telescope cylinder from the


boom is described under disassembly and assembly of the
boom. Refer to BOOM MAINTENANCE in this Section.

Disassembly and assembly procedures of the telescope


cylinder and control valve are provided in Section 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM under CYLINDERS and VALVES
respectively.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-25

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOSE REEL

spring maintained when the boom is level and fully


retracted.

Description

3.

The hydraulic hose reel (Figure 4-4) supplies the boom


manifold for the upper telescope cylinder. The hose reel is
mounted in the turntable center section, under the boom.

Assemble brake (Figure 4-4) onto brake disc and adjust


as follows:
a.

Ensure the brake pads and disc are free of grease


and oil.

The hose reel is spring return. The spring return provides


drag on the hoses so that no slack develops when the
telescope cylinders are being extended or the boom is being
lowered, and retrieves the hoses as the telescope cylinders
are being retracted or when the boom is raised.

b.

Loosen setscrew and unscrew spring brake housing


enough to slide brake over brake disc.

c.

Pressurize brake housing to 8274 kPa/82.7 bar


(1200 psi).

Maintenance

d.

Screw in spring brake housing until a total gap of


30.4 cm (.012 inch) exists between disc and pads.

Service

e.

Lubricate the hose reel spring with engine oil through the
drain access holes located around the circumference of the
spring cover. Lubricate every 50 operating hours.

Retighten spring brake housing setscrew using


access hole provided with brake mounting weld.

f.

Secure brake mount weld to hose reel housing


using the capscrew. Make sure to maintain the 30.4
cm (.012 inch) gap as noted in step d.

g.

Release the 8274 kPa/82.7 bar (1200 psi) hydraulic


pressure.

With the boom fully retracted, spray motor oil, under


pressure, into the hose reel spring housing. The spring
should be saturated with oil. If air pressure lubricating
equipment is not available, use a pump oil can, but ensure
the spring is completely saturated with oil.

4.

Install sprocket (Figure 4-4) as follows:


a.

Do not use lubricants during installation. Remove all


oil and grease from tapered surface of bushing and
sprocket.

b.

Slide the loosely assembled unit on shaft.

c.

Carefully tighten capscrews alternately and


progressively until the tapers are seated
(approximately half of recommended torque).

d.

Continue careful alternate and progressive


tightening of the capscrews 11.8 to 12.2 Nm (105 to
108 pounds-inch). Do not over-torque.

e.

When properly mounted, there will be a gap


between the bushing flange and the sprocket.

Removal

DANGER
Before disconnecting the hoses from the outer mid
telescoping cylinders, secure the hoses from rotating by
using the hose reel retaining bolt and drum locking
brackets.
1.

Secure the rotation of the hose reel by using the


retaining bolt and drum locking bracket.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic supply hoses for the


hose reel assembly; cap hoses and openings.

3.

Tag and disconnect the hose reel hydraulic hoses from


the manifold block assembly; cap hoses and openings.

4.

Remove the capscrews and washers securing the hose


reel to the turntable, remove the hose reel.

Install chain. Use the lockwasher, flatwasher and hex


nut to apply tension. Measure chain slack near the
center of chain span. Chain slack should be 0.6 0.3
(.25 .12)(Figure 4-4).

6.

Connect the hydraulic supply hoses to the hose reel


assembly.

NOTE:

Installation
1.

Position the hose reel assembly on the turntable and


secure with the washer and capscrews. Torque the
capscrews 97.6 to 105.7 Nm (72 to 78 pounds-foot).

2.

Pre-tension twin-line hose by rotating the twin line


section of hose reel only two complete revolutions
counterclockwise (as seen from left side of crane looking
in). There must be two complete revolutions of the reel

4-26

5.

Ensure there is enough hose unwound from the


hose reel to attach the hoses to the telescope
cylinders.

DANGER
Ensure the retaining bolt remains installed until the hoses
are attached to the telescope cylinders.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

Allow maximum possible gap here

NOTE:

See View A for sprocket installation and


hose reel alignment

4, 6

11

12

4
3

4, 6

14

12

9, 10, 11
2
2

13

FIGURE 4-3
Item

Description

Item

Description

Sprocket

Lockwasher

Bearing

10

Flatwasher

Brake

11

Hex Nut

Clevis Pin

12

Chain

Brake Mount

13

Disc Weld

Cotter Pin

14

Housing

Motor

15

Hose Reel

Capscrew

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-27

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

1, 8

12

9, 10, 11

12

0.25Chain Slack
Measure near the center of span

VIEW A

9, 10, 11
2.2 mm
(0.09 inches)

2.2 mm
(0.09 inches)

15

Hose Reel Alignment

7.

8.
9.

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the manifold block


assembly located at the rear of the boom inner mid
section.
Remove the retaining bolt from the hose reel to allow
tension to be applied to the hoses.
Secure the retaining bolt to the hose reel so the hose
reel is allowed to rotate.

10. Adjust and secure the hose retainer.

4-28

FIGURE 4-3 continued

Hose Reel Alignment


After hose reel is installed and the attaching bolts properly
torqued, check hose reel to hose guide roller alignment
(Figure 4-3).
1.

Check measurements between the hose reels hose


flanges and its guide roller (Figure 4-3).

2.

Add shims as required to align the hose reel assembly to


the roller within 2.2 mm (0.09 inches).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

6
7

8
9

10
13
11

14

2
1
12

2.2 mm
(0.09 inches)

2.2 mm
(0.09 inches)

6693

15

Hose Reel Alignment

Item

Description

FIGURE 4-4
Item

Description

Sprocket

Bearing

Bearing

10

Swivel Joint

Brake

11

Hose Reel

Clevis Pin

12

Disk

Brake mount

13

Chain

Cotter Pin

14

Orbit Motor

Boot

15

Shims

Housing

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-29

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

LIFT CIRCUIT
Description
The boom lift circuit consists of the lift hydraulic remote
controller, lift directional control valve, holding valve, and the
lift cylinder. These components enable the boom to be raised
or lowered to various degrees of elevation ranging from -3 to
+78 degrees from horizontal.
The lift directional control valve is the closed spool type and
is described under VALVES in Section 2 - HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
Refer to VALVES in Section 2 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM for a
complete description of the hydraulic remote controller.
The lift cylinder has a 35.56 cm (14.0 in) bore. The cylinder is
a double acting type. Dirt and other foreign material is
prevented from entering the cylinder and causing internal
damage by a wiper seal during rod retraction. Oil Seals on
both the piston and cylinder head prevent internal and
external hydraulic oil leakage. Refer to CYLINDERS in
Section 2 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM for a complete description
of the lift cylinder.

The holding valve is a balanced poppet type hydraulic valve.


It is threaded into the port block which is an integral portion of
the lift cylinder barrel. The holding valve functions when
booming up (cylinder rod extended), booming down (cylinder
rod retracted), or holding (cylinder rod stationary).

Theory Of Operation
The directional control valve bank housing the lift control
valve is supplied by flow from the hydraulic pump.
When booming up, oil unseats the poppet (check) valve in
the holding valve, letting oil flow to the piston side of the
cylinder. Pressure is applied to the piston, forcing the rod to
extend, raising the boom.
When booming down, oil enters the retract port of the port
block and flows to the cylinder rod side. When pilot pressure
reaches a pre-determined value, the main poppet unseats
and oil flows from the piston side of the cylinder to the
reservoir.
All return flow from the control valve goes to the reservoir.

Maintenance
Table 4-3

Troubleshooting
Symptom
1.

2.

4-30

Boom raises
erratically.

Boom lowers
erratically.

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Low hydraulic oil.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Low engine rpm.

b.

Increase engine rpm to recommended


setting.

c.

Main relief valve damaged.

c.

Replace relief valve.

d.

Air in cylinder rod.

d.

Bleed cylinder rod.

e.

Bent boom pivot shaft.

e.

Replace pivot shaft.

a.

Low hydraulic oil.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Low engine rpm.

b.

Increase engine rpm to recommended


level.

c.

Circuit and/or relief valve inoperative.

c.

Repair or replace relief valve.

d.

Air in hydraulic cylinder.

d.

Bleed air from cylinder.

e.

Damaged hydraulic pump section.

e.

Repair or replace pump section.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


Symptom
3.

4.

5.

Boom raises
slowly.

Boom lowers
slowly.

Boom will not raise.

GROVE

BOOM
Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Low engine rpm.

b.

Increase and maintain engine rpm.

c.

Damaged relief valve.

c.

Repair or replace relief valve.

d.

Extremely cold hydraulic oil.

d.

Operate unit to bring oil to operating


temperature.

e.

Improper hose or fittings, installed.

e.

Replace hose or fittings. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Manual.

f.

Operating two functions with in the


same control valve bank assembly.

f.

Feather controls to obtain desired


speed of both functions.

g.

Restriction in return hose.

g.

Replace return hose.

h.

Cylinder piston seals leaking.

h.

Replace all cylinder seals.

i.

Scored cylinder barrel.

i.

Hone or replace barrel.

j.

Worn hydraulic pump section.

j.

Repair or replace pump section.

a.

Low hydraulic oil level.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Low engine rpm.

b.

Increase rpm to recommended level.

c.

Damaged relief valve.

c.

Repair or replace relief valve.

d.

Operating two functions within the


same control valve bank assembly.

d.

Feather controls to obtain desired


speed of both functions.

e.

Extremely cold hydraulic oil.

e.

Operate unit to bring oil to operating


temperature.

f.

Improper hose or fittings installed.

f.

Replace hose or fittings. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Manual.

g.

Restriction in return hose.

g.

Replace return hose.

h.

Cylinder piston seals worn.

h.

Replace all cylinder seals.

i.

Scored cylinder barrel.

i.

Hone or replace barrel.

j.

Worn hydraulic pump section.

j.

Repair or replace pump section.

k.

Piston rod broken (loose from piston).

k.

Replace piston rod and all cylinder


seals.

a.

Low hydraulic oil.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Main relief valve or circuit relief valve


damaged.

b.

Repair or replace relief valve.

c.

Excessive load.

c.

Reduce load as required.

d.

Worn or damaged hydraulic pump


section.

d.

Repair or replace pump section.

e.

Broken pump shaft.

e.

Replace pump shaft and seals.

f.

Broken pump drive coupling.

f.

Replace drive coupling.

g.

Broken control valve spool.

g.

Replace control valve.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-31

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Symptom
6.

Boom will not


lower.

NOTE:

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Low hydraulic oil.

a.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir.

b.

Main relief valve or circuit relief valve


damaged.

b.

Repair or replace relief valve.

c.

Worn or damaged hydraulic pump


section.

c.

Repair or replace pump section.

d.

Broken pump shaft.

d.

Replace pump shaft and seals.

e.

Broken pump drive coupling.

e.

Replace drive coupling.

f.

Broken control valve spool.

f.

Replace control valve.

Refer to Section 2 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM for lift


cylinder Disassembly and Assembly procedures.
Maintenance not requiring removal of the cylinder
barrels, such as packing, may be performed
without removing the cylinders from the turntable.
However, all disassembly and assembly should be
conducted in a clean dust-free area.

pivot shaft from the attachment lug. This can be done by


using the jack on the lift cylinder support.
8.

Once the shaft is clear of the attachment lug, activate the


hydraulic system and retract the lift cylinder enough to
clear the attachment lugs.

9.

Tag and disconnect all the hydraulic lines to the lift


cylinder. Cap or plug all openings with high pressure
fittings.

Removal
1.

Extend and set the outriggers and level the crane.

2.

Elevate the boom slightly so that the lift cylinder is


extended approximately 0.3 m (1 ft).

10. Pull the lower lift cylinder pivot shaft out far enough to
remove the lift cylinder.
11. Move the lift cylinder to a clean work area.

Disassembly And Assembly


DANGER
Ensure any blocking or cribbing used is capable of
supporting the boom.
3.

Ensure the boom is fully supported by placing blocking


or cribbing under the boom. Rest the boom on the
blocking or cribbing.

4.

Remove the capscrew and washer securing the lift


cylinder upper pivot shaft to the boom.

5.

Disassembly and assembly procedures of the lift cylinder


holding valve, and control valve are provided in Section 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM under CYLINDERS and VALVES
respectively.

Installation
NOTE:
1.

Lubricate the lower lift cylinder pivot shaft and related


bushings in the lift cylinder barrel end and the turntable
weldment.

2.

Attach an adequate lifting device to the lift cylinder and


position the cylinder over the attach fittings on the
turntable.

3.

Lower the lift cylinder into the attach fittings on the


turntable and align the lift cylinder bushing with the
booms lift cylinder attachment lug holes.

Remove the capscrew and locknut securing the lift


cylinder lower pivot shaft to the turntable.

DANGER
Ensure the lifting/supporting device is capable of
supporting the lift cylinder.
6.

Attach an adequate lifting/supporting device to the lift


cylinder.

7.

Insert the pump lever (found in cab) into the hand pump
located on the left side of the boom. Turn the pump flow
control lever clockwise and pump the lever until the
upper lift cylinder pin is clear of the booms left side lift
cylinder attachment lug. The lift cylinder may need to be
raised or lowered to aid in the release of the lift cylinder

4-32

Refer to (Figure 4-5) for lift cylinder and boom pivot


shaft installation.

NOTE:

Install pivot shaft with tapped hole on the right side,


side opposite the cab.

4.

Pin the lift cylinder to the turntable attach fittings with the
lower lift cylinder pivot shaft. Secure shaft with the
capscrew and locknut. Torque the capscrews 325 to 366
Nm (240 to 270 pounds-foot).

5.

Connect the extend and retract hoses to the lift cylinder.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

6.

Lubricate the upper lift cylinder pin and related bushings


in the booms lift cylinder attachment lugs and in the lift
cylinder rod end.

7.

Activate the cranes hydraulic system and align the lift


cylinder rod end with the booms lift cylinder attachment
lug holes as needed.

8.

Using the hand pump located on the left side of the


boom, insert the pump lever (found in cab) into the hand
pump.
Turn
the
pump
flow
control
lever
counterclockwise and pump the pump lever until the
upper lift cylinder pin pins the rod end of the lift cylinder
to the booms lift cylinder attachment lugs, and the upper
lift cylinder pins flange portion fits completely against
the left side of the booms left lift cylinder attachment lug.

The lift cylinder may need to be raised or lowered to aid


in the installation of the upper lift cylinder pin. This can
be done by using the jack on the lift cylinder support.
Shut down the engine.
9.

Apply medium strength adhesive/sealant to the upper lift


cylinder pins related capscrew. Secure the upper lift
cylinder pin to the boom with the capscrews and
washers. Torque the capscrews 481 to 522 Nm (355 to
385 pounds-foot).

10. Remove the lifting and supporting devices from the


boom and lift cylinder. Activate the hydraulic system and
check the lift cylinder for proper operation and any leaks.
11. Lubricate the pivot shafts at their grease fittings.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-33

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

9
8

6, 7

Lower Lift Cylinder Installation

4
Cutaway For Clarity

Detail A

1, 2

Cutaway For
Clarity

Top of
Boom

See Detail B For


Removal Kit

Upper Lift Cylinder Installation

4-34

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

FIGURE 4-5

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Top View (In

BOOM

Top View (Out

Position)

Position)

10, 11
15

17

18

19, 20

22

16
12

16

21

24

13, 14

25
17

Side View
(Upper Lift Pin Removal)

Detail B

23
9

29, 30, 31
27, 28

32
33

26

Use hitch pins from counterweight stand


installation to pin lift cylinder support to
carrier frame.

36

35
34
37

FIGURE 4-5 continued

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-35

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Item

Description

Item

Description

Bolt

20

Washer

Washer

21

Support Rod

Lift Pin

22

Hitch Pin Clip

Grease Fitting

23

Jack

Grease Fitting

24

Support Rod

Capscrew

25

Snap Rings

Nut

26

Latch Plate

Lower Lift Cylinder Pivot Shaft

27

Washer

Lift Cylinder

28

Capscrew

10

Capscrew

29

Capscrew

11

Lockwasher

30

Nut

12

Jack Cylinder aka Pin Removal Cylinder

31

Washer

13

Nut

32

Screws

14

Lockwasher

33

Wear Pads

15

Lid Weldment

34

Jack Handle

16

Upper Lift Cylinder Pin

35

Capscrew

17

Boom Base Section

36

Bottle Jack

18

Lift Cylinder

37

Cylinder Support

19

Clevis Pin

4-36

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

BOOM REMOVAL SYSTEM

4.

Install the lid weldment and cylinder onto the upper lift
cylinder pin. Secure lid weldment with capscrews and
lock washers.

5.

Secure the pin removal cylinder to the latch plate with


two snap rings.

6.

Secure the latch plate to the two support rods with two
nuts and lock washers.

7.

Connect the hydraulic lines from the hand pump to the


cylinder as tagged before removal.

8.

Install upper lift cylinder pin into lift cylinder attach lugs of
boom and secure with the capscrews and washers.
Torque the capscrews 481 to 522 Nm (355 to 385
pounds-foot).

Description
The boom removal system (Figure 4-6) uses hydraulic
cylinders to extend and retract the upper lift cylinder pin and
the pivot shafts. The upper lift cylinder pin uses a hand
activated pump. The pivot shaft cylinder uses the hydraulic
lines from the counterweight removal system.

Maintenance
NOTE:

The upper lift cylinder pin and the boom pivot shafts
should only be serviced when the boom is off of the
crane. These procedures assume the lift cylinder
has been removed from the boom.

Upper Lift Cylinder Pin And Cylinder Disassembly

Boom Pivot Shafts And Cylinder Disassembly

1.

1.

If attached, remove capscrews, washers and nut


fasteners from the base cover. Remove base cover.

2.

If installed, remove capscrews and washers from each


pivot lock weldment. Remove pivot lock weldments from
pivot shafts.

3.

Working through the pivot pins, remove nuts and


washers from both of the cylinders rod ends. Pull both
pivot shafts outward to free cylinder. Remove cylinder
through the base access hole.

4.

Remove capscrews, washers, and nuts from each set of


brackets. Remove brackets from cylinder, noting
position of brackets.

5.

If needed, tag and disconnect hydraulic line and fittings


from cylinder.

6.

Remove hitch pin clip, washer, and clevis pin from the lid
weldment. Remove pin removal cylinder from lid
weldment.

Remove capscrews and washers from each lock plate


weldment. Remove lock plate weldments from the pivot
shafts.

7.

8.

Remove upper lift cylinder pin from booms lift cylinder


attachment lugs as needed.

Remove pivot shafts if needed. Remove grease fittings


from the pivot shafts if needed.

Boom Pivot Shafts And Cylinder Assembly

9.

Remove support rods from the booms left lift cylinder


attachment lug as needed.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the hand


pump to the cylinder used to remove the upper lift
cylinder pin at this cylinder. Plug these lines.

2.

Remove capscrew and washer from upper lift cylinder


pin as needed.

3.

Remove the two nuts and lockwashers from the two


support rods.

4.

Pull the upper lift cylinder pin and its pin removal cylinder
(jack cylinder) away from the boom until the latch plate
clears the threads on the support rods.

5.

Remove the snap rings from the latch plate. Remove the
latch plate from the pin removal cylinder.

6.

Remove the capscrews and lockwashers from the lid


weldment. Remove the lid weldment and pin removal
cylinder from the upper lift cylinder pin.

7.

1.

Install grease fittings in the pivot shafts.

2.

Coat the pivot shafts and the boom pivot bushings with
grease. Install the pivot shafts into the booms pivot
bushings.

Upper Lift Cylinder Pin And Cylinder Assembly


1.

If removed, secure support rods to the booms left lift


cylinder attachment lug.

3.

2.

If upper lift cylinder pin was removed, coat upper lift


cylinder pin and surfaces of bushings in booms lift
cylinder attachment lugs with grease. Install this pin onto
support rods.

Install each lock plate weldment onto the pivot shafts.


Secure lock plate weldments to pivot shafts with
capscrews and washers.

4.

Install pivot shaft cylinder through base access hole and


position the rod end flats to match with the tabs on each
lock plate weldment. Slide pivot shafts onto the rod
ends. Secure both cylinder rod ends to the pivot pins
with nuts and washers.

3.

Install pin removal cylinder (jack cylinder) on lid


weldment. Secure cylinder to lid weldment with hitch pin
clip, washer, and clevis pin.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-37

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

5.

Install brackets as positioned before removal. Secure


both sets of brackets with capscrews and washers.

6.

Connect hydraulic line and fittings to cylinder as tagged


prior to removal.

11

7.

Install each pivot lock weldment and secure with


capscrews and washers. Torque capscrews 293 to 317
Nm (216 to 234 pounds-foot)

8.

Install base cover and secure with capscrews, washers


and nut fasteners.

9, 10

12, 13

12, 13

1
5, 6, 7, 8

15

3, 4

14

6123

FIGURE 4-6
Item

Description

Item

Description

Removal Cylinder

Nut (typical of 2)

Pivot Lock Weldment (typical of 2)

10

Washer (typical of 2)

Capscrews

11

Lock Plate Weldment (typical of 2)

Lockwashers

12

Capscrews

Brackets

13

Lockwashers

Capscrews

14

Pivot Pin (typical of 2)

Lockwashers

15

Boom Pivot Bushing (typical of 2)

Nuts

4-38

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

BI-FOLD SWINGAWAY BOOM EXTENSION


CAUTION

Description
A 18m (59 ft) two stage, offsetable swingaway boom
extension is provided to obtain additional boom reach. The
fly swingaway section is a 7m (23 ft) section. The base
section is a 11m (36 ft) section.
The boom extension mounts directly to the boom nose
utilizing a four point attachment. In addition, the swingaway
can be stowed on the right side of the boom base section.
Removing the attach pins from the attach points on the left
side of the boom nose allows the swingaway to be rotated
and stowed on the right side of the boom base section.
The 7m (23 ft) section weighs approximately 400 kg (882
pounds) and the 11m (36 ft) section weighs approximately
1000 kg (2205 pounds).

If the 7m section (fly) is not to be removed, it should


remain on the stowage brackets on the side of the boom.
NOTE:

5.

At the rear boom extension support bracket (Detail C)


(Figure 4-7) remove the two retainer clips from the two
attach pins and remove attach pins from the 11m section
to the 7m section (fly) attaching connection.

6.

Stow the pins on the fly section in the stowage lugs.

7.

Ensure the pins attaching the fly section to the boom


base section rear extension support bracket (Detail C)
(Figure 4-7) are in place.

Maintenance
8.

Ensure the pin and retaining pin attaching the fly section
to the guide rail bracket (Detail B) (Figure 4-7) is in
place.

9.

At the fly section sheave end (Detail D) (Figure 4-7)


swivel the catch hook out to release the latch allowing
the 11 m section to separate from the fly at the sheave
end.

DANGER
Before attempting to erect or stow the boom extension,
read and strictly adhere to all danger decals installed on
the swingaway and stowage brackets.

10. Remove the retaining pin and pin attaching the 7m


section (fly) to the guide rail bracket (Detail B)
(Figure 4-7) and place in holding bracket.

DANGER
Always secure the boom extension with a guide rope on
the main boom before removing any connections to
prevent uncontrolled swinging of boom extension.

Removal
NOTE:

If an adequate lifting device is available, the


swingaway boom extension can be dismounted
directly from the side of the boom.

1.

Fully extend and set the outriggers.

2.

Position the boom over the front.

3.

If extended, fully retract all the boom sections and lower


the boom to minimum elevation to permit ease of
installation of pins and access to the boom nose.

NOTE:
4.

The auxiliary boom nose (rooster sheave) must be


in stowed position or removed.

Pull downwards against the spring force of the eye bolt


and fold out the guide rail and release the eye bolt to
lock the guide rail in the out position (Detail B)
(Figure 4-7).

GROVE

If removing the 7m section (fly) with the 11m


section (boom extension base) skip to step 10. If
not removing the 7m section (fly) with the 11m
section (boom extension base), perform steps 5
thru 9 and skip steps 10 and 11.

11. Remove the retaining clips and attach pins connecting


the 7m section (fly) to the boom base section rear
stowage bracket (Detail C) (Figure 4-7).
12. Swing the 11m section extension (pivoting on the front
boom extension stowage connection, (Detail A)
(Figure 4-7) until contact is made between the main
boom anchor lugs and the 11m extension anchoring
holes. Align the boom anchor lugs with the 11m
extension anchors. Remove the retaining pins from the
front of the 11m extension and hammer the two short
pins into the anchoring lug holes securing the extension
to the right side of the boom nose.
13. On the front boom extension stowage bracket, remove
the clip pin and retaining pin and place in pin holder (see
detail A). Lift the lever and hold it, push the spring latch
out and let the lever rest on the spring latch.
14. Attach a length of rope to the swingaway tip to aid in
swinging the 11 m section into place ahead of the boom
nose.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-39

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

DANGER

DANGER

When erecting the swingaway, ensure that all personnel


and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.
15. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
swingaway. Using the rope attached to the tip of the
swingaway, swing the swingaway into place ahead of
the boom nose, engaging the anchor fittings with the
anchor lugs on the left side of the boom nose.

Make sure the connection between the boom 11 m


extension and the main boom extension stowage bracket
is engaged and secure before removing the attach pins on
the right hand side boom nose. This will prevent the boom
extension from falling.

DANGER
When stowing the swingaway, ensure that all personnel
and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.

DANGER
Do not modify the attach points to permit the installation of
the attach pins.
16. Install the short attach pin into the upper extension
anchor fitting and boom anchor lug on the left side of the
boom nose. Install retainer clip in attach pin.

CAUTION
Do not allow the swingaway to slam into the stowage
brackets when swinging into the stowed position.

17. Hammer the long attach pin in the lower extension


anchor fitting and boom anchor lug on the left side of the
boom nose. Install the retainer clip in the attach pin.

5.

Raise and/or lower the boom to help control the 11 m


extension and using the rope attached to the tip of the
extension, swing the extension to the side of the boom.

18. Extend and lower the boom until blocking can be placed
under the swingaway. Remove the rope from the tip of
the swingaway base.

6.

Swing the 11m extension until it contacts the front


stowage bracket. Lift up on the lever and push the boom
extension until its mounting holes align with the
extension hanger pivot mounting holes on the main
boom (Detail A) (Figure 4-7). Pull downward on the lever
to insert the spring pin into its mounting holes. Make
sure the spring pin is secure and engaged properly
between the boom extension and main boom. Secure
the connection with retaining pin and clip pin.

7.

Remove the retaining clips from the attaching pins at the


boom anchor lugs and extension anchor fittings on the
right side of the boom nose. Hammer the two attach pins
out of the attaching points and insert them into the
holders on the base of the boom extension, securing
them with retaining clip.

8.

With the guide rail in the out position, push the 11m
extension onto the guide rail until it comes in contact
with all of the boom extension to main boom stowage
connections.

19. Lower the swingaway onto the cribbing. Remove and


stow the pins securing the 11m section to the boom
nose.
20. Retract the boom, freeing the swingaway from the boom
nose.

Installation
1.

Position the crane so the swingaway lies in front of the


crane with the swingaway base facing the crane. Fully
extend and set the outriggers.

2.

Extend and lower the boom to engage the boom anchor


lugs and the extension anchor fittings.

3.

4.

4-40

Install the attach pins and retainer clips to secure the


11 m extension section to the boom nose. Attach a
length of rope to the extension tip. Raise the boom,
lifting the extension from the cribbing on which it was
resting. Retract the boom.
Remove the retainer clips from the attach pins on the left
side of the boom at the anchor fittings for the boom
extension. Hammer the pins out of the lower and upper
anchor lugs and anchor fitting. Install both attach pins
into holders on the base of the boom extension and
secure with retainer clips.

NOTE:

9.

If the 7m section (fly) remained on the boom


stowage brackets, perform steps 9 and 10, if not
skip to step 11.

At the rear stowage support bracket, insert the pins and


retaining pins stowed in the 7m section stowage lugs
and into the connection between the11 m extension and
7m section (fly) attaching fittings (Detail C) (Figure 4-7).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

3
DETAIL C
2
13

DETAIL B

6
1
DETAIL A

12

DETAIL D

14

9
11
10
View Taken From Boom Side. Boom Not
Shown For Clarity.

11 Meter Extension

Front Stowage
Bracket
Boom

21
20
23
22
16
Cutaway For Clarity
15
17

19
18
11 Meter Extension

22

24
DETAIL A

FIGURE 4-7

23

GROVE

25

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-41

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Item

Description

Item

Description

Boom Extension Base Section (11 m)

14

Fly Sheave Connection

Boom Extension Fly Section (7 m)

15

Lever

Fly Rear Stowage Bracket

16

Spring Pin

Base Extension Sheave

17

Pressure Spring

Guide Rail

18

Retaining Pin

Fly Sheave

19

Clip Pin

Mast Assembly

20

Support

Offset Lugs

21

Lifting Plate

Offset Pivot Pin

22

Threaded Plate

10

Boom Extend Anchor Fittings

23

Adjusting Bolt

11

Boom Nose Anchor Lugs

24

Spring Latch

12

Front Stowage Bracket/Pivot Shaft

25

Holder Bracket

13

Middle Stowage Bracket

4-42

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

7 Meter
Section

Jib Showed in Stowed Position


Boom
11

DETAIL B
6

6
13,14

10

9
13

11 Meter
Section

15
14

Out Position

8
6

7
5
4

In Position

16
23

23

17

16

24

20
21
18
20
19
21

17
16

25

18

22
DETAIL C
20

FIGURE 4-7 continued

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-43

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

7 Meter
Section
(Fly)

Fly
Sheave

26
27
28
29
30
31

32

Connection Between Fly Nose and


11 Meter Section
DETAIL D

FIGURE 4-7 continued


Item

Description

Item

Description

Retaining Pin

17

Retaining Clips

Mounting Plate

18

Plate

Eye Bolt

19

Rear Extension Support Bracket

Pin

20

Vertical Adjusting Bolts

Guide Rail

21

Horizontal Adjusting Bolts

Adjusting Bolt

22

Mounting Bracket

Holding Bracket

23

Boom

Plate

24

7 Meter Boom Extension

Pin

25

11 Meter Boom Extension

10

Guide Rail Mounting Bracket

26

Stirrup

11

Threaded Plate

27

Bolts

12

Grease Fitting

28

Nuts

13

Supporting Roller

29

Tension Spring

14

Pin

30

Spacer Ring

15

Roller Support

31

Pin

16

Attach Pins

32

Catch Hook

4-44

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

10. At the fly section sheave end (Detail D) (Figure 4-7),


swivel the catch hook to engage the latch securing the
base extension to fly section.
11. Ensure the attach pins and retaining clips attaching the
7m section (fly) to the guide rail bracket (Detail B)
(Figure 4-7) are in place.
12. Ensure the pin and retaining pin attaching the fly section
to the boom base section rear support bracket (Detail C)
(Figure 4-7) are in place.
13. At the guide rail, pull downwards against the spring force
of the eye bolt and fold in the guide rail and release the
eye bolt to lock the guide rail in the stowed position
(Detail B) (Figure 4-7).
14. Rig the boom nose and hoist cable as desired and
operate the crane using normal operating procedures.

Connecting and Disconnecting the


Hydraulic Boom Extension

Establish an Electrical Connection Between the


Lattice Extension and the Main Boom
1.

Remove the 17 pin bypass (Figure 4-8) plug from the


electrical junction box on the boom nose.

2.

Unwind the electrical cable from the lattice extension.

3.

Disconnect the cable from the dummy plug on the boom


extension adapter.

4.

Connect the boom extension cable to the boom nose


junction box (Figure 4-8).

Establish an Electrical Connection Between the


Lattice Extension and Anti-Two Block Switch
NOTE:

1.

Install the anti-two block switch on the appropriate pin


near the nose sheave of the section being used. Secure
the switch to the boom extension with a retaining pin.

2.

Remove the bypass plug and connect the wire for the
anti-two block switch to the junction box located near the
nose sheave.

Connecting

DANGER
If the hose couplings are detached from the boom after
the hose drum lock pin has been released, do not release
the hose couplings until they have been attached to the
boom. If the hose couplings are released after being
detached from the boom, the hoses will spring back
uncontrollably due to the spring force in the hose drum.

The anti-two block switch supplied with the boom


extension is used for operation of the 11 m and 18
m sections. The junction box connection for the
section that is not in use must be overridden with a
bypass plug.

Disconnecting
Disconnect the Electrical Connection Between the
Lattice Extension and the Main Boom
1.

Disconnect the boom extension cable from the boom


nose junction box (Figure 4-8).

2.

Wind the cable onto the boom extension for storage.

3.

Connect the cable to the dummy plug on the boom


extension adapter.

Establish a Hydraulic Connection Between the Lattice


Extension and the Main Boom

4.

Install the 17 pin bypass plug into the open connector on


the boom nose junction box (Figure 4-8).

If the hoses are stowed on the holder on the boom base


section, release the hose drum lock pin and pull the hydraulic
hoses toward the boom nose. Anchor the hydraulic
couplings at the holder on the boom nose. Guide the
hydraulic hoses through the guide rollers.

Disconnect the Hydraulic Connection Between the


Lattice Extension and the Main Boom

When working with the main boom for longer periods of time,
the hydraulic connection between the hose drum and the
main boom should be disconnected. This prevents
unnecessary reeling and unreeling of the hose.

1.

Unwind the hoses on the lattice extension.

2.

Remove the dust caps from the couplings on the lattice


extension and the drum hoses.

3.

Connect the hose drum hoses to the hoses on the lattice


extension. Do not detach the drum hoses from the
holder on the boom nose.

GROVE

DANGER
If the hose couplings are detached from the boom after
the hose drum lock pin has been released, do not release
the hose couplings until they have been attached to the
boom. If the hose couplings are released after being
detached from the boom, the hoses will spring back
uncontrollably due to the spring force in the hose drum.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-45

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Junction Box

Junction Box Assembly

17-Pin Bypass
Connector

Hose Drum

Guide Rollers

Guide Rollers
Boom Nose Holder

6218

FIGURE 4-8
1.

Disconnect the hoses from the lattice extension from the


drum hoses. Do not detach the drum hoses from the
boom nose.

When working with the main boom for longer periods of time,
the hydraulic connection between the hose drum and the
boom nose should be disconnected. This prevents
unnecessary reeling and unreeling of the hose.
2.

Remove the hoses from the boom nose. Retract the


hydraulic hoses to the holder on the boom base section.

3.

Engage hose drum lock pin into hole on drum.

4.

Wind the hoses onto the boom extension for storage.

5.

Install dust caps attached to all couplings on the lattice


extension and the drum hoses.

loose condition when the boom extension anchor fittings


engage the boom anchor lugs.
3.

Secure the guide rail on the middle boom extension


stowage bracket in the out position.

4.

Swing the boom extension until it contacts the guide rail


at the middle boom extension stowage bracket (Detail B)
(Figure 4-7).

NOTE:

5.

Adjust the middle stowage bracket so the roller supports


on the 11 m section role on the guide rail and aligns the
roller support on the 7 m section. This should align the
hole in the mounting lug on the 7 m section with the hole
in the mounting piece on the stowage bracket. When
adjusted properly, the pin can be inserted to make the
stowage connection.

6.

Refer to (Detail C) (Figure 4-7) (rear stowage bracket)


and adjust the adjustment bolts on the rear support
bracket to support the boom extension and provide
installation of attach pins.

7.

Remove the lifting device used for support when the


boom extension is secured.

Swingaway Mounting Adjustment


For the referenced details, refer to (Figure 4-7).
1.

2.

4-46

Set the 11 m section with the 7 m section stowed on the


side, on cribbing. Use an adequate lifting device to place
the boom extension at the side of the boom. Make the
connection at the front stowage bracket and support with
lifting device (Detail A) (Figure 4-7).
Refer to Detail A (front stowage bracket) and pivot the
boom extension on the front support bracket. Adjust the
front support bracket adjustment bolts to maintain a

When pushing the jib extension onto the guide rail,


make sure contact does not occur at the rear boom
extension mounting bracket and prevent proper
alignment.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

BOOM EXTENSION (WITH INSERTS)

On the 8 m sections the serial number (1) is at the front on a


sheet (Figure 4-9).

Identification
The boom extension consists of the 18 m two-stage
swingaway lattice extension and two boom extension
sections. The boom extension is designed for the crane it
was delivered with. The parts belonging to the crane have
the same serial number as the crane.
The following parts are labelled with the serial number:

all parts of the 128 m two-stage swingaway lattice


extension

both sections of the boom extension (8 m sections)

Slinging Points

DANGER
This section shows the slinging points on the 8 m
sections. Attach the sections on these slinging points only.
They will then automatically have the correct center of
gravity. use only lifting gear with sufficient load bearing
capacity.

CAUTION
Operate the crane only with those sections of the boom
extension which have the same serial number as the
crane. This prevents malfunctions and damage.
NOTE:

For technical reasons a crane may only be set with


one boom extension.

w1519a

If you wish to use the boom extension on several GROVE


cranes, the parts of the boom extension must be adjusted for
these cranes and labelled with all of the respective serial
numbers.

CAUTION
Have the adjustment of the boom extension carried out
only by your local Manitowoc Crane Care.

Serial Numbers On the 8m Sections

FIGURE 4-10
The 8 m sections have two slinging points (1) (each slightly
offset on each side) (Figure 4-10).

ASSEMBLY OF BOOM EXTENSIONS


NOTE:

The lengths of 26 m and 34 m respectively equal


the distance between the center of the locking pin
(on the main boom head) and the front edge of the
head sheave.
The designations 11 m section, 7 m section and 8
m section have been adapted top these lengths.
The total lengths of the individual sections are
greater (Figure 4-11).

w1520a

FIGURE 4-9

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-47

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

22 m boom extension
(85 ft boom extension)
5 m Section
(16 ft Section

10 m Section
(33 ft Section

7 m Section
(23 ft Section

27 m boom extension
(89 ft boom extension)
5 m section
(16 ft section)

5 m section
(16 ft section)

10 m section
(33 ft section)

7 m section
(23 ft section)

w3351b

FIGURE 4-11

Checklists For Rigging Work

4.

Attach guide rope to the head of the 7 m section.

5.

Release connection between 7 m section and 11 m


section.

Requirements

6.

Swivel the 7 m section in front of the 11 m section.

NOTE:

7.

Fasten 7 m section with pin on left-hand side in front of


11 m section.

8.

If unit is equipped with a hydraulic luffing boom


extension, establish a hydraulic connection between
lattice extension and main boom.

9.

Establish electrical connections.

Installing the 26 m/34 m Boom Extension

1.
2.

An auxiliary crane must be ready

If the lattice extension is folded up at the side of the main


boom, remove the lattice extension.
Installing 8 m sections in front of the main boom:
For 26 m boom extension an 8 m section
For 34 m boom extension both 8 m sections

3.

4-48

Attach folded two-stage swingaway lattice extension in


front of 8 m section.

10. Fold out deflection sheaves on all sections.


11. Place hoist cable over all the deflection sheaves and the
head sheave of the 7 m section.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

12. Install the limit switch to the head of the 7 m section.

13. Reeve the hoist cable on the hook block.


14. Attach lifting limit switch weight and guide hoist cable
through the weight.

Removing the 26 m/34 m Boom Extension


Requirements

The crane is on outriggers or the main boom.

An auxiliary crane must be ready

1.

Fully retract and set down main boom.

2.

Remove lifting limit switch weight.

3.

Reeve out hoist cable from the hook block.

4.

Remove hoist cable and fold in deflection sheaves on all


parts of the boom extension.

5.

Reel hoist cable up to the main boom head.

6.

If necessary, raise the lattice extension to the 0


position.

7.

If equipped with hydraulic luffing boom extension,


disconnect the hydraulic connection between lattice
extension and main boom.

To rig the 34 m boom extension you must also mount the


8 m section without support roller in front of the 8 m
section with support roller.

NOTE:

An auxiliary crane must be used to install and


remove the 8 m sections.

The securing pins (1) for the connection are in the holders on
the foot of the 8 m sections and are secured with retaining
pins (Figure 4-12).

3
1

If necessary, also disconnect the hydraulic connection to


the hose drum.

w2448a

FIGURE 4-12

8.

Disconnect electrical connections.

Installing 8 m Sections

9.

Remove the locking pins on the left-hand side between 7


m section and 11 m section.

Sling the 8 m section with support roller on an auxiliary


crane and lift it in front of the main boom head so that the
b e a r i n g p o i n ts ( 2 ) a n d ( 3 ) s l i n g o n b o t h s i d e s
(Figure 4-12).

11. Establish connection between 7 m section and 11 m


section.

Insert the securing pins on both sides into the bearing


points.

12. Remove folded two-stage swingaway lattice extension


from 8 m section.

Secure all pins with retaining pins.

For the 34 m boom extension, install the second 8 m


section in the same way as the first 8 m section.

10. Swing the 7 m section onto the 11 m section side until


the connection between the two sections engages.

13. Remove 8 m sections from the main boom:


For 26 m boom extension and 8 m section

Removing 8 m Sections

For 34 m boom extension both 8 m sections

Sling the 8 m section on an auxiliary crane and fit it until


the weight has been taken off the bearing points (2) and
(3) (Figure 4-12).

Release the pins and knock them out of the bearing


points (2) and (3) on both sides (Figure 4-12).

Insert the pins into the holders on the foot of the 8 m


sections and secure them with retaining pins.

Description of Rigging Work


Installing/Disassembling 8 m Sections

In order to rig the 26 m boom extension you must install


the 8 m section with support roller in front of the main
boom head.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-49

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Installing/Removing Two-Stage Swingaway


Lattice Extension for Boom Extension

Insert the securing pins on both sides into the bearing


points (2) and (3) (Figure 4-14).

Secure all pins with retaining pins.

Removing

Sling the two-stage swingaway lattice extension onto an


auxiliary crane.

Lift the two-stage swingaway lattice extension until the


load has been relieved from the bearing points.

This section described the installation and removal of the


folded two-stage swingaway lattice extension.

Release the pins and knock them out of the bearing


points (2) and (3) on both sides (Figure 4-14).

You can also install the two-stage swingaway lattice


extension which has been folded in front of the other in front
of an 8 m section (e.g. when you are changing directly from
the 18 m two-stage swingaway lattice extension to a boom
extension) (Figure 4-13).

Insert the pins into the holders on the 11 m section and


secure them with retaining pins.

Hydraulic Connection On the Boom


Extension (If Unit Is Equipped With
Hydraulic Luffing Boom Extension)

f0142

FIGURE 4-13

NOTE:

An auxiliary crane must be used to install and


remove the two-stage swingaway lattice extension.

The securing pins (1) for the connection are in the holders on
the foot of the 11 m sections and are secured with retaining
pins (Figure 4-14).

The hydraulic connection is required for raising and lowering


the lattice extension. If the hydraulic connections for the
hose drum were separated on the left side, they have to be
re-established.
NOTE:

The connections are made via quick couplings.


Half couplings which belong together are color
coded.

Connections On the 8 m Sections


At the rear of the 8 m sections there are two hydraulic hoses
(1) with quick couplings. These hydraulic hoses can be
connected on the main boom head or on a second 8 m
section (Figure 4-15)
1
1
2
2
3

w2449a

FIGURE 4-14

Installation

Sling the two-stage swingaway lattice extension onto an


auxiliary crane.

Lift the two-stage swingaway lattice extension in front of


the 8 m section so that the bearing points (2) and (3)
align on both sides (Figure 4-14).

4-50

w1542a

FIGURE 4-15
For transportation, the hydraulic hoses are clamped in the
holders (2) (Figure 4-15).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

w1539a

FIGURE 4-16
At the front of the 8 m sections there are two quick couplings
(1) (Figure 4-16).
Here you can connect the hydraulic hoses of the 11 m
section or a second 8 m section.

Electrical Connection On the Boom


Extension
This section describes the electrical connections on the 8 m
sections.

w2451a

FIGURE 4-18
For transportation, the cable is wound around the holders (1)
and the plug is inserted in the dummy socket (2)
(Figure 4-17).
At the front of the 8 m sections there is a plug socket (1)
(Figure 4-18).
Here you can connect the cable of the 11 m section or a
second 8 m section.

Establishing Electrical Connections


For the 26 m Boom Extension

Connections On the 8 m Sections

Connect the cable of the 8 m section to the socket on the


main boom head.

Connect the cable of the 11 m section on the socket at


the front of the 8 m section.

For the 34 m boom extension

Connect the cable of the first 8 m section to the socket


on the main boom head.

Connect the cable of the second 8 m section to the


socket at the front of the first 8 m section.

Connect the cable of the 11 m section on the socket at


the front of the second 8 m section.

Folding Out/In the Deflection Sheaves On


the 8 m Sections

1
w2450a

FIGURE 4-17
At the rear of the 8 m sections there is a cable with a plug (3)
(Figure 4-17).

This section describes only the folding in and out of the


deflection sheave on the 8 m section.
If you intend to work with the boom extension, you need to
fold out the deflection sheaves on the rear 8 m sections.
Fold the deflection sheave in for transportation.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-51

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Folding Out Deflection Sheave

3
2
3
2

w2453a

FIGURE 4-20
w2452a

FIGURE 4-19

Hold the deflection sheave by the strut (1) and remove


the pin from the bore (3) (Figure 4-19).

Fold the deflection sheave up and secure it by inserting


the pin into the bore (2) (Figure 4-19).

Secure the pin with a retaining pin.

Folding In Deflection Sheave

Hold the deflection sheave by the strut (1) and remove


the pin from the bore (2) (Figure 4-20).
Fold the deflection sheave down and insert the pin in the
bore (3) (Figure 4-20).

Secure the pin with a retaining pin.

Positioning/Removing the Hoist Cable

DANGER
Always secure the hoist cable holding rollers and rods
with retaining pins. this prevents elements coming loose,
falling down and injuring people.

Positioning the Hoist Cable

Remove the hoist cable holding rollers and rods (1)


(Figure 4-21).

Guide the hoist cable via the deflection sheaves (5), (4),
(3) and via the head sheave (2) on the 7 m section for
both boom extensions (Figure 4-21).

Put all hoist cable holding rollers and rods back in place
and secure these with retaining pins.

Attach the hook tackle. The hoist rope can only be


reeved once.

Removing the Hoist Cable


Reverse the sequence of operations to remove the hoist
cable.

4-52

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

BOOM

2
f0133a

FIGURE 4-21

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

4-53

BOOM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOOK BLOCK

Maintenance

Description

Periodic Maintenance

A 118 metric ton (130 ton) hook block, a 72 metric ton (80
ton) hook block, and a 9 metric ton (10 ton) top swivel
overhaul ball is available for the crane. The hook blocks
utilizes a one-piece pivot block and the hook is equipped with
a safety latch. Both hook blocks are the quick reeve design.

It is recommended that the hook block and/or headache ball


be inspected every 50 hours. A complete disassembly
inspection should be conducted every quarter or 500 hours
in the area of the hook, hex nut, and threaded areas for
corrosion and proper fit. After assembly of the hook, a liberal
coating of multipurpose grease should be applied to the nut
and threaded areas by brush or hand to prevent corrosion.
For hook blocks and other load handling devices not
manufactured by Grove; follow the manufacturer s
inspection and testing recommendations to assure an
adequate preventative maintenance program is established.

4-54

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

SECTION 5
HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Warm-up Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Functional Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Hoist To Boom Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Motor And Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Idler Drum And Cable Follower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Idler Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Cable Follower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Complete Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Third Wrap Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Hoist Drum Rotation Indicator System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Rotation Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Drum Rotation Indicator Control Module (CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Thumb Thumper Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Green LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Red LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Counterweight Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Counterweight Stand Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Standard and Heavy Counterweight and Auxiliary Hoist Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Counterweight Stand Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

GROVE

5-i

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

PAGE LEFT BLANK

5-ii

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

SECTION 5
HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT
DESCRIPTION
One hoist is available, the model HP35-26G. The hoist
incorporates one dual displacement piston motor which
drives a reduction unit within the hoist. The hoist utilizes
planetary reduction with a multi-disc automatic brake that is
spring applied and hydraulically released. An overrunning
clutch allows the hoist to be raised without releasing the
brake while at the same time holding the load until there is
sufficient pressure to release the brake when hoisting down.
The hoist motor controls both speed and torque of the hoist.
There are two modes in which the hoist operates. One mode
is high speed. The pilot solenoid valve shifts the selector
spool on the motor to provide minimum motor displacement.
This gives high line speed and low torque.
The second mode is low speed. The pilot solenoid valve
shifts the selector spool on the motor to provide maximum
motor displacement. This gives low line speeds and high
torque.

Each hoist motor control valve is used to stop or slow its


hoist when the load is trying to drive the hoist down too
quickly. The motor control valve is piloted open by the hoist
down pressure. If the load lowers faster than the flow of oil in
the hoist down line, the pilot pressure decreases and the
motor control valve partially closes to restrict the oil leaving
the motor until a balance occurs. This results in the load
lowering at a uniform speed based on the position of the
hoist control lever.
During stopping, when the hoist down flow ceases, the pilot
pressure holding the motor control valve open decays to
zero and the motor control valve spool closes, thus blocking
all flow of oil out of the hoist motor. This same pressure
decay allows the spring applied pressure released hoist
brake to apply when the load is fully stopped. This brake acts
as a parking brake and holds the load in the stopped
position.

MAINTENANCE

THEORY OF OPERATION

Warm-up Procedure

Each hoist is controlled by controls in the cab.

A warm-up procedure is recommended at each start-up and


is essential at ambient temperatures below +40F (4C).

When the main hoist control lever in the cab is moved from
neutral, it causes the main hoist section of the directional
control valve to shift the valve spool to route hydraulic flow to
the main hoist motor control valve. The hoist motor control
valve routes the hydraulic flow to the hoist motor. The motor
turns one direction to hoist up, and turns the other direction
to hoist down, depending on whether the hoist controls route
fluid to the hoist up or hoist down port of the hoist motor
control valve.
When the auxiliary hoist control lever in the cab is moved
from neutral, it causes the auxiliary hoist section of the
directional control valve to shift the valve spool to route
hydraulic flow to the auxiliary hoist motor control valve. The
hoist motor control valve routes the hydraulic flow to the hoist
motor. The motor turns one direction to hoist up, and turns
the other direction to hoist down, depending on whether the
hoist controls route fluid to the hoist up or hoist down port of
the hoist motor control valve.

GROVE

The prime mover should be run at its lowest recommended


RPM with the hydraulic hoist control valve in neutral allowing
sufficient time to warm up the system. The hoist should then
be operated at low speeds, forward and reverse, several
times to prime all lines with warm hydraulic oil, and to
circulate gear lubricant through the planetary gear sets.

DANGER
Failure to properly warm up the hoist, particularly under
low ambient temperature conditions, may result in
temporary brake slippage due to high back pressures
attempting to release the brake, which could result in
property damage, severe personal injury or death.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-1

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Troubleshooting
Table 5-1
Symptom
1.

The hoist will not lower the load or


not lower the load smoothly

Probable Cause
a.

The problem could be a


plugged or loose pilot orifice.
The pilot orifice is a small pipe
plug with a hole drilled
through it located behind the
pilot port fitting on the brake
valve. If it becomes plugged, it
will prevent the pilot pressure,
from the manifold, from
opening the brake valve. If it
becomes loose, it will allow an
unregulated amount of oil in to
operate the brake valve which
cause erratic brake valve
operation.

a.

Remove the pilot hose and


fitting from the brake valve,
then use a 5/32 inch Allen
wrench to remove the pilot
orifice. The diameter of the
orifice is approximately 0.05
cm (.020 inches). Clean and
install the pilot orifice tightly in
the brake valve.

b.

The friction brake may not be


releasing as a res ult of a
defective brake cylinder seal.

b.

Check the brake cylinder seal


as follows:

Disconnect the swivel tee


from the brake release.
Connect a hand pump with
accurate 0 - 2000 psi gauge
and shut-off valve to the -4
J.I.C. fitting in the brake
release port.

Apply 1000 psi to the brake.


Close shut-off valve and let
stand for five (5) minutes.

If there is any loss of pressure


in five (5) minutes, the brake
cylinder
should
be
disassembled for inspection
of the sealing surfaces and
replacement of the seals.

c.

Disassemble brake to inspect


bra ke dis cs . Che ck sta ck
height by placing the pressure
plate on top of brake spacer.
Press pressure plate down
firmly by hand and measure
gap between motor adapter
and pressure plate. Average
gap must measure between 4
mm (0.160 in) maximum and
2.0 mm (0.080 in.) minimum.
Adjust with discs as required.

NOTE:

c.

5-2

Solution

If the brake cylinder seal is


defective, oil could be leaking
from the hoist vent plug.

Friction brake will not release


as a result of damaged brake
discs.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

Symptom
2.

Oil leaks from vent plug

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Same as 1b

a.

Same as 1b

b.

Motor seal may be defective


as a result of high system
back
pressure
or
contaminated oil.

b.

System back pressure must


not exceed 150 psi. Inspect
hydraulic system for a
restriction in the return line
from the control valve to the
reservoir. Make sure control
valve and plumbing is
properly sized to hoist motor.
Oil analysis may indicate
contamination has worn motor
shaft and seal. Thoroughly
flush entire hydraulic system
and install new filters and oil.
Install new motor seal.

3.

The brake will not hold a load with


the control lever in neutral.

a.

Excessive
system
back
pressure acting on the brake
release port.

a.

Same as 2b

b.

Friction brake will not hold due


to worn or damaged brake
discs.

b.

Same as 1c

c.

Brake clutch is slipping.

Improper planetary gear oil


may cause the brake clutch to
slip. Drain old gear oil and
flush hoist with solvent.
Thoroughly drain solvent and
refill hoist with recommended
planetary gear oil. Refer to
Section 5 - Lubrication.
Brake clutch may be
damaged
or
worn.
Dis a ss em ble an d in s pe ct
brake clutch assembly. If any
parts require replacement, the
entire clutch assembly must
be replaced.

4.

The hoist will not raise the rated


load.

GROVE

a.

The hoist may be mounted


unevenly which causes
distortion of the hoist base
and binding of the gear train.
Binding in the gear train will
absorb horsepower needed to
raise the rated load and cause
heat.

a.

Use shim to level the hoist.


Refer to Hoist Installation in
this section.

b.

System relief valve may be


set too low.

b.

Check relief pressure. Refer


to Section 2 - Pressure
Setting Procedures.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-3

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Symptom

5.

6.

Probable Cause

The hoist will not raise the rated


load (continued)

c.

Make sure hydraulic system


temperature is not more than
180 degrees F. Excessive
hy drau lic o il tem perat ure
increase motor internal
leakage and reduce motor
performance.

a.

Same as 4a and 4b

The hoist runs hot

a.

Same as 4a

a.

Same as 4a

b.

Make sure the hydraulic


system temperature is not
more than 180 degrees F.
Excessive hydraulic oil
temperatures may be caused
by:

Hoist chatters while raising rated


load.

Plugged heat exchanger.

Hydraulic oil level in


reservoir too low or too
high.

System relief valve may


be set too low.

Hydraulic pump not


operating efficiently.

Excessively worn or
damaged internal hoist
parts.

Thoroughly
exterior and
interior.

Drain/fill to proper level.

Check relief pressure.


Refer to Section 2 Pressure
Setting
Procedures.

Pump worn.
pump.

Disassembly
hoist.
Inspect/replace worn
parts.

a.

Same as 4b

a.

Same as 4b

b.

Hydraulic oil flow to motor


may be too low.

b.

Same as 5b

Removal

NOTE:

1.

Remove all cable from the hoist drum.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines to the hoist. Cap


or plug all lines and openings.

3.

Tag and disconnect the electrical wires to the hoist


rotation indicator sensor box.

4.

Tag and disconnect the electrical wires to the hoist motor


high speed solenoid valve.

5-4

Solution

5.

Replace

To remove the right front capscrew, the hose reel


rear cover must first be removed.

Remove the hoist mounting nuts, capscrews, washers,


and shims (if shims are used, mark their location).

NOTE:
6.

clean
flush

The hoist assembly, less the cable, weighs


approximately 835 kg (1841 pounds).

Using an adequate lifting device, remove the hoist from


the crane.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

4
3

See View A-A

5, 6, 7, 8
11, 12

5, 6, 7, 8

10

14
11, 12

13

NOTE:

Note: After item 9 is installed, adjust items 11


and 12 so that they are just touching item 10
(aux hoist mount lugs).
View A-A

Item

Description

FIGURE 5-1

Item

Description

Main Hoist

Washer

Auxiliary Hoist

Pin Removal Cylinder

Cable Follower

10

Aux Hoist Weldment

Idler Drum

11

Setscrew

Shims

12

Locknut

Capscrew

13

Ball Detent Pin

Nut

14

Flange Screw

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-5

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Installation

Preventive Maintenance

1.

Ensure the mounting plate and hoist pads are clean and
free from debris and the hoist has not been damaged
during handling.

2.

With the hoist supported by a suitable lifting device,


position the hoist on the mount.

3.

Check the hoist to boom alignment according to the


HOIST TO BOOM ALIGNMENT procedure in this
section.

It is extremely important to be aware of the possibility that


deterioration of internal critical components within the hoist
reduction unit can occur. Hoist reduction units incorporate
planetary gears, multi-disc brake assemblies, and sprag
clutches which do not have an infinite life span. Although
these components have been designed to achieve long
service life, reliability can be substantially reduced by a
variety of influencing factors such as:

4.

Place a level between the boom pivot shaft bushings.

5.

Place a level across the top of the hoist drum and


determine if the hoist is sitting in the same plane in
relation to the level positioned between the boom pivot
shaft bushings.

6.

With the hoist level, check to determine if all the hoist


mounting pads are in contact with the mounting plate by
rocking the hoist.

7.

Keeping the hoist level, use a feeler gauge to determine


the amount of gap existing between the pads and the
mounting plate.

8.

Add shims to satisfy any existing gaps. Altering the shim


thickness to fit a tapering gap is acceptable. Install the
capscrews, washers, and nuts and torque 1427 to 1546
Nm (1053 to 1141 foot-pounds).

9.

Remove the lifting device from the hoist.

10. Connect the hydraulic lines to the hoist ensuring the


proper lines are connected to the correct ports as
marked during removal.

High cycle operation.

Operating in high ambient temperatures.

High external contaminations, such as dusty or sandy


conditions.

Level of maintenance.

The following should be carried out following instructions in


Section 9 - Lubrication and/or manufacturers instructions.
1.

Every 40 hours of operation or weekly, check the hoist


oil level. Inspect for any oil leaks from the hoist gearbox.

2.

Every 250 hours or 3 months, lubricate the cable


follower(s).

3.

Every six months, have the hoist oil condition tested.


This will give advance warning of developing wear
patterns. Any signs of abnormal contamination should
be treated seriously and the internal components of the
hoist should be examined carefully, at the earliest
opportunity.

4.

Every 1000 hours or 12 months, replace the oil in the


hoist. Remove the fill/check plug from the side of the
final drive assembly. Fill with AGMA EP-4 weight
lubricant until oil starts to flow out the plug hole.

5.

Annually, check for correct function of the hoist brake by


conducting a high line pull load test, ensuring the brake
holds without creeping and that the hoist control is
correct. The function of the hoist brake should be
checked more often if abnormal operating conditions or
characteristics exist.

6.

Every 10,000 hours or every ten years, it is


recommended that the hoist assembly be disassembled
and that all major components be examined for damage
and/or wear, i.e. gears, spline couplings, shafts, etc.

11. Connect the electrical wires to the hoist hi speed


solenoid valve as marked during removal.
12. Connect the electrical wires to the hoist rotation indicator
sensor box as tagged during removal.
13. Install the cable, following the procedures outlined under
INSTALLING CABLE ON THE HOIST, in the Operators
Manual.

Functional Check
1.

Attach a test weight to the hook and raise and lower the
load several times.

2.

Check the hoist for smooth operation of the hoist motor


and brake system.

3.

Ensure the hydraulic connections are secure and free


from leaks.

5-6

New components must be installed if any are found to be


worn or if there is evidence of heat or other damage. The
hoist should be reassembled using all new seals,
bearings, fasteners, washers, brake discs, brakes
stators, sprag clutch, and springs. A comprehensive
hoist line pull and load holding test must be conducted
following the repair work.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

HOIST TO BOOM ALIGNMENT

center point of adjustment to check the fleet angle of the


cable.

Preparation

2.

Boom alignment (Figure 5-2) must be completed before


attempting hoist alignment. If the hoist is not properly
aligned, the cable can be damaged or fine control could be
affected.
The crane must be set on outriggers fully extended and the
crane must be leveled. The boom must be over the front on
RT models.

Tools Required

Two foot square

Mason cord

Chalk

Protractor

All the cable must be removed from the hoist drum to


check the fleet angle. Using mason cord or cat gut
fishing line you will be able to pull the line tight to make
an accurate measurement of the fleet angle. Find the
centerline of the hoist drum by using a square and
drawing a line horizontal on the drum. Put a line vertical
to the horizontal line in the absolute center of the drum
by using a tape measure. With the boom at 0 degree, tie
the line tight to the boom nose and have it in the center
of the right hand boom nose sheave.

NOTE:

If this special equipment is not available, sufficient


accuracy in locating a centerline may be obtained
by using a steel square against the machines inner
surfaces of both flanges. It is advisable to avoid
using any cast surfaces in this procedure unless a
check from both flanges indicates that the resultant
line is straight.

Procedure

3.

The hoist mounting location will determine the alignment


procedure used. Shift one side of the hoist back or forward to
align the hoist with the boom sheave for cranes that have the
hoist mounted either directly to the boom or on a mount
attached to the boom. It may be necessary to shim under
one side of the hoist to make it level.

Tie the line around the hoist drum so that the line is very
tight and the line is crossing the absolute center of the
drum at the centerline mark you put on the drum.

4.

Using a protractor, lay it on the vertical line on the hoist


drum so the string line is in the center of the protractor.
The string line will be at the 90 degree mark on the
protractor if the hoist is straight with the boom nose
sheave. If it is not at the 90 degree mark, the hoist
mounting bolts will have to be loosened and the hoist
moved so it is.

The hoist must be checked in two directions, one at 0 degree


and the other is above 45 degrees boom angle on any crane
that the hoist is not mounted directly to the boom, stationary
mounted.
Check the hoist at 0 degrees to see if the hoist is aligned to
the boom nose sheave. The main hoist is aligned to the right
hand sheave and the auxiliary hoist is aligned to the center
sheave.
NOTE:

The hoist cable will have gaps in it during spooling


if the alignment is not correct.

NOTE:

The hoist is not level if the cable is piling up on one


side of the drum.

1.

The boom must be extended one half of full extension on


all hoist alignments. This length is used because when
the main hoist cable is positioned on the top right hand
boom nose sheave, the cable must leave the center of
the drum at a 90 degree angle. The boom has the ability
to extend, retract, and change the angle of departure
from the drum. Extend the boom half way to provide a

GROVE

NOTE:

This test is for cable leaving gaps while spooling.

CAUTION
Do not alter holes or stop blocks on the crane mounting
plate, as very small adjustments result in large angular
changes. Extreme care should be taken to avoid overcorrection.
5.

Elevate the boom above 45 degrees boom angle to


check if the hoist is level. Reposition the hoist drum and
tighten the cord so you can have the cord in the center of
the protractor at the 90 degree mark. If the cord is not at
the 90 degree mark, the hoist will have to be shimmed
until the cord is at the 90 degree mark.

NOTE:

This test is for cable piling up on one side of the


hoist drum.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-7

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Main Hoist Is Aligned To The Right Hand Sheave

Locating Centerline With Square

6019

Auxiliary Hoist Is Aligned To The Center Sheave

FIGURE 5-2

5-8

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

MOTOR AND BRAKE

secure the brake clutch located inside the brake


cylinder.

Description
Each hoist has a hydraulic motor, a brake valve, a brake
cylinder, and a brake clutch which control motion of the
hoists drum. These parts mount on one of the support end
brackets of the hoist. The hydraulic motor connects to the
hoists brake clutch, which in turn connects to the gear train
of the hoist.

Maintenance

Installation
NOTE:

Assure the primary thrust plate remains properly


located in its counterbore when installing the motor.
If operating the hoist with the primary thrust plate
wedged between the primary gears and the planet
carrier, or with a thrust washer out of position,
severe damage to internal hoist parts could result.

1.

Uncover the motor opening in the brake cylinder. Verify


the brake clutch is secure in the brake cylinder. Verify
these parts are clean.

2.

Install a replacement O-ring on the motors pilot after


lubricating it with gear oil or petroleum jelly.

3.

Engage the motor shaft with the inner race of the overrunning clutch and lower the motor into place. Apply
Loctite No. 242 to the capscrews for the motor. Secure
the motor and brake valve to the brake cylinder with
capscrews and washers.

Removal
1.

Drain the oil from the hoist drum by removing the plugs.
Reinstall the plugs when the drum is finished draining.

2.

Power-wash the hoist on the motor side to wash away


potential contaminants from the drive components of the
hoist. Dry the area with compressed or forced air.

3.

If needed, tag and disconnect wires from the hoist drum


indicator parts. Then remove these parts from the hoist.

4.

Tag and disconnect wiring from the hoist motors high


speed solenoid valve.

4.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the motor and brake valve


as tagged during removal.

5.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the motor


and the brake valve. Cap or plug all lines and openings.

5.

6.

Remove the four capscrews and lockwashers to free the


motor and brake valve from the brake cylinder and brake
clutch on the support end bracket. Remove the motor
and brake valve as a unit. Discard the O-ring.

Reinstall any hoist drum rotation indicator parts removed


during removal. Connect electrical wires as tagged
during removal. Torque CPU bolt to 72 to 78 foot-pounds
(98 to 106 Nm). Adjust sensor per instructions in HOIST
DRUM INDICATOR SYSTEM.

6.

Cover the motor opening in the brake cylinder to protect


drive components inside the hoist drum. As needed,

Reinstall electrical wiring to hoist motors high speed


solenoid valve as tagged during removal.

7.

Fill the drum with oil. Refer to Section 9- LUBRICATION


in this manual.

7.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-9

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

IDLER DRUM AND CABLE FOLLOWER

a.

For a cable follower roller that has bearings, support


the cable follower roller and remove the bolts and
washers securing the arms to the angles on each
end of the roller. Remove the cable follower roller.
Remove the two bolts and washers securing the
angle to the right side of the shaft. Remove the
shims and roller from the shaft. If necessary, remove
the bearing and bearing housing from both ends of
the roller.

b.

For a cable follower roller that has bushings instead


of bearings, support the cable follower roller and
remove the bolts and washers securing the pivot
arms to the mounting brackets on each end of the
roller. Remove the cable follower roller. Remove
cotter pins and washers from roller shaft, then
remove mounting brackets from roller shaft.

Description
The main and auxiliary hoists are equipped with an idler
drum (Figure 5-3) on the forward side of the hoist. The main
hoist idler drum is used to keep the hoist cable from coming
in contact with the boom.
When the crane is also equipped with an auxiliary hoist, the
idler drum on the auxiliary hoist is used to keep the hoist
cable from coming in contact with the main hoist. The cable
follower (Figure 5-3) is mounted on the rear side of its
respective hoist. The cable follower applies a downward
spring pressure against the cable onto the hoist drum, to
ensure that the cable will be uniformly wound onto the hoist
drum, and also prevent cable from jumping under abnormal
line conditions.

4.

Maintenance
Idler Drum

Remove the bolt and locknut securing the arm to the


spring attaching lever on each side of the hoist. Remove
arms and levers from the side plates.

NOTE:

Removal and Disassembly


1.

Remove the bolt, washer, and lockwasher from the right


side of the idler roller.

2.

Support the idler roller and withdraw the shaft from the
left side. Take care not to lose the dowel pin on the end.

3.

5.

1.

Clean all rust and dirt from the shaft.

2.

Inspect the shaft and roller for cracks, scoring, or


grooving. Replace if necessary.

Assembly and Installation


1.

Position the roller between the side plates

2.

Install the shaft through the left side plate and the roller.
Ensure the flat on the shaft end aligns with the stop
welded on the side plate, align the dowel pin.

3.

Secure the shaft to the right side plate with a bolt,


washer and lockwasher. Apply Loctite 242 to the bolt
threads.

Cable Follower

Remove grease fittings if present.

Cleaning and Inspection


1.

Clean all grease from the shaft, bearings or bushings,


and roller.

2.

Check the shaft, roller, and bearings or bushings for


cracks, scoring, or grooving. Replace if necessary.

3.

Check the spring tension. If the springs will not provide


sufficient tension when adjusted, replace them.

Remove the roller from between the side plates.

Cleaning and Inspection

Be sure to mark each arm and lever as to what side


(left or right) they were removed from. This will be
helpful during installation.

Assembly and Installation


1.

Install grease fittings if needed.

2.

Install the left arm through the bushing on the left side
plate. Install left spring attaching lever on the arm and
secure with a bolt and locknut. Apply Loctite 242 to the
bolt threads.

3.

Repeat step 2 on the right side.

4.

For a cable follower roller that has bearings, assemble


the cable follower roller as follows:
a.

Apply high strength retaining compound Loctite 680


to the bearing housings and the bearings. Install
them in both ends of the roller.

Removal And Disassembly


1.

Loosen the adjusting nuts and remove the tension


spring and adjusting rod from both sides of the hoist.

b.

Install the shaft into the roller with a least one shim
on each end.

2.

Remove the tack welds from the bolt heads securing the
arm to the cable follower roller.

c.

3.

Remove and disassemble the cable follower roller as


follows:

Apply Loctite 242 to the bolt threads. Position the


angle on the right side of the shaft and secure with
two bolts and washers.

5-10

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


5.

6.

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

Position the cable follower roller on the arms. Secure the


cable follower roller shaft to its mounting angles or
mounting brackets with fasteners removed earlier. (For a
roller with bushings instead of bearings, there are two
washers and two cotter pins.)
Secure the mounting angles or mounting brackets to the
pivot arms with four bolts and washers. Center the roller
between the hoist drum flanges and tighten the bolts.

7.

Tack weld the bolt heads.

8.

Attach one end of each tension springs to the lever on


each side. Install each adjusting rod through the lug on
each side plate and connect to the other end of the
spring. Install the adjusting nuts on each rod and tighten
enough to take the slack out of the spring.

9.

b.

Complete Assembly
Removal
1.

Remove all tension from the springs on each side by


loosening the nuts and jam nuts.

2.

Support the weight of the cable follower assembly and


remove the two bolts and washers securing each side
plate to the hoist. Remove cable follower assembly from
the hoist.

3.

If necessary to completely disassemble or remove any


part of the assembly, refer to the applicable paragraphs
in this Sub-section.

Using a grease gun, apply grease to any fittings.

10. Adjust the roller as follows:


a.

Installation

With one layer of cable on the hoist drum, adjust the


bolts on the front of each side plate (that push
against each arm) so the roller applies pressure on
the layer of cable, and does not interfere with filler/
riser protrusions on the hoist drum flanges. Tighten
jam nuts to secure setting.

GROVE

Final adjust each rod and nut and spring so the end
of the rod is 33 mm (1.30 inch) from the near surface
of the nut.

1.

Position cable follower assembly on the hoist and


secure each side plate to the hoist with two bolts and
washers.

2.

Adjust the tension on the cable follower. Refer to


instructions in paragraph titled CABLE FOLLOWER Assembly and Installation in this Sub-Section.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-11

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

33 mm (1.30 in)

Item
9
1

7
4

Description

Pivot Bracket

Drum

Follower Roller

Pivot Arm

Spring

Spring Adjusting
Rod

Lever

Idler Roller

Nut

10

Bracket

11

Rotation Sensor

12

Hydraulic Motor

13

Mounting Bracket

8
10
6

4
13
3

12

11
6083

FIGURE 5-3

5-12

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

THIRD WRAP INDICATOR

1.

Description
The third wrap indicator (Figure 5-4) is installed to give the
operator an indication that the wire rope is down to the last
three wraps on the hoist drum and no more rope should be
reeled out. In addition to the warning light in the cab, a
lockout valve is actuated to stop hoist down operation.

Maintenance

Install the capscrew and washer to secure the sensor


shaft to the hoist housing. Torque the capscrew 117 to
127 Nm (86 to 94 foot-pounds).

NOTE:

Apply antiseize grease to inside of indicator arm


before installing onto sensor shaft.

NOTE:

Position center of roller approximately 7.6 cm (3 in)


from the inside flange of the hoist drum such that
the roller drops to the drum after the fourth wrap is
unwound from the drum.

NOTE:

Adjust actuating cam and/or limit switch collar such


that switch plunger drops into notch when roller
drops to bare hoist drum.

NOTE:

Adjust spring holder collar such that spring applies


ample pressure to arm.

Removal
1.

Disconnect third wrap indicator from power by removing


fuses F17 and F16. Tape over the sockets of the
removed fuses.

2.

Remove the control unit cover. Tag and disconnect the


wiring to the limit switch.

3.

Loosen and remove the outside nut and washer


securing the threaded rod to the hoist mounting.

4.

Loosen and back off the inside nut on the threaded rod.

5.

Loosen and back off the nut holding the sensor shaft in
place against the side plate.

6.

Unscrew the threaded rod from the sensor shaft.

7.

While removing the nuts and remaining washer from the


inside end of the threaded rod, pull the threaded rod out
through the hoist housing.

8.

Remove the setscrews and slide the limit switch bracket


and limit switch, actuating cam, arm (with roller), spring,
and spring holder collar from the sensor shaft.

9.

Loosen and remove the capscrew and washer securing


the sensor shaft to the hoist housing.

Installation
NOTE:

2.

Slide spring holder collar, spring, arm (with roller),


actuating cam, limit switch bracket and limit switch onto
the sensor shaft. Secure with the related setscrews.

3.

Install the threaded rod through the opening in the hoist


housing and thread the washer and two nuts onto the
rod.

4.

Screw the threaded rod into the sensor shaft.

5.

Tighten the nut to hold the sensor shaft to the side plate.

6.

Tighten the nut securing the threaded rod to the hoist


housing.

7.

Install the remaining washer and nut onto the outside


end of the threaded rod. Adjust so the centerline of the
roller is 3.0 inches (7.6 cm) from the inside face of the
nearby side plate. Torque the set screws in the limit
switch bracket, actuating cam, arm (with roller), and
spring holder to 10-13 inch-pounds (1.1 to 1.5 Nm after
final adjustment.

8.

Torque the three nuts 117 to 127 Nm (86 to 94 footpounds). Ensure the centerline of the roller is still 3.0
inches (7.6 cm) from the inside face of the nearby side
plate.

9.

Reconnect the wires to the third wrap indicator limit


switch and reinstall the control unit cover.

All fasteners must be treated with medium strength


threadlocking adhesive sealant and primer.

10. Restore power to third wrap indicator by installing fuses


F17 and F16.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-13

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

10

5, 6
4
7

16

1
8

Refer to View A

9
6928-1

2, 3

13

11

12

14
9

15
7131

View A

Item

Description

Item

FIGURE 5-4
Description

Sensor Shaft

Arm

Nut

10

Hoist

Washer

11

Spring Holder Collar

Threaded Rod

12

Spring

Washer

13

Actuating Cam

Nut

14

Limit Switch Bracket

Nut

15

Limit Switch

Roller

16

Control Unit

5-14

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

HOIST DRUM ROTATION INDICATOR


SYSTEM

Support End Bracket

Sensing End

Lock Nuts

Description
The hoist drum rotation indicator system is an electrically
operated system that provides the operator with a touch
indication of drum rotation so he will know if and at what
speed the hoist drum is rotating, even under the most
distracting conditions.
The rotation indicator system consists of three separate
electrical components; the rotation indicator sensor, drum
rotation indicator control module (CPU), and thumb thumper
solenoid. The rotation sensor and control module (CPU) are
located on the hoist. The pulsing thumb thumper solenoid is
located in the applicable hoist control lever handle.

Maintenance
General

7068

1.21 in. (31 mm)

FIGURE 5-5

Drum Rotation Indicator Control Module


(CPU)
The control module (CPU) is bracket mounted to the upper
hoist motor attaching bolt. It provides LEDs for checking
proper circuit operation, as well as providing power to the
rotation sensor. It also sends a signal to the thumper
solenoid proportional to the sensor.

Thumb Thumper Solenoid


The thumb thumper solenoid provides feedback proportional
to the hoist line speed by pulsing the rubber button on top of
the hoist control lever.

DANGER
D i s c on n e c t t h e b a t te r i es b e fo r e p e r f o r m i n g a n y
maintenance on this system. Serious burns may result
from accidental shorting or grounding of live circuits.
Proper circuit operation can be checked for each individual
electrical component. If a malfunction occurs within the
system, repairs should be limited to finding and replacing the
faulty component(s). To determine which component is at
fault, use the self diagnostic LEDs on the CPU. If difficulty
persists, contact your local dealer for additional
troubleshooting aid.

Troubleshooting
To troubleshoot the system, use the three diagnostic LEDs
located on the control module (CPU). Under normal
operating conditions (hoist drum rotating) the diagnostic
LEDs function as shown in the following table.
Table 5-2
LED

OPERATION

DEFINITION

Green

On continuously

Current applied to sensor

Rotation Sensor

Red

Pulses on, varies


with speed

Sensor signal received

The rotation sensor is screwed into the hoist support end


bracket that holds the hydraulic motor (Figure 5-5). It senses
the rotation of the drum. When installing the sensor, ensure
its sensing end is 1.21 inch (31 mm) from the first lock nut.
(This is the length of the sensor from its sensing end through
to the outside surface of the hoist support end bracket.) If
sensor will not work properly, loosen both lock nuts and turn
the sensor counterclockwise up to one turn, then retighten
lock nuts to hold sensor position. If sensor will still not work
properly, ensure its sensing end is 1.21 inch (31 mm) from
the first lock nut, then turn the sensor clockwise up to one
turn, then retighten lock nuts to hold sensor position.

Yellow

Pulses on, varies


with speed

Solenoid pulse working

GROVE

NOTE:

The following paragraphs troubleshoot the system


using the diagnostic LEDs. The hoist drum must be
rotating during all troubleshooting.

Green LED
Turn the ignition switch on. Verify that the green LED is on.
The LED should stay on as long as accessory power is on. If
the green LED is not on, either the voltage did not arrive at
the CPU, or the CPU is defective and needs to be replaced.
If the green LED repeatedly flashes once with the red and
yellow LEDs off, the solenoid circuit is shorted. If the green
LED repeatedly flashes two times with the red and yellow
LEDs off, the CPU is defective. If the green LED repeatedly
flashes three times with the red and yellow LEDs off, the

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-15

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

CPU needs to be reprogrammed. The following should be


used only after using the diagnostic LEDs.
1.

Use a digital voltmeter or multimeter to measure if


voltage is present on wire 27 at circuit breaker or fuse
feed. Replace fuse, circuit breaker or wire if necessary.

2.

Make sure 12 volts are measured across terminals A


(red wire) and C (black wire) of connector DT3S. If there
is no voltage present, check wiring and circuit breaker
(fuse).

3.

If voltage is present but green LED does not light,


replace the CPU.

Amber LED
With the green LED on continuously, and the red LED
pulsating (hoist is rotating), the amber LED should also be
pulsating. If the amber LED does not pulse on and off, a worn
or damaged CPU could be the problem. If the amber LED
pulsates, but the thumb thumper solenoid does not, then the
thumper solenoid is worn or damaged and should be
replaced or there are broken or pinched wires in the system.
The following should be used only after using the diagnostic
LEDs.
1.

Using a digital voltmeter, check to see if the CPU is


receiving 12 volts between terminals A (red wire) and B
(black wire) of connector DT3S. If no voltage is present,
check wiring and circuit breaker or fuse.

2.

Using a digital ohmmeter, check to see if the thumper


solenoid resistance is 12 2 ohm. If the resistance does
not measure correctly the solenoid is worn or damaged
and should be replaced.

3.

Using a digital voltmeter, measure the voltage on


thumper solenoid white feed wire 27. The voltage should
measure 12V. If voltage is not within 10 percent, check
the voltage at the fuse or circuit breaker. If the voltage
does not measure within 10 percent, trace the high or
low volts back to the source and repair the defect. If the
voltage does measure within 10 percent, the thumper
solenoid white feed wire 27 is defective; replace it.

4.

After disconnecting both ends of wire 508 (main hoist) or


509 (auxiliary hoist) between the thumper solenoid and
the CPU, measure the resistance of wire 508 or 509. If
the resistance measures more than 0.5 ohm, the wire is
damaged; replace it.

Red LED
With the green LED on, and the hoist rotating, the red LED
should be pulsing on and off and should stop pulsing when
the hoist stops rotating. If the red LED does not pulse on and
off, then either the CPU is defective or the sensor is
defective. The following should be used only after using the
diagnostic LEDs.
1.

2.

5-16

Measure the sensor input voltage from +10V terminal 1


to ground terminal 3 on the DTM3S connector. Measure
the pulsating return signal from +5V terminal 2 to ground
terminal 3 on the DTM3S connector. If the +10V is
applied to the sensor input and the +5V pulsating signal
is applied to the DTM3S connector terminal 2 and the
red LED still does not pulsate, the CPU is defective and
should be replaced.
If the +5V signal on terminal 2 does not oscillate, the
sensor is defective or the sensor adjustment air gap
from the gear teeth is too wide. Adjust the sensor
position and retest. If oscillation does not occur, the
sensor should be replaced.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

Control Module - CPU

Control Module - CPU

High Speed
Solenoid

5
Sensor

Sensor

To Thumb Thumper

Green LED

Control Lever
Handle

Button

Amber LED
Thumb Thumper
Rotation Indicator
Soleniod122 Ohms

Red LED

Single Axis
Controller

Control Module - CPU

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

FIGURE 5-6

5-17

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

COUNTERWEIGHT REMOVAL AND


INSTALLATION

3.

Adjust the foot plate (5) (Figure 5-7) and adjusting screw
(6) (Figure 5-7) into or out of the counterweight support
until the counterweight pads on top of the counterweight
support are level. Do not exceed 5.72 cm (2.25 inches).

4.

Tighten jam nut (7) (Figure 5-7) against counterweight


support.

Counterweight Stand Installation


NOTE:

1.

The counterweight stand must be installed on the


front of the carrier before removing either the
standard or heavy counterweight assembly.

Using an adequate lifting device, install the


counterweight stand (1) (Figure 5-7) to the front of the
carrier frame (3) (Figure 5-7) and secure with the hitch
pins (4) (Figure 5-7).

Standard and Heavy Counterweight and


Auxiliary Hoist Structure
Removal

DANGER
Read and understand the following when removing and
installing the counterweight, auxiliary hoist structure or
counterweight stand, to avoid serious injury or death.

5, 6, 7

Outriggers must be properly extended and set and


c r a ne l e ve l b ef or e i ns ta ll a ti o n or r e m o v al of
counterweight or auxiliary hoist structure.

Lifting operations are not permitted with any


counterweight on the carrier deck except for the
removal or installation of the counterweight and/or
auxiliary hoist structure.

Boom is not permitted over carrier deck when the


boom angle is less than 30 and any counterweight is
positioned on deck.

Hookblock is not permitted to come in contact with


counterweight, auxiliary hoist or auxiliary hoist
structure during removal or installation.d

When installing counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8), make


sure that both auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9)
hydraulic mounting pins are fully extended and
retainer pins are in place before counterweight is
lifted.

Before unpinning auxiliary hoist structure (7)


(Figure 5-9), all counterweights must be fully lowered
and firmly supported. Before lowering, make sure the
auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9) is properly
supported by counterweight removal cylinders (5)
(Figure 5-8) and both hydraulic mounting pins are
completely retracted.

Travel is not permitted with any counterweight on the


carrier deck.

7229

FIGURE 5-7
2.

Rotate foot plates (5) (Figure 5-7) on the counterweight


stand (1) (Figure 5-7) until they come to rest on top of
the front outrigger box (2) (Figure 5-7).

DANGER
Adjustment of the counterweight stand (1) (Figure 5-7)
supports is prohibited when the counterweight (1)
(Figure 5-8) is resting on them.

5-18

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

10

6
7

4
5

8
11

3
12

5
1

7229-1

FIGURE 5-8
Item

Description

Item

Description

Counterweight Weldment

Cotter Pin

Heavy Counterweight Weldment

Cotter Pin

Heavy Counterweight Weldment Pin

Cylinder to Counterweight Pin

Wear Ring

10

Shoulder Bolt

Counterweight Removal Cylinder

11

Hitch Pin

Pin

12

Counterweight to Hoist Structure Pin

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-19

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

1.

Position the crane on a firm level surface.

2.

Fully extend and set the outriggers. Level the crane.

3.

Position the superstructure over the rear with the


counterweight positioned over the counterweight
support on the front of the carrier frame.

4.

5.

6.

Remove any load handling device from the auxiliary


hoist cable and retract all cable onto the hoist drum.
Secure the cable.

11. Retract the counterweight removal cylinders (5)


(Figure 5-8) and carefully lower the auxiliary hoist
structure (7) (Figure 5-9) onto the counterweight.
12. Tag, disconnect and secure the counterweight removal
cylinder hydraulic lines. Cap or plug all line openings.

Tag and disconnect the auxiliary hoist hydraulic lines


and electrical harnesses. Cap or plug all line openings.
Secure lines so they will not be damaged during
auxiliary hoist structure removal.
Do not disconnect the lines to the counterweight
removal cylinders (5) (Figure 5-8) at this time.

NOTE:

7.

10. Use the counterweight removal levers (6) (Figure 5-9) to


retract the pins on the rod ends of the pin removal
cylinder (2) (Figure 5-9) and unpin the auxiliary hoist
structure (7) (Figure 5-9) from the turntable.

It may be necessary to retract the counterweight


removal cylinders (5) (Figure 5-8) to relieve weight
from the counterweight to auxiliary hoist structure
pins (12) (Figure 5-8).

DANGER
Travel is not permitted with any counterweight on the
carrier.
13. Secure the counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8) to the
auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9) with the
counterweight to hoist structure pins (12) (Figure 5-8)
and hitch pins (11) (Figure 5-8).

Remove the hitch pins (11) (Figure 5-8) and the


counterweight to hoist structure pins (12) (Figure 5-8).
These are accessible through the holes in the back of
the counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8).

DANGER
Do not attempt to separate the auxiliary hoist structure (7)
(Figure 5-9) from the counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8) while
on the counterweight stand (1) (Figure 5-7). The auxiliary
hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9) may hit the counterweight
(1) (Figure 5-8) and knock it off the stand.

14. Disengage the swing lock


superstructure over the front.

pin

and

swing

the

DANGER

Death or serious injury may result with improper use.

Lever Operation RH Side

8.

9.

5-20

7229-3

FIGURE 5-9

Using the counterweight removal levers (6) (Figure 5-9),


extend the counterweight removal cylinders (5)
(Figure 5-8) and carefully lower the counterweight (1)
(Figure 5-8) onto the counterweight supports.
Remove the detent pins (4) (Figure 5-9) to allow the pin
removal cylinder (2) (Figure 5-9) to retract the pins on its
rod ends.

On the heavy removable counterweight option (2)


(Figure 5-8), do not use the lifting lugs on the heavy
counterweights to lift the entire heavy counterweight and
auxiliary hoist structure. The heavy counterweight lifting
lugs are designed to lift the heavy removable
counterweight only.
15. Attach an adequate lifting device with slings to the
auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9). Use the crane
to carefully transfer the auxiliary hoist structure (7)
(Figure 5-9) and counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8) to the
ground or suitable transport vehicle.
NOTE:

Step 16 applies to the heavy


counterweight (2) (Figure 5-8).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

removable

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

16. If desired, lessen the weight on the counterweight by


removing the two heavy counterweight weldments (2)
(Figure 5-8). To remove the weldments, attach an
adequate lifting device with slings attached to the lifting
lugs. Free the weldments from the counterweight by
removing the pins. Using the lifting device, remove the
weldments.

place the auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9) onto


the counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8).
5.

Installation
1.

Position the crane on a firm level surface.

2.

Fully extend and set the outriggers. Level the crane.

Secure the counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8) to the


counterweight removal cylinders (5) (Figure 5-8) with
the cylinder to counterweight pins (9) (Figure 5-8) and
hitch pins (8) (Figure 5-8). Secure the counterweight (1)
(Figure 5-8) to the auxiliary hoist structure (7)
(Figure 5-9) with the counterweight to hoist structure
pins (12) (Figure 5-8)and hitch pins (11) (Figure 5-8).

DANGER
DANGER
Assemble the standard removable counterweight (1)
(Figure 5-8) and auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9)
on the ground or on a suitable transport vehicle. Do not
attempt to assemble on the counterweight stand. The
auxiliary hoist structure may hit the counterweight and
knock it off the stand.

The main boom must not be lowered below horizontal


while swinging over the front while the counterweight
supports are installed.
6.

Install the counterweight stand (1) (Figure 5-7) on the


front of the carrier. Refer to Counterweight Stand
Installation.

7.

Using an adequate lifting device with slings, carefully


transfer the auxiliary hoist and counterweight to the
counterweight stand.

DANGER
Assemble the heavy removable counterweight (2)
(Figure 5-8) and auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9)
on the ground or on a suitable transport vehicle. Do not
attempt to assemble on the counterweight stand (1)
(Figure 5-7). The auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9)
may hit the counterweight and knock it off the stand.

DANGER
The heavy removable counterweight assembly (2)
( F i g u r e 5 -8 ) m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d w i t h b o t h h e a v y
counterweights. Using only one heavy counterweight may
cause the crane to become unstable.
NOTE:
3.

4.

Step number 3 applies to the heavy removable


counterweight (2) (Figure 5-8).

Attach an adequate lifting device with slings to each


heavy counterweight weldments lift lugs. Using the
lifting device, carefully install the two heavy
counterweight weldments (2) (Figure 5-8) in place on
the counterweight auxiliary hoist structure (7)
(Figure 5-9). Pin the counterweight weldments in place
with the pins.
Using an adequate lifting device with slings attached to
the auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9), carefully

GROVE

DANGER
The main boom must not be elevated above horizontal
while swinging into the auxiliary hoist mounting structure.
8.

Swing the superstructure over the rear and engage the


swing lock pin.

9.

Connect the counterweight removal cylinder hydraulic


lines disconnected and tagged earlier.

10. Remove the hitch pins (8) (Figure 5-8) and the
counterweight to hoist structure pins (9) (Figure 5-8) to
free the auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-8) from the
counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8).
11. Using the counterweight levers (6) (Figure 5-9), fully
extend the counterweight removal cylinders (5)
(Figure 5-8) and carefully raise the auxiliary hoist
structure (7) (Figure 5-9) to meet the mating plates on
the turntable.
12. Use the pin control lever (6) (Figure 5-9) to extend the
pins on the rod ends of the pin removal cylinder (5)
(Figure 5-9) and pin the auxiliary hoist structure (7)
(Figure 5-9) to the turntable.
13. Install the detent pins (4) (Figure 5-9) to secure the pins
on the rod ends of the pin removal cylinder (2)
(Figure 5-9) to keep the auxiliary hoist structure (7)
(Figure 5-9) secured.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

5-21

HOIST AND COUNTERWEIGHT

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

14. Retract the counterweight removal cylinders (5)


(Figure 5-8) and carefully raise the counterweight (1)
(Figure 5-8) to its installed (working) position.
15. Secure the counterweight (1) (Figure 5-8) to the
auxiliary hoist structure (7) (Figure 5-9) with the
counterweight to hoist structure pins (12) (Figure 5-8).

17. Connect the auxiliary hoist hydraulic lines and electrical


wires as tagged and disconnected earlier.
18. Remove the counterweight support from the front of the
carrier. Refer to Counterweight Stand Removal.

Counterweight Stand Removal


1.

Attach an adequate lifting device with slings to the


counterweight stand (1) (Figure 5-7).

2.

Loosen jam nut (7) (Figure 5-7).

3.

Rotate foot plates (5) (Figure 5-7) on the counterweight


stand (1) (Figure 5-7) away from the outrigger box (2)
(Figure 5-7).

4.

Remove the counterweight stand (1) (Figure 5-7) to


carrier frame hitch pins (4) (Figure 5-7).

5.

Using the lifting device with slings, remove the


counterweight stand (1) (Figure 5-7).

CAUTION
Do not power the counterweight into the counterweight to
hoist mounting pins.
16. Slowly extend the counterweight removal cylinders (5)
(Figure 5-8) so the counterweight to hoist mounting pins
(12) (Figure 5-8) take the weight of the counterweight (1)
(Figure 5-8).

5-22

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

SECTION 6
SWING SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Swing Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Swing Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Swing Box Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Swing Motor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Swing Brake Assembly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Swing Gearbox Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Torquing Turntable Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Swivels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Hydraulic Swivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Two-Port Water Swivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Electrical Swivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Swing Lock Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
360 Swing Lock Control (Positive Lock Type) (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

GROVE

6-i

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

This Page Blank

6-ii

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

SECTION 6
SWING SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION

THEORY OF OPERATION

The purpose of the swing system is to allow the crane


superstructure to rotate atop the carrier frame. The
superstructure swing system provides full 360 degree
rotation in both directions and is equipped with free swing
capabilities. The term free swing means that, with the
SWING BRAKE switch in the OFF position, the
superstructure will swing freely after the SWING control lever
is released until it coasts to a stop or the glide swing brake
pedal is depressed.

Swing Drive

Swing is activated using the control lever in the cab. When


the swing lever is actuated, hydraulic pressure is routed to
the swing motors to drive the swing gearboxes in the
appropriate direction. As the gearboxes rotate, their pinion
gears mesh with the teeth on the swing bearing and rotate
the superstructure. Swing speed can be controlled by the
control lever and a HIGH/LOW swing speed switch on the
front console. The maximum rotation speed is 2.5 rpm in
HIGH speed and 1.25 rpm in LOW speed. Braking is
accomplished by depressing a glide swing brake pedal
which is a proportionate control valve that provides a
controlled braking of the swing motion.
The swing system consists of a hydraulic remote controller,
swing speed switch, series/parallel selector valve, a
directional control valve, the swing drives, the swing brake
assemblies, the brake pedal and power brake valve, and a
swing brake release solenoid valve.
The crane is equipped with a pin type swing lock as standard
and a standard 360 degree positive swing lock. The 360
degree positive swing lock meshes with the swing gear teeth
at any point of rotation. The pin type swing lock will only lock
the turntable in a straight ahead position over the front or
rear of machine. Both swing locks are operated from the cab.

GROVE

The hydraulic power for the swing drive is supplied by the


engine driven hydraulic Pump No. 1. Oil flows from the pump
to the hydraulic Port 5 swivel. Flow from the swivel is routed
to the front steering flow divider valve in the swing directional
control valve. Bypass flow from the flow divider valve is used
to supply the swing directional control valve.
When the hydraulic remote control is positioned to select
right or left swing, the flow through the control valve is
directed to the series/parallel valve, and then routed to the
swing motors. If the SWING BRAKE selector switch is in the
OFF position, the superstructure will rotate in the desired
direction. Shifting the control to neutral and depressing the
brake pedal will stop the swing.

Swing Brake
The hydraulic power for the swing brake is supplied by the
pressure reducing/sequence valve in the swing brake and
armrest lockout manifold. With the SWING BRAKE selector
switch positioned to ON, the swing brake release valve
blocks the regulated flow to the brake release ports and
spring pressure in the swing brakes applies the brakes.
When the SWING BRAKE selector switch is positioned to
OFF, the regulated flow is directed from the pressure
reducing/sequence valve to the brake release ports,
overcoming the brake spring pressures and releasing the
swing brakes. Regulated flow from the pressure reducing/
sequence valve is also provided to the power brake valve
where it is available for the activation of the swing brake
when the pedal is depressed.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-1

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

3
5

10
11

NOTE:

6470-1

Some swing boxes have the


notches in the mounting flange.
Other swing boxes do not.

Item

Description

FIGURE 6-1
Item

Description

Swing Motor

Hydraulic Apply Brake Port

Swing Motor Ports

Hydraulic Release Brake Port

Swing Motor Drain Plug

Swing Gearbox

Swing Brake Assembly

10

Drain Plug

Breather Plugs

11

Pinion Gear

Filling Plug/Level Indicator

6-2

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting
Table 6-1
Symptom
1.

Boom swing
operation erratic in
either direction.

GROVE

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Damaged relief valve.

a.

Replace relief valve.

b.

Swing brake dragging (not releasing


properly).

b.

Readjust and/or replace necessary


parts.

c.

Low engine rpm.

c.

Increase engine rpm to obtain smooth


swing operation.

d.

Low hydraulic oil.

d.

Check system for leaks. Make repairs


as needed. Fill reservoir. Refer to
Section 9 - LUBRICATION.

e.

Improper movement of control to


neutral.

e.

Feather controls to neutral to maintain


smooth stopping action.

f.

Insufficient lubricant on swing bearing.

f.

Lubricate bearing properly. Refer to


Section 9 - LUBRICATION.

g.

Crane not level.

g.

Level crane using outriggers.

h.

Damaged swing motor.

h.

Repair or replace swing motor.

i.

Excessive overload.

i.

Reduce load. Refer to load capacity


chart.

j.

Restricted or partly clogged hydraulic


hose or fittings.

j.

Replace hose or fittings. Refer to the


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Manual.

k.

Pump cavitation in swing section.

k.

Tighten suction hose or replace any


damaged fitting. Check hydraulic tank
level.

l.

Improperly torqued turntable bolts.

l.

Torque turntable bolts evenly.

m. Excessive preload on upper and lower


pinion shaft bearing.

m. Adjust as necessary.

n.

Improperly torqued
attachment bolts.

n.

Torque swing motor attachment bolts.

o.

Malfunction of the swing box.

o.

Remove swing box


necessary repairs.

p.

Worn or damaged pump.

p.

Repair or replace damaged pump.

q.

Damaged swing directional control


valve.

q.

Repair or replace swing directional


control valve.

r.

Damaged swing pinion.

r.

Replace pinion.

s.

Damaged turntable bearing.

s.

Replace turntable bearing.

t.

Controller settings.

t.

Check settings.

u.

Electrical connection.

u.

Inspect wiring and connections.

swing

motor

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

and

make

6-3

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Symptom
2.

Boom swing
operation erratic in
one direction only.

Boom swing
operation erratic in
one direction only.

3.

4.

6-4

Boom will not swing


in either direction.

Swing operation
slow in either
direction.

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Crane not level.

a.

Level crane using outriggers.

b.

Turntable bearing binding due to


continuous limited swing. (Example:
concrete pourer.)

b.

Rotate machine 360 degrees in both


directions several times and lubricate
bearing.

c.

Restricted hose or fitting.

c.

Replace hose or fitting.

d.

Damaged swing directional control


valve.

d.

Replace
valve.

e.

Damaged swing pinion.

e.

Replace pinion.

f.

Damaged turntable bearing.

f.

Replace turntable bearing.

a.

Damaged relief valve.

a.

Remove, clean, and repair or replace


relief valve.

b.

Damaged swing motor.

b.

Repair or replace swing motor.

c.

Swing brake not releasing properly.

c.

Repair as necessary.

d.

Damaged hydraulic remote control


valve.

d.

Replace
valve.

e.

Internal damage to swing box.

e.

Remove swing box and repair.

f.

Worn or damaged hydraulic pump.

f.

Replace pump section.

g.

Damaged swing directional control


valve.

g.

Replace
valve.

h.

Damaged swing pinion.

h.

Replace pinion.

i.

Damaged turntable bearing.

i.

Replace turntable bearing.

j.

Excessive overload.

j.

Reduce load. Refer to load capacity


chart.

a.

Damaged relief valve.

a.

Adjust, repair or replace valve.

b.

Improperly adjusted swing brake.

b.

Readjust.

c.

Damaged hydraulic remote control


valve.

c.

Replace
valve.

d.

Improperly lubricated swing bearing.

d.

Lubricate bearing per Section 9 LUBRICATION.

e.

Improper size hose and/or fittings


installed.

e.

Replace hose or fittings. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Manual.

f.

Clogged or restricted hydraulic hoses


or fittings.

f.

Clean or replace damaged parts.

g.

Worn or
bearings

g.

Replace bearings.

h.

Worn or damaged swing motor.

h.

Repair or replace motor.

i.

Worn or damaged hydraulic pump.

i.

Repair or replace pump.

j.

Crane not level.

j.

Level crane.

k.

Damaged swing directional control


valve.

k.

Replace
valve.

damaged

output

shaft

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

swing

directional

hydraulic

swing

directional

hydraulic

swing

remote

remote

directional

control

control

control

control

control

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


Symptom
5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Swing operation
slow in one
direction only.

Swing brake
operation erratic.

Swing brake
system will not
operate.

Swing brake pedal


is spongy.

Swing brake drags.

10. Boom swings


slowly.

11. Swing motor


continues to
operate when
swing control is in
neutral.

GROVE

SWING SYSTEM
Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Crane not level.

a.

Level crane.

b.

Damaged hydraulic remote control


valve.

b.

Replace
valve.

c.

Damaged swing directional control


valve.

c.

Replace the swing directional control


valve.

d.

Clogged or restricted hose.

d.

Replace hose or fitting.

e.

Improperly torqued turntable bearing.

e.

Torque turntable bearing.

a.

Improper brake adjustment.

a.

Adjust brake.

b.

Air in swing brake system.

b.

Bleed brake system.

c.

Brake pedal not fully retracted.

c.

Check brake pedal return spring; repair


or replace spring.

d.

Dirty or glazed brake disc.

d.

Clean or replace disc.

e.

Malfunction of the glide swing power


brake valve.

e.

Repair or replace glide swing power


brake valve.

f.

Kinked or bent lines and/or hoses and


fittings.

f.

Straighten or replace as required.

a.

Damaged swing brake release valve.

a.

Replace release valve.

b.

Damaged glide swing power brake


valve.

b.

Repair or replace glide swing power


brake valve.

c.

Internal damage to the swing brake


assembly.

c.

Repair or replace affected parts.

d.

Loose or restricted brake lines or


fittings.

d.

Tighten or replace lines and fittings.

a.

Damaged glide swing power brake


valve.

a.

Repair or replace the glide swing


power brake valve.

b.

Loose or restricted brake lines or


fittings.

b.

Tighten or replace brake lines and


fittings.

a.

Damaged glide swing power brake


valve.

a.

Repair or replace the glide swing


power brake valve.

b.

Damaged swing brake release valve.

b.

Replace release valve.

c.

Internal damage to the swing brake


assembly.

c.

Repair or replace affected parts.

d.

Loose or restricted brake lines or


fittings.

d.

Tighten or replace brake lines and


fittings.

a.

Insufficient hydraulic volume.

a.

Check delivery of hydraulic pump.


Ensure sufficient fluid is available to
pump. Check pump drive speed.

b.

Damaged relief valve.

b.

Adjust, repair, or replace valve.

c.

Damaged swing motor.

c.

Repair or replace motor.

a.

Hydraulic remote control valve sticking


or valve otherwise damaged.

a.

Repair or replace valve.

b.

Control valve sticking


otherwise damaged.

b.

Repair or replace valve.

or

valve

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

hydraulic

remote

control

6-5

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Symptom
12. Swing motor
turning in wrong
direction.
13. Swing motor noisy.

6-6

Probable Cause

Solution

a.

Improper port connections.

a.

Reverse port connection.

b.

Improper wiring connection

b.

Inspect wiring and connections. Make


repairs as needed.

a.

Air in system.

a.

Refer to Section 2 - HYDRAULIC


SYSTEM, for removal of air from the
system.

b.

Motor binding.

b.

Repair or replace motor.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

SWING BOX ASSEMBLIES

Removal

Description

1.

There are two swing box assemblies (Figure 6-1) for turning
and stopping the turntable and superstructure. Each swing
box assembly consists of a hydraulic motor on top, a brake
assembly, and a swing gearbox on the bottom. Each swing
swing motor on the swing gearbox gear pinion output shaft
applies turning force to the turntable bearings gear teeth to
turn the turntable. Operator-applied hydraulic power applies
the brake assemblies to stop their swing box assemblies.
Each swing motor runs on hydraulic power to drive its
gearbox. Each swing motor has two ports for connection to
the hydraulic system.
Each swing brake assembly is between the swing motor and
the swing gearbox. Each brake assemblys mechanism is a
disc pack that is hydraulically released and spring applied.
The operator steps on a pedal on the cab floor to trigger the
swing brake assemblies to stop the swing boxes from
turning. The SWING BRAKE switch prevents the swing
brake assemblies from releasing when on; this prevents
inadvertent swing during travel or other situations when the
superstructure should not turn.
Each gearbox bolts to the superstructure base plate. Each
gearbox uses double reduction planetary gearing. Each
gearboxs pinion gear meshes with the ring gear of the
turntable bearing to rotate the turntable.
A filing plug in the top of the swing break system assembly
housing allows the operator to add gear oil to the swing
gearbox and swing brake assembly. There is one drain plug
for draining gear oil from the gearbox housing.
There are hydraulic lines to each swing brake assembly;
these lines are in a system sealed from gear oil. The
hydraulic lines are only for applying or releasing the brake,
not providing brake or gearbox lubrication.
There are hydraulic lines to the swing motor; these lines are
also in a system sealed from gear oil. The hydraulic lines are
for driving the motor in the chosen rotation. There is one
drain plug for draining hydraulic oil from the swing motor.

Swing Motor Maintenance


NOTE:

GROVE

Each swing motor can be removed and


disassembled independently of the swing brake
assembly.

Engage the swing brake and the swing lock pin.

CAUTION
Oil can be hot and cause burns.
2.

Clean the port area around the swing motor. Tag and
disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the swing motor.
Cap or plug all openings.

3.

Unscrew the drain plug, and drain the oil. After oil is
drained, reinstall the drain plug

CAUTION
Pull straight up on the motor assembly to avoid damaging
the splined shaft.
4.

Remove the capscrews securing the swing motor to the


swing brake assembly housing flange. Remove and
discard the O-ring from the groove in the swing brake
assembly housing.

Installation

CAUTION
Use care when engaging the swing motor drive gear; do
not force the shaft to engage.
1.

Install a new O-ring in the groove of the swing brake


assemblys housing. Position the swing motor on the
swing brake.

2.

Apply Loctite 243 on the capscrews. Secure the swing


motor to the swing brake assembly housing with the
capscrews. Torque the capscrews 85 to 103.2 Nm (62 to
76.1 pounds-foot).

3.

If needed, fill the swing gear box with gear oil. Refer to
Section 9 - LUBRICATION.

4.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the swing motor as tagged


during removal.

Testing
1.

Test swing of superstructure in each direction. Stop and


start swing boxes several times.

2.

Inspect for hydraulic leaks and repair as necessary.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-7

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Swing Brake Assembly Maintenance

Swing Gearbox Maintenance

NOTE:

Removal

Each swing brake assembly can be removed and


disassembled independently of the swing gearbox.

1.

Engage the swing lock pin.

Removal
1.

Engage the swing lock pin.

CAUTION
Oil can be hot and cause burns.

CAUTION
Oil can be hot and cause burns.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the swing


motor and the swing brake assembly. Cap and/or plug
all openings.

2.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines connected to the


swing motor and the swing brake assembly. Cap and/or
plug all openings.

3.

3.

Remove the swing motor from the swing brake


assembly per the procedure in this section.

If necessary, remove the swing motor per instructions in


this section. Or do so after removing entire swing box
assembly from superstructure.

4.

4.

While observing tension on the bolts due to internal


brake springs, unscrew socket head capscrews
securing the swing brake assembly to the gearbox.
Remove the brake assembly.

If necessary, remove the swing brake assembly per


instructions in this section. Or do so after removing
entire swing box assembly from superstructure.

NOTE:

5.

Remove and discard the O-ring from the swing brake


assembly housing.

5.

Attach a suitable lifting device to the swing gearbox.

6.

Cover the opening of the swing gearbox to ensure no


dirt, dust or other foreign material get into the gearbox.

6.

Remove the capscrews, flatwashers and bushings


securing the swing gearbox to the superstructure base
plate. Remove the swing gearbox.

7.

Remove the counter-sunk allen bolts and bottom plate


attaching the pinion gear to the swing gearbox shaft.
Remove the pinion gear.
Cover the opening of the swing gearbox to ensure no
dirt, dust, or foreign material gets into the gearbox.

Installation

The swing gearbox with swing brake assembly and


swing motor attached weighs about 335 pounds
(about 150 kg).

1.

Install a new O-ring onto the brake assemblys housing


and insert the brake assembly into the gearbox.

2.

Secure the brake assembly with the socket head


capscrews.

8.

3.

Install the swing motor on the swing brake assembly per


the procedure in this section.

Installation

4.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the swing motor and


swing brake assembly.

5.

Bleed all air from the swing brake assembly.

1.

Install the pinion gear and bottom plate on the swing


gearbox splined shaft. Secure pinion gear with the
counter-sunk allen bolts.

2.

Install the swing brake assembly on the swing gearbox


per instructions in this section.

3.

Install the swing motor on the swing brake assembly per


instructions in this section.

4.

Attach a suitable lifting device to the swing gearbox and


position the swing gearbox on the superstructure base
plate.

5.

Install the capscrews, washers and bushings removed


earlier to secure the swing gearbox to the superstructure
base plate.

6.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the swing brake.

7.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the swing motor.

8.

Service the gearbox per the following instructions.

Testing
1.

2.

3.

6-8

With the SWING BRAKE switch in the ON position,


move the swing control lever in both directions.
Superstructure rotation should not occur.
Put the SWING BRAKE switch to OFF and swing the
superstructure in both directions. Use the swing brake
pedal to stop rotation.
Check for hydraulic leaks and repair as necessary.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

Servicing
Normal maintenance should only consist of proper
lubrication and a periodic check of mounting bolt torque
values. Lubrication consists of maintaining the gearbox oil
level. Oil in a new gearbox should be drained and flushed
out after approximately 250 hours of operation, and
replaced with premium quality SSGL-5 after about 500
hours of operation or each year, whichever occurs first.
Operation in high humidity or polluted air areas will
require more frequent changes to minimize moisture or
contaminate accumulation.
Oil Changing

and dirt might be driven into the vent of the swing


bearing.
3.

After oil is drained, reinstall the drain plug and any other
plugs that were removed to drain the oil.

4.

To refill with oil, make sure the breather is open. Fill until
proper location on dipstick.

5.

Tighten breather and dipstick.

Checking Oil Level


1.

Check level on dipstick

2.

If no lubricant is visible on dipstick, add SSGL-5 until


between minimum and maximum on dipstick. Refer to
Section 9 - Lubrication.
Reinstall the dipstick in the brake housing.

Change the oil as follows.


1.

Unscrew drain plug; remove breather and dipstick.


Ensure all oil has been removed.

3.

2.

Flush the case with a light flushing oil. Flushing of the


gearbox with a solvent helps prevent an accumulation of
grit and grime. Avoid steam cleaning where moisture

1.

Test swing of superstructure in each direction. Stop and


start swing several times.

2.

Inspect for leaks. Make repairs as necessary.

Testing

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-9

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING BEARING
Description
The swing bearing is an anti-friction roller bearing that mates
the superstructure to the carrier. The bearing inner race is
bolted to the superstructure and the outer race is bolted to
the carrier. The inner race contains grease fittings for
lubrication of the bearing which are hosed to two fittings at
the front of the turntable center section. The outer race has
gear teeth that mesh with the pinion gear of the swing
gearbox to provide rotation.

Maintenance
General
The swing bearing is the most critical maintenance point of
the crane. It is here, at the centerline of rotation, that
stresses of loads are concentrated. In addition, the bearing
provides the only attachment between the superstructure
and carrier. Therefore, proper care of the bearing and
periodic maintenance of the turntable-to-bearing attach bolts
IS A MUST to ensure safe and efficient operation.

Torquing Turntable Bolts


General

DANGER
Failure to maintain proper torque of the turntable bearing
attaching bolts will result in damage to the crane and
possible injury to personnel.
Maintaining proper torque value for bolts is extremely
important for structural strength, performance, and reliability
of the crane. Variations in torque can cause distortion,
binding, or complete separation of the superstructure from
the carrier.

CAUTION
Repeated re-torquing may cause bolts to stretch. If bolts
keep working loose, they must be replaced with new bolts
of the proper grade and size.
Proper identification of bolt grade is important. When marked
as a high strength bolt (grade 8), the serviceman must be
aware of bolt classifications and that he is installing a high
strength heat-treated tempered component and the bolt
must be installed according to specifications. Special
attention should be given to the existence of lubricant and
plating that will cause variation from dry torque values. When
a high strength bolt is removed, or un-torqued, the bolt must
be replaced with a new bolt of the same classification.

6-10

DANGER
It is mandatory that bearing attaching bolts be inspected
for lack of torque and retorqued, as required, after the first
300 hours of crane operation. The bolts may loosen in
service due to vibration, shock-loads, and temperature
changes, therefore, periodic inspection should be
accomplished every 500 hours thereafter, ensuring the
bolts are properly torqued.
KNOW YOUR TORQUE WRENCH! Flexible beam type
wrenches, even though they might have a pre-set feature,
must be pulled at right angle and the force must be applied at
the center of the handle. Force value readings must be made
while the tool is in motion. Rigid handle type, with torque
limiting devices that can be pre-set to required values,
eliminate dial readings and provide more reliable, less
variable readings.
NOTE:

If multipliers and/or special tools are used to reach


hard to get at areas, ensure torque readings are
accurate.

Torque wrenches are precision instruments and must be


handled with care. To ensure accuracy, calibrations must be
made on a scheduled basis. Whenever there is a possibility
that a torque wrench may have been either overstressed or
damaged, it should immediately be removed from service
until recalibrated. When using a torque wrench, any erratic or
jerking motion can result in the application of excessive or
improper torque. ALWAYS use a slow, even movement and
STOP when the predetermined value has been reached.
If it is reported by the crane operator or suspected that the
crane has been overloaded beyond the capacities specified
above the bold line on the cranes capacity chart, then all
turntable bolts must be inspected for looseness and
retorqued to specifications.
Turntable bolts should be torqued according to the
procedures outlined in this section.
When using step wrenches, calculated wrench settings are
valid only when the following conditions are met.
1.

Torque wrenches must be those specified and forces


must be applied at the handle grip. The use of handle
extensions will change applied torque to the bolt.

2.

All handles must be parallel to the step wrench during


final tightening. Multiplier reaction bars may be
misaligned no more than 30 degrees without causing
serious error in torque.

3.

Multiplier bar handles must be propped or supported


within the outer 1/4 of the handle length, or serious
under or over tightening will occur.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

The inner race of the bearing is secured to the turntable by


40 1.25 Grade 8 bolts. The outer race of the bearing is
secured to the carrier frame by 36 1.25 Grade 8 bolts.

3.

Tighten the other 32 bolts, working to the same star


pattern, until all of them are torqued to 2045 to 2217 Nm
(1508 to 1635 foot-pounds).

Torque Values

4.

Return to bolt 1 and torque all 40 bolts sequentially in a


clockwise direction to the final torque of 2556 to 2770
Nm (1885 to 2043 foot-pounds).

Torque all turntable bolts to a final torque of 2556 to 2770 Nm


(1885 to 2043 foot-pounds).

Outer Race Torquing

Using the 4 to 1 multiplier and no step wrenches, set the


torque wrench for 746 Nm (550 foot-pounds).

Tools Required

1.

Extend and set the outriggers. Fully elevate the boom.

2.

Torque eight bolts to 2045 to 2217 Nm (1508 to 1635


foot-pounds) using the following sequence pattern: 10,
28, 19, 1, 15, 33, 24 and 6 (Figure 6-2). Tools used are
the socket, multiplier, backlash adapter, necessary
extensions, and torque wrench.

3.

Tighten the other 28 bolts, working to the same star


pattern, until all of them are torqued to 2045 to 2217 Nm
(1508 to 1635 foot-pounds).

4.

Return to bolt 1 and torque all 36 bolts sequentially in a


clockwise direction to the final torque of 2556 to 2770
Nm (1885 to 2043 foot-pounds).

Special Turntable Bolt Torquing Tools (Figure 6-3) illustrates


and lists the complete set of special tools required to torque
the turntable bolts.

Inner Race Torquing


1.

Extend and set the outriggers. Fully elevate the boom.

2.

Torque eight bolts to 2045 to 2217 Nm (1508 to 1635


foot-pounds) using the following sequence pattern:
using the following sequence pattern; 11, 31, 21, 1, 16,
36, 26, and 6 (Figure 6-2). Tools used are the socket,
multiplier, backlash adapter, necessary extensions, and
torque wrench.
9

10

11

12
13

Outer Race

14

15

Inner Race
4
7

9 10 11 12 13

15

3
5
4

16
17
18

36

17

18

19

20

21

40

22

19

23

39

20

24
25

38
35

37
36
34

26
35
34

21

27
33

32 31 30

29

16

14

28
22

33
23
32
24
31
30
29

GROVE

28

27

26

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

25
7382

FIGURE 6-2

6-11

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

7
1

6633

Orders for special tools


shall be referred to:
Grove U.S L.L.C.
Customer Support
1565 Buchanan Trail East
Shady Grove, PA 17256
Phone: (717) 597-8121
Fax: (717) 593-5929

Description
1. 1 13/16 Socket 3/4 Drive
2. 4 to 1 Torque Multiplier (1/2 Input 3/4 Output)
3. Backlash Adapter
4. 1/2 Drive Torque Wrench
5. 10 Extension 3/4 Drive
6. 13Extension 3/4 Drive
7. Tool Box (Optional)

Grove Part Number


9-999-101988
9-999-100134
9-999-100141
9-999-100136
9-999-100138
9-999-100137
9-999-100146

Quantity Required
1
1
1
1
A/R
A/R
1

FIGURE 6-3

Removal
1.

Do not raise the machine on the outriggers.

2.

Ensure the boom is in the travel position and the


turntable lock pin is engaged.

3.

Elevate the boom slightly and shut down the engine.

4.

Tag and disconnect the battery cables from the


batteries.

NOTE:

The boom assembly weighs approximately 16,600


kg (36,610 pounds) without stowed boom
extension. Removal of the swingaway boom
extension will simplify boom removal, therefore, the
above weight is for the boom without the
swingaway boom extension attached. The lift
cylinder weighs approximately 1770 kg (3893
pounds).

Remove the boom and lift cylinder following the


procedures outlined in Section 4, BOOM.

NOTE:

6-12

Remove the counterweight and auxiliary hoist following


procedures outlined in Section 4 of the Operators
Manual.

7.

Tag and disconnect all water and oil lines from the
bottom of the swivel. Cap or plug all lines and openings.

8.

Locate the connectors and ground wire that joins the


swivel wiring harness to the receptacles and ground
stud on the carrier.

9.

Disconnect the swivel wiring harness connectors from


the carrier wiring receptacles. Remove the ground wire
from the ground stud.

Fully extend and set the outriggers enough to take up


the slack in the pads.

NOTE:

5.

6.

The counterweight/auxiliary hoist and structure


weighs approximately 20,400 kg (45,000 pounds).

10. Remove the clamp securing the swivel wiring harness to


the retainer plate on the bottom of the hydraulic swivel
assembly.
11. Coil the wiring harness and secure it to the swivel to
prevent damage to the harness during turntable
removal.
12. On the bottom of the hydraulic swivel, bend the retainer
tabs away from the bolt heads. Remove the eight bolts
and four bolt retainers securing the two retainer plates to
the spool. Remove the retainer plates from the spool
and the lugs on the carrier frame.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


NOTE:

SWING SYSTEM

The swivel assembly will be removed with the


turntable.

DANGER

If a lifting device capable of lifting the entire


superstructure is not available, superstructure
weight may be reduced by removing various
components such as the hoist(s).

13. Attach a suitable lifting device to the four superstructure


lifting lugs (two near the boom pivot shaft bushings and
two near the lower lift cylinder pivot shaft bushings).
Take in cable or chain to remove slack. Do not pull up on
the superstructure.

17. Using the lifting device, remove the turntable bearing


from under the superstructure.

Inspection
Check the bearing teeth for chipping or cracking. If any
evidence of these is found, replace the bearing. Ensure the
bolt holes are free of dirt, oil, or foreign material.

Installation

DANGER
Anytime a grade 8 turntable bolt has been removed, it
must be replaced with a new grade 8 bolt.
NOTE:

If the same bearing is to be used again, align the


marked teeth on the pinion shaft and the marked
teeth on the bearing.

NOTE:

Installation is in the travel position. Ensure the


swing lock is disengaged before attempting to mate
the bearing to the superstructure.

DANGER
Ensure the superstructure is fully supported before
proceeding.
NOTE:

The bearing weighs approximately 921 kg (2030


pounds). Ensure the bearing lifting device is
capable of supporting the weight.

16. Place an adequate lifting device under the bearing and


remove the 40 bolts and washers securing the turntable
bearing to the superstructure.

Ensure the lifting device is capable of fully supporting the


weight of the superstructure. Ensure the superstructure
will not tilt or slide during lifting and moving. Failure to do
so may result in death or injury to personnel and damage
to equipment.
NOTE:

NOTE:

It will be necessary to rotate the superstructure


while attached to the lifting device. Outer race bolts
can only be removed from the swing drive side of
the turntable.

1.

Using an appropriate lifting device, position the turntable


bearing under the superstructure. If the same bearing is
being used, position it as marked prior to removal.

14. Remove the 36 bolts and washers securing the turntable


bearing outer race to the carrier.

2.

Install 40 new bolts and washers to secure the bearing to


the superstructure. Refer to Inner Race Torquing in this
Sub-Section.

3.

Using an appropriate lifting device, align the


superstructure over the carrier in the travel position and
carefully lower the superstructure, being careful not to
damage the swivel assembly, into position on the carrier
bearing plate.

DANGER
Ensure that any blocking material used is capable of fully
supporting the weight of the superstructure and will not
allow it to tilt or shift. Failure to do so may result in death or
injury to personnel.
15. Carefully lift the superstructure, using care not to
damage the swivel assembly, and set it on blocking that
will not allow the superstructure to tilt or shift, or rest on
the swivel. Leave the lifting device attached.
NOTE:

GROVE

If the same bearing is to be used again, mark the


position of the bearing on the superstructure so it
can be installed in the exact position it was before
removal.

NOTE:

4.

It will be necessary to rotate the superstructure


while attached to the lifting device. Outer race bolts
can only be installed from the swing drive side of
the turntable.

Install 36 new bolts and washers to secure the bearing to


the carrier. Refer to Outer Race Torquing in this SubSection.

NOTE:

If a new bearing is being installed, a new pinion


gear must also be used. Align the high point
(maximum eccentricity) on the bearing with the
new pinion gear high point.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-13

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Tooth Identified As Max Eccentricity

.005 Thick Shim By Full


Width To Tooth
Engagement (0.010
Backlash) 2 Places
6686

Description

Bearing

Swing Gearbox

Pinion Guard

Turntable

5.

c.

Remove backlash shims and recheck backlash.

6.

Position the two retainer plates on the bottom of


hydraulic swivel spool, engaging the lugs on the carrier
frame, and secure them to the spool with four bolt
retainers and eight bolts. Torque the bolts to 122 Nm (90
foot-pounds). Bend all the retainer tabs to make contact
with the bolt heads.

7.

Plug the swivel wiring harness connectors into the


carrier receptacles. Secure the ground wire to the
ground stud using a washer, lockwasher, and nut.

8.

Install the clamp securing the swivel wiring harness to


the retainer plate on the bottom of the hydraulic swivel.

9.

Connect all water and hydraulic lines to the ports on the


bottom of the swivel as tagged during removal.

FIGURE 6-4
Item

Check tooth engagement squareness and vertical


tooth engagement.

b.

10. Install the boom and lift cylinder following the procedures
outlined in Section 4, BOOM.
11. Install the counterweight and auxiliary hoist following
procedures outlined in Section 5, HOIST AND
COUNTERWEIGHT.

Orient ring gear such that its point of max eccentricity


(high point) is located between the swing drives.
Position swing drives so that pinion is centered within
cutout in base plate and motor ports face towards the
outboard side (Figure 6-4).

12. Reconnect the batteries.


13. Check the slew potentiometer in the electrical swivel for
proper orientation. Refer to SWIVELS in this section.

Testing
Activate the crane and check for proper function.

CAUTION

NOTE:

Do not clamp over pinion.


a.

6-14

Using shims, set backlash by moving the swing


drive assemblies toward the bearing in order to
mesh the pinion with the ring gear teeth.

If the superstructure does not turn freely after


bearing and pinion replacement, contact your local
dealer.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

SWIVELS

stationary with the carrier as the case rotates with the


superstructure.

Description
The swivel assembly consists of a 11 port hydraulic swivel, a
2 port water swivel, and a 15 conductor slip ring electrical
swivel (Figure 6-5). Solid connections cannot be used to
transfer oil, heater hot water and electricity between the
carrier and superstructure due to the continuous 360 degree
swing. The use of swivels efficiently accomplishes this
function.
The barrel portion of the hydraulic swivel is attached to the
turntable base plate by four bolts, washers and bushings,
which connect to mounting lugs on the case. The spool
portion of the swivel rides upon a thrust ring at the top of the
swivel case. The spool portion is held stationary with the
carrier by bolts, and bolt retainer plates attached to the
swivel retainer plate which engages the carrier frame lugs
with bolts and jam nuts. This allows the spool to remain

The spool portion of the water swivel is attached to the spool


of the hydraulic swivel by four bolts. The hydraulic and water
swivel spools remain stationary with the carrier as the
superstructure rotates. The water swivel case contains a lug
which is keyed to a corresponding lug on the hydraulic swivel
case, causing the water swivel to rotate with the
superstructure.
The electrical swivel center or collector ring assembly is
secured by setscrews to a center post which is bolted to the
spool of the hydraulic swivel. This allows the collector ring
assembly to remain stationary with the carrier. The outer
portion or brush assembly is mounted on two studs which
are located on the mounting plate assembly which is
retained to the water swivel barrel by a bolt. This allows the
brush assembly to rotate with the superstructure around the
stationary collector core.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-15

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

1, 2

4, 5

13
10
11, 12

14

15

10
16, 17, 18
19

21, 22

20
6080

6-16

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

FIGURE 6-5

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Item

Description

SWING SYSTEM

Item

Description

Nut

12

Jam Nut

Washer

13

Retainer Plate

Electric Swivel

14

Turntable Base plate

Capscrew

15

Carrier Top Plate

Washer

16

Lockwasher

Spacer Bushing

17

Flatwasher

Water Swivel

18

Bolt

Mounting Bolts

19

Tubing Clamp

Hydraulic Swivel

20

Electric Swivel Harness

10

Frame Mounting Lugs

21

Bolt

11

Screw

22

Bolt Retainer Plate

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-17

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Hydraulic Swivel
Description
Each of the ports on the spool and case of the swivel is
stamped with the port number. The function of each port is
described below.
Table 6-2
Port #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
A
B

Test Pressure
kPa (bar) (psi)
3400 (34) (500)
27500 (275) (4000)
27500 (275) (4000)
3400 (34) (500)
27500 (275) (4000)
17000 (170) (2500)
27500 (275) (4000)
27500 (275) (4000)
17000 (170) (2500)
17000 (170) (2500)
17000 (170) (2500)
---------

Function
Dual Return
Hoist/Lift/Tele
Hoist/Lift/Tele
Case Drain
Steer/Swing
Pilot, Swing Brake, Hose Reel
Front- Steer Left
Front- Steer Right
Brakes/Air Conditioning
Brakes, Front
Brakes, Rear
Heater Supply (Coolant)
Heater Return (Coolant)

Theory Of Operation
The hydraulic swivel allows oil to flow from the pumps to
various crane functions on the superstructure. All oil is
routed into the spool portion of the swivel where, through a
series of internally drilled passages, oil is transferred to
circumferential channels on the spool exterior. These
channels correspond with a mating port on the outer case of
the swivel. Each channel is separated by a series of nylon
and O-ring seals that prevent transfer of oil and pressure.
Return flow from the crane superstructure is accomplished in
the same manner through another set of ports.

internally in the cylinders will allow the boom to


settle over a period of time.
4.

Use the oak blocking to block between the barrel of the


lift cylinder and the boom base section.

5.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines from the case of


the hydraulic swivel. Cap or plug all lines and openings.

6.

Tag and disconnect the hydraulic lines and water lines


from the spool of the hydraulic swivel. Cap or plug all
lines and openings.

7.

Tag and disconnect the water lines from the case of the
water swivel. Cap or plug all lines and openings.

8.

Disconnect the swivel wiring harness connectors from


the carrier receptacles and the yellow ground wire from
the connector mounting bracket on the carrier frame. If
necessary, remove the electrical swivel. Refer to
ELECTRICAL SWIVEL in this Section.

Maintenance
Removal
1.

Extend and set the outriggers. Ensure the crane is level


and the boom is over the front.

2.

Elevate the boom and note at what boom angle, you


have the most clearance between the lift cylinder and
the turntable side plate. Shut down the engine.

3.

Measure the distance from the top of the lift cylinder to


the base of the boom section where the lift cylinder
attaches. Cut two pieces of 10 x 10 cm (4 x 4 in) oak to
fit.

NOTE:

It might be necessary to raise the boom slightly to


allow installation of the blocking.

NOTE:

This blocking is to add extra support for the boom.


Any seepage or leakage in the holding valves or

6-18

NOTE:

9.

The hydraulic swivel weighs approximately 195 kg


(430 lb). The hydraulic, water, and electrical swivel
combined weigh approximately 236 kg (520
pounds).

On the bottom of the swivel, bend the retainer tabs away


from the capscrew heads. Remove the eight capscrews
and four capscrew retainers securing the two retainer
plates to the spool. Remove the retainer plates from the
spool and the lugs on the carrier frame.

NOTE:

It may be necessary to remove some drive line


components to remove the swivel.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

10. Position an adequate supporting device beneath the


swivel.
11. Remove the four capscrews, washers, and bushings
securing the swivel barrel to the turntable base plate and
lower the swivel to the ground.

Installation
NOTE:

The hydraulic swivel weighs approximately 195 kg


(430 lb). The hydraulic, water, and electrical swivel
combined weigh approximately 236 kg (520
pounds).

1.

Raise the swivel into position.

2.

Secure the hydraulic swivel to the turntable base plate


with the bushings, capscrews, and washers. Torque the
bolts to 760 to 814 Nm (560 to 600 foot-pounds).

3.

Position the two retainer plates on the hydraulic swivel


spool ensuring they engage the lugs on the carrier
frame. Secure the retainer plates with eight capscrews
and four capscrew retainers.
Apply Loctite 271 to the capscrew threads. Torque the
capscrews to 122 Nm (90 foot-pounds). Bend all the
retainer tabs to make contact with the capscrew heads.
Sung the four retainer plate capscrews against the lugs
on the carrier frame and tighten the locking nuts.

4.

5.

If removed, install the electrical swivel. Refer to


ELECTRICAL SWIVEL in this Section. Connect the
swivel wiring harness connectors to the carrier
receptacles and the yellow ground wire to the mounting
bracket on the carrier frame. Use the bolt and star
washers taken off at removal and refer to Grove
Engineering Specification A-829-100386 for proper
electrical termination of grounds.
Install the clamp, lockwasher, flat washer and capscrew
to the bottom of the swivel retainer plate securing the
wiring harness.

6.

Connect the hydraulic lines and water lines to the spool


of the hydraulic swivel as tagged during removal.

7.

Connect the hydraulic lines to the hydraulic swivel case


as tagged during removal.

8.

Connect the water lines to the water swivel case as


tagged during removal.

9.

Remove the blocking material from the lift cylinder.

10. Activate all systems; cycle all functions and observe for
proper operation and any leakage.

Two-Port Water Swivel


Description
The two-port water swivel allows engine coolant to flow from
the carrier-mounted engine to the hot water heater in the
operators cab. Through an internally drilled passage in the
11 port hydraulic swivel spool, coolant is transferred to a
circumferential groove on the water spool exterior. This
groove corresponds with a mating port on the outer case of
the water swivel. The spool grooves are separated by a quad
ring/telflon bronze ring seal. The lip seal prevents coolant
from leaking externally. Return engine coolant flow from the
hot water heater is accomplished in the same manner
through the opposite port of the water swivel.

Maintenance
Removal
1.

Perform steps 1 thru 4 of HYDRAULIC SWIVEL REMOVAL in this section.

2.

Remove the electrical swivel. Refer to ELECTRICAL


SWIVEL - REMOVAL in this section.

3.

Tag and disconnect the lines from the case of the water
swivel. Cap or plug all lines and openings.

4.

Remove the bolt and shim(s) from the water/hydraulic


swivel keying lugs.

5.

Remove the four capscrews and washers securing the


water swivel and electrical swivel center post to the
hydraulic swivel. Remove the water swivel and center
post.

Disassembly
NOTE:

1.

Withdraw the spool from the case.

2.

Place the spool on a clean work surface in a dust-free


area and block the spool to prevent movement during
disassembly.

CAUTION
When removing seals and rings, avoid scratching
grooved and gland surfaces.
NOTE:

3.

GROVE

Any maintenance requiring disassembly of the


water swivel should include replacement of all
seals and rings.

Aligning discarded seals and rings in the order of


disassembly will assist with installation of new
seals and rings.

Remove the seals and rings from the spool.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-19

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


Electrical Swivel

Cleaning and Inspection

Description
The swivel assembly consists of a 15 conductor slip ring and
cover assembly.

DANGER
Cleaning solvents can be toxic, flammable, an irritant to
the skin, or give off harmful fumes. Avoid prolonged skin
contact, inhalation of vapors, or smoking. Failure to
comply can result in injury or death to personnel.
1.

Clean the spool and case with a suitable solution and


dry with compressed air. Plug all ports with plastic caps.

2.

Check the spool and inside of the case for scratches,


grooves, scoring, etc. If any grooves have developed
with a depth of 0.127 mm (0.005 in) the unit should be
replaced.

Assembly
NOTE:
1.

Lubricate the interior of the swivel to prevent


rusting from condensation.

The swivel cover is secured with a seal and bolts.


The electrical swivel also incorporates a slew potentiometer.
The potentiometer controls functions in the load moment
indicating, working area definition, and rear axle oscillation
lockout systems.

Theory Of Operation

Lubricate the spool, seals, and rings.

CAUTION
When installing seals and rings, avoid stretching seals or
scratching grooved or gland surfaces.
2.

Each brush set incorporates two brushes, leads, and clips


which are attached to a brush holder assembly. The brush
set leads are formed into harnesses which are routed
through the mounting plate on the swivel. The collector ring
leads are formed into one harness which is routed downward
through the center of the hydraulic swivel. Extending from
the base of the hydraulic swivel, the collector ring leads are
also formed into connectors which plug into receptacles from
the chassis power supply.

The electrical swivel is located on top of the water swivel and


transfers electricity between the carrier and superstructure.
Wiring harnesses transmit the electricity between the carrier
and superstructure.

Maintenance

Install new seals and rings on the spool.

Removal
1.

CAUTION
Proper alignment when inserting the spool is required. Do
not force the spool into the case.
3.

Insert the spool into the barrel.

DANGER

Installation
1.

Perform steps 1 through 4 of HYDRAULIC SWIVEL REMOVAL in this section.

Install the water swivel on top of the hydraulic swivel


aligning the keyed lug on the water swivel with the lug on
the hydraulic swivel. Secure the water swivel and the
electrical swivel center post with the four bolts and
washers.

D i s c o nn e c t t h e b a t t er i e s b e f or e p e r fo r m i n g a n y
maintenance on the electrical system. Serious burns may
result from accidental shorting or grounding of live
circuits.
2.

Disconnect the batteries. Refer to Section 3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

2.

Install the shim(s) on the keying lug to provide a snug fit


and secure with a bolt.

3.

Locate the connectors which join the collector ring


harness to the receptacles for the carrier.

3.

Connect the lines to the swivel case as tagged during


removal.

4.

4.

Install the electrical swivel. Refer to ELECTRICAL


SWIVEL - Installation in this Section.

Tag the connectors and their receptacles with numbers.


Disconnect the connectors from the chassis wiring
receptacles.

5.

Perform steps 8 and 9 of HYDRAULIC SWIVEL Installation in this Section.

6.

Activate all systems, cycle all functions, and observe for


proper operation and any leakage.

6-20

NOTE:

If the connectors are too large to go through the


center of the hydraulic swivel, they must be
removed. Conditional instructions will follow.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL


5.

Remove the clamp securing the wiring harness to the


retainer plate on the bottom of the hydraulic swivel
assembly.

NOTE:

6.

SWING SYSTEM

If connectors are too large to go through the center


of the hydraulic swivel, tag each wire on each of the
connectors. Using the appropriate pin removal
tools, remove the pins, with wires still attached, and
mark each wire with the pin socket number in the
connector. Collect the wires and secure into one
bundle. Mark the bundle with the connector
number. For a list of the appropriate pin removal
tools, refer to Section 3 - Electrical System.

.25

60
Forward

Secure the connectors and wires from each of the


numbered connectors so the harness can be withdrawn
through the center of the hydraulic swivel.

7.

Tag and disconnect the connectors from the receptacles


on the cab bulkhead mounting plate.

8.
9.

Bolt and Shims

Bracket

FIGURE 6-6
4.

Remove the nuts and washers, and remove the cover


from the electrical swivel.

Apply Loctite to the set screws securing the electrical


swivel to the center post and tighten them 5 to 6 Nm (45
to 55 pounds-inch)

5.

Loosen the setscrews securing the electrical swivel


mounting tube to the center post on the water swivel.

Install the swivel cover and secure with two nuts and
washers.

6.

Connect the wiring harness connectors to the


receptacles on the cab bulkhead mounting plate as
tagged during removal.

7.

Plug the connector into the carrier wiring receptacle,


connect the wires as tag during removal. Install the
yellow ground wire to the connector mounting bracket on
the carrier frame using the bolt and star washers taken
of at removal and refer to Grove Engineering
Specification A-829-100386 for proper electrical
termination of grounds.

10. Remove the bolt and nut securing the electrical swivel
case to the bracket on the case of the water swivel.

CAUTION
When withdrawing the wiring harness through the center
of the hydraulic and water swivels, ensure the wires do
not get caught and damaged.
11. Remove the swivel and wiring harness from the crane. If
necessary, remove the spacer bushing from the center
post.

Installation
1.

6080

If removed, install the spacer bushing on the center post.


Route the collector core wiring harness through the
center of the hydraulic and water swivels.

NOTE:

The boom should be centered directly over the


front of the crane before adjustment is made to the
slew potentiometer.

2.

Slide the electrical swivel mounting shaft onto the center


post.

3.

Ensure the threaded hole on the bottom of the electrical


swivel base is aligned with the mounting hole in the
bracket on the water swivel case. Install the bolt through
the hole in the bracket and install the nut. Screw the bolt
into the hole in the electrical swivel base until the bolt
head is approximately 6.4 mm (0.25 in) from the bracket.
Tighten the nut against the electrical swivel (Figure 6-6).

GROVE

8.

Install the clamp securing the harness to the retainer


plate on the bottom of the hydraulic swivel assembly.

9.

Connect the batteries.

CAUTION
It is imperative that the slew potentiometer be adjusted
anytime work is done to the electrical swivel.
10. Activate all systems, cycle all functions, and observe for
proper operation. Adjust the slew potentiometer in
accordance
with
SLEW
POTENTIOMETER
ADJUSTMENT procedures in this Sub-Section.

Preventive Maintenance
It is recommended that a normal inspection of the electrical
swivel collector ring and brush assembly be established. An
example of this could be at approximately 100 to 150 engine
operating hours. When this time limit is reached, perform the
following.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-21

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

1.

Check the collector ring and brush assembly for any


corrosion, pitting, arcing, and wear.

2.

Check the collector ring setscrews and ensure they are


tight.

3.

Check the brush and arm assembly springs. Ensure


they are holding the brushes firmly against the collector
rings.

Slew Potentiometer Preliminary Zero Adjustment


Procedure
1.

Rotate the superstructure over the front and engage the


swing lock pin.

NOTE:

Disengage the swing lock pin and swing the


superstructure approximately 10 degrees to the right
(clockwise). Slowly swing back to the left and engage
the swing lock pin.

NOTE:

Press the 1 keypad button on the LMI console.

3.

Press the CTRL keypad button on the LMI console.

4.

Enter authorization code 64356, then press the return


keypad button on the LMI console.

5.

Press the return keypad button two more times to


display the slew adjustment screen.

6.

Press the + and the - keypad buttons on the LMI console


simultaneously. Note the indicator line moves to zero on
the bar graph on the slew adjustment screen.
Press the ESC keypad button on the LMI console.

Slew Potentiometer Adjustment

If the superstructure swings past the swing lock pin


engaged position, step 4 must be repeated.

5.

Loosen the three screws that secure the slew


potentiometer to the mounting plate.

6.

Rotate the body of the slew potentiometer until the slew


angle indicates 0.6 0.1 degree.

NOTE:

Refer to the PAT Load Moment Indicator


Operators Handbook for detailed instructions.
Complete the LMI console setup according to the
cranes current operating configuration.

2.

7.

4.

The slew angle indication in step 6 may not be


obtainable due to limited wire length on the
p o t e n t i o m e t e r, o r t h e e l e c t r i c a l t e r m i n a l s
interference with one of the three mounting screws.
If this occurs, reposition the collar set screwed to
the potentiometer shaft and repeat steps 4 thru 6.

7.

Tighten the three screws that secure the slew


potentiometer to the mounting plate. Install the electrical
swivel cover.

8.

Disengage the swing lock pin and swing approximately


10 degrees to the left (counterclockwise). Slowly swing
back to the right and engage the swing lock pin.

NOTE:
9.

If the superstructure swings past the swing lock pin


engaged position, step 8 must be repeated.

If the angle indicated on the console does not exceed


1.0 degree, proceed to step 10. If the indicated angle
exceeds 1.0 degree, return to step 4.

1.

Rotate the superstructure over the front and engage the


swing lock pin.

10. Disengage the swing lock pin and swing approximately


10 degrees to the right (clockwise). Slowly swing back to
the left and engage the swing lock pin.

2.

Set the LMI console to read slewing angle as follows:

NOTE:

NOTE:

Refer to the PAT Load Moment Indicator DS350/


1319 Operator s Handbook for detailed
instructions.

If the superstructure swings past the swing lock pin


engaged position, step 10 must be repeated.

11. If the angle indicated on the console does not exceed


1.0 degree, proceed to step 12. If the indicated angle
exceeds 1.0 degree, return to step 3.

Complete the LMI console setup according to the


cranes current operating configuration.

Press limits LIM.

12. Disengage the swing lock pin and swing approximately


10 degrees to the left (counterclockwise). Slowly swing
back to the right and engage the swing lock pin.

Press 4 for slew angle/work area definition limits.

NOTE:

Press 1 for slew angle.

Press 2 or 3 to display slewing angle.

3.

Remove the electrical swivel cover.

If the superstructure swings past the swing lock pin


engaged position, step 12 must be repeated.

13. Verify the angle indicated on the console does not


exceed 1.0 degree. If the indicated angle exceeds
1.0 degree, return to step 3.

CAUTION
Do not attempt to rotate the slotted shaft in the center of
the slew potentiometer.

6-22

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SWING SYSTEM

SWING LOCK PIN

360 SWING LOCK CONTROL (POSITIVE


LOCK TYPE) (OPTIONAL)

Description
The purpose of the swing lock pin is to lock the
superstructure in position directly over the front or the rear of
the carrier. The pin swing lock installation consists of a large
pin, a control handle in the right side of the cab, and a control
cable and control linkage that allows the crane operator to
set and free the pin.
When the superstructure is directly over the front, pushing
the control handle down drops the swing lock pin into a
socket on the carrier frame, locking the superstructure in
place. Pulling the control handle up pulls the pin out of the
socket, unlocking the superstructure.

Maintenance
Verify linkage and cable are installed to avoid damage from
superstructure rotation and are undamaged. Verify pin,
turntable bushing pin passes through, and the sockets on the
frame are undamaged. Verify all attaching hardware is
secure and undamaged.
Ensure linkage and cable are adjusted properly. If they are,
the pin bottom will stick out about 4.00 inches (10.16 cm)
from the bottom of its bushing in the turntable. (If it is too far
in, it might not lock properly. If it is too far out, it might hang
up). Using the jam nuts on the linkage parts and cable, adjust
the linkage and cable so the pin bottom will be flush with the
bottom of its bushing in the turntable when not applied, and
the pin will stick out about 4.00 inches (10.16 cm) from the
bottom of its bushing in the turntable when applied.Verify the
superstructure can lock properly when the pin is applied and
and the superstructure can rotate without pin hangup when
the pin is not applied.

GROVE

Description
The purpose of the swing lock is to secure the superstructure
in position at one of the positions in its rotation. There are
rou gh ly 13 5 s po ts ab out 2. 7 deg ree s a part f or t he
superstructure to lock to in its 360 degree of rotation. The
360 degree swing lock control lever is on the right side of
cab. Pushing the swing lock control lever down engages the
lock between the teeth of the swing gear. Pulling the swing
lock control lever up disengages the lock.

Maintenance
Verify cable is routed to avoid damage from superstructure
rotation and is undamaged. Verify swing lock assembly is
undamaged and working properly. Verify springs are
undamaged and have enough strength to pull blade of swing
lock assembly completely out of the gear teeth when the
control lever is up. Verify the linkage can put the blade of the
swing lock assembly as far as possible between the gear
teeth when the control lever is down.
Verify all attaching hardware is secure and undamaged.
Make adjustments as needed.
If the swing lock assembly is damaged, install a replacement.
Align the blade of the swing lock assembly so it will fall
between gear teeth. Use the shim and the related attaching
hardware (two 5/16-18 screws and 5/16 ID lockwashers) to
ensure the swing lock assembly cannot move side to side,
and can lock up the superstructure. Torque the four 1-8
mounting bolts.
As needed, adjust the swing lock control and cable per
above instructions. Then operate the control lever several
times to verify the swing lock blade assembly engages and
disengages properly. Adjust cable as required.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

6-23

SWING SYSTEM

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

THIS PAGE BLANK

6-24

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

SECTION 7
POWER TRAIN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Engine Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Engine Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Engine Drive Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Electronic Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine Control System Switches And Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine Diagnostic Test Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine Diagnostic Idle Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine Service Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Fault Code Flashing Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Fuel System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Injection Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Fuel Filter-water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Electric Lift Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Fuel Filter-Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Air Intake And Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Air Cleaner Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Check For Filter Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Filter Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Element Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Duct Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Water Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Effects of Cooling System Neglect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Rust Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Engine Antifreeze/Coolant Fill Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Cooling/SCA Maintenance Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Pressure Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Component Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Antifreeze/Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Radiator Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

GROVE

7-i

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servicing The Crane After Transmission/Torque Converter Overhaul . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Or Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-ii

7-23
7-23
7-23
7-23
7-24
7-24
7-24
7-25
7-25
7-25
7-26
7-26
7-28
7-28
7-30
7-30
7-30
7-30
7-30
7-30

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

SECTION 7
POWER TRAIN
DESCRIPTION
The engine is a Cummins QSC diesel engine (Figure 7-1).
This Service Manual does not include detailed information
on the engine itself. A separate manual as prepared in detail
by the engine manufacturer, is supplied with this Service
Manual. However, a short description and maintenance of
certain components of the fuel system, air intake system,
and water cooling system is provided in this section.
The engine is electronically controlled by the Electronic
Control Module (ECM), it is the control center of the system.
It processes all of the inputs and sends commands to the fuel
systems as well as vehicle and engine control devices.
Engine speed is controlled by the foot throttle pedal in the
cab. It controls engine RPM which increases or decreases
proportionately with the amount of foot pressure applied to
the pedal. Engine speed is also controlled by a hand
controlled knob located to the right of the ignition switch. A
rocker switch located beside the ignition switch is used to
choose between HAND or FOOT control. An increase in
engine rpm occurs when the hand throttle is turned
clockwise. A decrease in engine rpm occurs when the hand
throttle is turned counter clockwise. The foot throttle pedal
and hand throttle control knob are electrically connected to
the superstructure control module which sends the signal to
the engine ECM via the J1939 data link.
The engine and its components are enclosed in a hood
assembly with a grill in the rear of the hood for adequate air
circulation. Access to the engine is gained through a door
assembly in the top of the hood that opens from both sides.
The air intake filter is mounted on the front of the left rear
fender. The muffler is mounted on the left side of the frame
behind the left rear fender.

DANGER
Do not spray starting fluid into the air inlet. The spray will
contact the heater elements and could explode causing
personal injury.
The engine is equipped with electric air heating elements
that are located in the engines intake air stream to aid in cold
starting and reduce white smoke at start-up. In the preheat
mode, the engine should not be cranked until the WAIT-TOSTART lamp turns off. The WAIT-TO-START lamp is
illuminated during the preheat time that takes place when the

GROVE

ignition switch is in the ON position during cold weather


starting. The ECM checks intake manifold temperature to
determine how long to energize the air heater before
extinguishing the WAIT-TO-START lamp. Once the engine is
started, the electric air heating element will be energized
again for a time period determined by intake air temperature.

MAINTENANCE
Engine Removal
1.

Set the outriggers and position the boom to over the


side.

2.

Open the hood top door assembly.

3.

Disconnect the air filter tubing at the engine and air


cleaner (Figure 7-4). Remove and lay aside.

4.

Disconnect the exhaust tubing at the engine and muffler.


Remove and lay aside.

5.

Tag and disconnect the hourmeter wiring, the engine


electrical harness connector from the carrier harness
connector, the starter and grid heater relay harness from
the carrier harness and the battery cables from the
batteries and the engine.

6.

Tag and disconnect the left and right rear backup lights,
stop lights and the backup alarm from the carrier
harness. Take off the clamps holding the harness to the
engine hood.

7.

Remove the capscrews and washers securing the


remote secondary fuel filter and mounting bracket to the
engine hood. Tie strap the filter and bracket to the
engine so it is out of the way for removal of the engine.

8.

Remove the engine hood assembly and pump cover


from the machine.

9.

Drain the engine coolant system into a suitable


container.

10. Drain the engine lubrication system into a suitable


container.
11. Drain the transmission/torque converter oil system into a
suitable container.
12. Tag and disconnect the oil lines from the torque
converter. Cap or plug all openings.
13. Remove the driveline between the torque converter and
the transmission. Refer to DRIVE LINES in this section.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-1

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

13
1

4, 5, 6
3

23, 24, 25
30, 31

27, 28, 29
8

32, 33

26, 27

7383-2

17

23, 24, 25
9

10

12

11

7383-1

FIGURE 7-1

7-2

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

22

16

14

26, 27

21

20

20
19

18
21

4, 5, 6
15

27, 28, 29
7383-2

FIGURE 7-1 continued


Item

Description

Item

Description

Carrier Harness Connector

18

Rear Mount

Grid Heater and Starter

19

Locknut

Remote Secondary Fuel Filter

20

Flatwasher

Capscrew

21

Dockwasher

Flatwasher

22

Capscrew

Lockwasher

23

Capscrew

Transmission/Torque Converter

24

Lockwasher

Hydraulic Pump # 4

25

Flatwasher

Pump # 1

26

Hex Nut

10

Pump # 2

27

Flatwasher

11

Pump # 3

28

Capscrew

12

Hydraulic Pump Disconnect

29

Lockwasher

13

Radiator Assembly

30

Lever

14

Engine Block Heater Electrical Plug

31

Clip Pin

15

Remote Oil Filter

32

Cable Mount

16

Remote Water Conditioner

33

Push-Pull Cable

17

Exhaust and CAC Tube Support

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-3

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

14. Tag and disconnect all lines from hydraulic pump No. 4
on the right side of the engine. Place a suitable container
under the hydraulic pumps to catch any oil that is spilled.
Cap or plug all openings. Position the hydraulic lines so
the disconnected end is higher than the hydraulic tank.
Refer to HYDRAULIC PUMPS in Section 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
15. Remove the capscrews and flatwashers securing the
three hydraulic pumps to the torque converter. Remove
the pumps from the torque converter and position them
so they do not interfere with removing the engine.
16. Unhook the hydraulic pump disconnect. Remove the pin
and clip and lever securing the disconnect cable to the
torque converter. Next remove the capscrew and
flatwasher securing the pump disconnect mounting
bracket to the torque converter and lay aside.
17. Tag and disconnect all lines from the radiator. Cap or
plug all openings. Disconnect the coolant level sensor
harness from the engine harness and tie up excess
harness so it is out of the way.

24. Attach a lifting device capable of supporting the weight


of the engine, to the engine and torque converter.
25. With the lifting device supporting the weight of the
engine, remove the four capscrews, nuts and washers
securing the front of the engine to the frame. Remove
the capscrews, nuts, washers, shock mounts, and dock
washers (one set on each side) securing the rear of the
engine to the frame.
26. Using the lifting device, lift the engine and torque
converter as an assembly from the crane.
27. Remove the torque converter from the engine. Refer to
TORQUE CONVERTER in this section.
28. If a new engine is to be installed, remove all
components, fittings, etc., from the old engine and install
them on the new engine in the same location.

Engine Installation
NOTE:

Use the same grade hardware, torque values, and


Loctite used by the factory.

18. Remove the fan guard and fan ring. Refer to RADIATOR
- Removal in this Section.
19. Tag and disconnect all fuel lines at the engine. Place a
suitable container under the fuel line connection to catch
any spills. Cap or plug all openings. Position the fuel
lines so the disconnected end is higher than the fuel
tank.
20. Tag and disconnect all lines and tubing from the engine.
Cap or plug all openings.
21. If equipped with optional engine block heater, tape and
stow the electrical plug to the engine so it is out of the
way for engine removal.
22. Remove the capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers
securing the remote engine oil filter bracket to the side of
the frame. Tie strap the oil filter and mounting bracket to
the side of the engine so it is out of the way for removal
of the engine.

DANGER
The lifting device must be able to support the combined
weight of the engine and torque converter.
NOTE:
1.

Install the torque converter on the engine. Refer to


TORQUE CONVERTER in this section.

2.

With all components and fittings installed on the new


engine, lift the engine into the crane.

3.

With the engine in position, secure the rear of the engine


with the capscrews, nuts, washers, shock mounts, and
dock washers (one set on each side). Torque the
capscrews 481 to 522 Nm (355 to 385 foot-pounds).
At the front of the engine secure the engine mount to the
frame with the four capscrews, nuts and washers.
Torque the capscrews 40.6 to 43.3 Nm (30 to 32 footpounds).

23. Remove the three capscrews attaching the remote water


conditioner to the left side frame rail. Tie strap the filter
and mounting bracket to the engine so it is out of the way
for removal of the engine.
4.

Remove the lifting device.

5.

Secure the remote engine oil filter and mounting bracket


to the side of the engine frame with the capscrews,
flatwashers and lockwashers. Torque the capscrews
40.6 to 43.3 Nm (30 to 32 foot-pounds).

6.

Secure the remote water conditioner filter and mounting


bracket to the side of the frame with three capscrews.
Torque the capscrews 10.4 to 12.2 Nm (7.7 to 9.0
pounds-foot).

DANGER
The lifting device must be able to support the combined
weight of the engine and torque converter.
NOTE:

7-4

The engine and torque converter assembly weighs


approximately 1170 kg (2579 pounds).

The engine and torque converter assembly weighs


approximately 1170 kg (2579 pounds).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

7.

Install the three hydraulic pumps on the torque


converter. Refer to HYDRAULIC PUMPS in Section 2 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

8.

Connect the hydraulic lines to hydraulic pump No.4 as


marked at REMOVAL. Remove all caps or plugs placed
on openings during REMOVAL so no blockage can
occur in the hydraulic system. Refer to HYDRAULIC
PUMPS in Section 2 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

9.

16. Secure the remote secondary fuel filter to the engine


hood with four capscrews, washers, and lockwashers.
Torque the capscrews 40.6 to 43.3 Nm (30 to 32 footpounds).
17. Connect the left and right rear backup lights, stop lights
and left side backup alarm at the rear of the engine
hood. Use clamps acquired during removal to route
harness along engine hood.

Rehook the hydraulic pump disconnect. Install the lever


and clip and secure the disconnect cable to the torque
converter. Install the capscrew and flatwasher securing
the pump disconnect mounting bracket to the torque
converter. Adjust the pump disconnect cable as needed
for proper operation.

18. Connect the start and grid heater relay panel to the
carrier harness.

10. Connect the fuel lines to the engine as tagged during


removal. Remove all caps or plugs placed on openings
during removal so no blockage can occur in the fuel
system.

21. If equipped with engine block heater, reroute the cord for
the heater.

11. Connect all lines and tubing to the engine, torque


converter, and all other components in accordance with
the identification marks made during removal. Remove
all caps or plugs placed on openings during removal so
no blockage can occur.

CAUTION
Do not apply sealant to the inside of the hydraulic suction
hoses.
12. Apply a moderate coat of Permatex Type No. 2 to the
male hose adapter and install the hydraulic hoses. Do
not apply sealant to the inside of the hydraulic hose and
push it onto the male adapter. This can result in excess
sealant being pushed ahead of the male adapter and
being exposed to the hydraulic oil.
13. Install the radiator. Refer to RADIATOR - Installation in
this section. Connect all hoses and electrical harnesses
to the radiator as tagged during REMOVAL. Remove all
caps or plugs placed on openings during REMOVAL so
no blockage can occur in the radiator system.
14. Connect the drive shaft between the torque converter
and the transmission. Refer to DRIVE LINES in this
section.
15. Install the hood assembly. Install the pump cover.

GROVE

19. Connect all electrical connections as tagged during


REMOVAL.
20. Reconnect battery cables as tagged during REMOVAL.

22. Connect the muffler exhaust piping to the engine.


23. Connect the air filter tubing at the engine and the air
filter.
24. Service the transmission, engine lubrication system, and
engine cooling system.
25. Start the engine. Check all hoses and fittings for leaks.
Recheck all fluid levels. Refer to Section 9 LUBRICATION.

Engine Drive Belts


The proper operation of engine belt-driven components such
as the alternator, fan, and water pump depend on the proper
condition and tension of the engine drive belt.
NOTE:

Belt tension is maintained with an automatic belt


tension device.

The engine drive belt (Figure 7-2) should be inspected


visually on a daily basis. The drive belt should be inspected
for cracks, frayed areas, and glazed or shiny surfaces. A
drive belt that is glazed or shiny indicates belt slippage.
Engine drive belt damage can be caused by various factors
such as incorrect tension, incorrect belt size, misaligned
engine pulleys, incorrectly installed belt, or by oil, grease, or
hydraulic fluid on the belt.
Refer to the engine manufacturers manual for any special
tools or belt tension specification.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-5

POWER TRAIN

OK

Missing Material

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

OK

OK

Traverse Cracks

Longitudinal Cracks Intersecting with Transverse


Cracks must be Replaced

FIGURE 7-2

7-6

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM


The engine control system is an electronically operated fuel
control system that also provides many operator and vehicle
features as well as reducing exhaust emissions while
optimizing engine performance.
The ECM performs diagnostic tests on most of its circuits
and will activate a fault code if a problem is detected in one of
these circuits. Along with the fault code identifying the
problem, a snapshot of engine operating parameters at the
time of fault activation is also stored in memory. Some fault
codes will cause a diagnostic lamp to activate to signal the
driver. The fault codes can be read using the fault lamps in
the cab panel or with the correct service tools. The ECM
communicates with service tools through a SAE J1939
datalink.

Engine Control System Switches And


Indicator Lights
Engine Diagnostic Test Mode Switch
The ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE switch is located
at the center of the front console panel. The switch is to be
used when servicing the engines electronic control system.
It is a two position (ON-OFF) switch used to activate the
testing mode.

Engine Diagnostic Idle Switch


The ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC IDLE switch is located at the
center of the front console panel. The switch is to be used
when servicing the engines electronic control system. It is a
two position momentary switch that provides idle-control
inputs or diagnostic-mode inputs, depending upon operating
conditions at the time it is activated.

Engine Service Light


The ENGINE SERVICE light is located at the center of the
front console panel. It is an amber indicator light that is a part
of the engines electronic control system and will illuminate
when an engine protection fault code is active. When
illuminated, there is an engine fluid (coolant or lubricant)
level problem which must be corrected.

Engine Stop Light


The ENGINE STOP light is located at the center of the front
console panel. It is a red indicator light that illuminates to
signify a serious engine problem that requires the vehicle
and the engine to be stopped as soon as safely possible.
The engine should remain shut down until the fault can be
repaired.
In addition to alerting the operator of system faults, the
ENGINE STOP light, in conjunction with the ENGINE

GROVE

WARNING light, is used in the diagnostic operation of the


engine control system.
NOTE:

When not using the diagnostic system, turn the


ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE switch to the
OFF position.

To check for active fault codes, turn the keyswitch to the OFF
position, and move the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
switch to the ON position. Turn the vehicle keyswitch to the
ON position. If no active fault codes are recorded, both
lamps stay off. If active fault codes are recorded, both lamps
will come on momentarily, then begin to flash one code of the
recorded faults.

Engine Warning Light


The ENGINE WARNING light is located at the top of the front
console. It is a yellow indicator light that is a part of the
engines electronic control system and when illuminated,
gives the operator a signal that there is an engine problem
which must be corrected.
In addition to alerting the operator of system faults, the
ENGINE WARNING light, in conjunction with the ENGINE
STOP light, is used in the diagnostic operation of the engine
control system.
NOTE:

When not using the diagnostic system, turn the


ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE switch to the
OFF position.

To check for active fault codes, the keyswitch must be in the


OFF position, and move the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TEST
MODE switch to the ON position. Turn the vehicle keyswitch
to the ON position. If no active fault codes are recorded, both
lamps stay off. If active fault codes are recorded, both lamps
will come on momentarily, then begin to flash one code of the
recorded faults.

Fault Code Flashing Sequence


The ENGINE WARNING light (yellow) flashes at the
beginning of a fault code sequence. There will be a short 1or 2-second pause after which the number of the recorded
fault code will flash in the ENGINE STOP light (red). To
interpret the flash code, count the first sequence of red
flashes for the first digit and after a two second delay, count
the second sequence of red flashes for the second digit.
When the number has finished flashing in red, the ENGINE
WARNING light (yellow) flashes again. The lamps flash each
fault code 3 times before advancing to the next code. To skip
to the next fault code, move the ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC
IDLE switch in either position (+/-) to see other fault codes. If
only one active fault is recorded, the control system will
continuously display the same fault code when pressing the
ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC IDLE switch. Reference the engine
manufacturers service manual for explanation and correction
of the fault codes.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-7

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

FUEL SYSTEM

few seconds to make sure the low pressure fuel lines are
fully primed. The electric lift pump shuts off after the engine is
started.

Description
The fuel system consists of the fuel tank, primary fuel filter
with water separator, secondary fuel filter with water
separator and water in fuel sensor, lift pump, injection fuel
pump, fuel injectors, and return fuel cooler. All components
except the fuel tank and primary fuel filter are installed on the
engine or supplied with the engine for remote mounting.

Fuel Tank
The fuel tank (Figure 7-3) is a steel cylinder-type tank
located on the left side of the machine. The fuel tank has a
draw capacity of 379 liters (100 gallons). A connection on the
bottom of the tank provides for fuel supply to the engine.
Surplus fuel from the engine is provided to the bottom of the
fuel tank below the fuel level. The tank is equipped with a
non-vented filler cap, chain-attached to the tank, and a fuel
quantity sender unit which provides a signal to a fuel quantity
gauge on the instrument panel in the cab.

Injection Fuel Pump


The fuel oil is finely atomized as it is injected into the cylinder
and ignited by the heat of the compression. It is also metered
before injection, to meet the load requirements imposed
upon the engine. Surplus fuel, returning from the injectors, is
bypassed back to the fuel tank or to the inlet side of the
pump. The continuous flow of fuel through the injectors helps
to cool the injectors and to purge air from the system.

Maintenance
NOTE:

The entire fuel system must be maintained air tight


to prevent loss of prime.

Fuel Tank
The fuel tank should be kept filled, especially overnight, to
reduce condensation to a minimum. Refer to the applicable
engine manual for the recommended schedule for draining
any water or sediment from the tank.

Removal
1.

Position a suitable container under the fuel tank and


drain all fuel from the tank.

2.

Tag and disconnect the two lines from the bottom of the
tank.

3.

Disconnect the electrical lead from the fuel quantity


sender unit.

4.

Support the weight of the tank, loosen and remove the


nuts, washers and capscrews securing the straps to the
mounting brackets. Remove the tank and steps.

5.

If a new tank is to be installed, remove the two fittings,


the fuel quantity sender, and steps from the tank and
install them in the new tank.

Installation

Fuel Filter-water Separator


Both fuel filters have water separators that remove impurities
from the fuel and also remove water from the fuel before it
reaches the engine. The primary fuel filter is located on the
frame beside the fuel tank. The secondary fuel filter is
mounted on the right side of the engine hood.
The fuel mixture passes through the outer wrap of the first
stage of the filter paper, where large droplets of water are
formed as it is stripped from the fuel. The water falls out into
the void between the two paper elements and goes to a
reservoir in the bottom of the housing, where it can be
drained through a drain plug at the bottom of the housing.

1.

Position the new tank on the mounting brackets and


install the nuts, washers and capscrews on the three
straps. Torque the capscrews 97.6 to 105.7 Nm (72 to 78
pounds-foot)

2.

Connect the electrical lead to the fuel quantity sender


unit.

3.

Connect the two lines to the fittings on the bottom of the


tank in accordance with the identification marks made
during removal.

4.

Service the tank.

The water in fuel sensor is located in the secondary fuel filter


housing on the right side of the engine hood. Once the
storage space in the bottom of the filter housing fills with a
certain amount of water, the sensor will signal the ECM. The
WATER IN FUEL lamp will illuminate at the operator
controls, indicating that the water should be drained from the
fuel filter assembly.

Fuel Filter-Water Separator

Electric Lift Pump

1.

Open the drain plug.

The ECM controls the electric lift pump located between the
fuel tank and the injection pump. Whenever the keyswitch is
turned to the ON position, the lift pump will be energized for a

2.

Drain into suitable container until fuel appears.

3.

Close the drain plug.

7-8

Draining
The sump of the fuel filter-water separators should be
drained daily, 30 minutes after the engine is shut down, to
remove any water and sediment. Adhere to the following
procedure.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

12
10
7

3, 4

17

18

11

13

5
2

13
15
14

16

6076

FIGURE 7-3
Item

Description

Item

Description

Fuel Quantity Sending Unit

10

Oil Cooler

Filler Cap

11

Line To Engine

Fuel Filter

12

Line To Return Port On Tank

Fuel-Water Separator

13

Bracket

Fuel Supply

14

Drain Port

Fuel Return

15

Return

Strap Assembly

16

Supply

Steps

17

Vent

Fuel Tank

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-9

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

FRONT

18

19
20

22

23
6689-3

21

FIGURE 7-3 continued


Item

Description

Item

Description

18

Radiator Assembly

21

Engine

19

Fuel Filter/Water Separator

22

Fuel Injector Pump

20

Water In Fuel Sensor

23

Electric Lift Pump

7-10

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM


Description
The air intake system (Figure 7-4) controls the quality and
amount of air available for combustion. System components
are the air cleaner, turbocharger, charge air cooler, cylinder
head, and exhaust manifold. Inlet air is pulled through the air
cleaner, compressed and heated in the compressor side of
the turbocharger. The air is pushed through the air-to-air
charge air cooler to the air inlet manifold. Cooling the inlet air
increases combustion efficiency, lowers fuel consumption,
and increases the horsepower. The air is forced into the
cylinder head to fill the inlet ports. Air flow from the inlet port
into the cylinder is controlled by the intake valves.
Each cylinder has two intake valves and two exhaust valves.
When the intake valves open, cooled compressed air from
the inlet port is pulled into the cylinder. The intake valves
close and the piston begins to move up on the compression
stroke. Fuel is injected into the cylinder and combustion
starts. The piston is forced down and is on the exhaust stroke
when it moves up again. The exhaust valve opens and
exhaust is expelled through the exhaust port into the exhaust
manifold.
The exhaust gas from the exhaust manifold enter the turbine
side of the turbocharger and cause the turbine to turn driving
the compressor. Exhaust from the turbocharger pass
through the exhaust pipe and muffler into the atmosphere.
The air cleaner is the dry-type with a replaceable element
and is located on the left rear fender. A service indicator,
designed to indicate red when servicing is required, is
installed in the left center deck and is connected to the air
cleaner by plastic air line.
On the Cummins QSC engine there are electric air heating
elements that are located in the engines intake air stream.
These elements heat the intake air when starting the engine
in cold ambient conditions. Startability and white smoke
control are enhanced by the use of an intake air heater. A
WAIT-TO-START lamp is located on the center front console
to indicate when to crank the engine.

Maintenance
Air Cleaner Checks
Dust passing the air cleaner can cause rapid engine wear. All
connections between the air cleaner and the engine must be
tight and sealed. If these connections are well sealed, and
there is still evidence of dust leakage, check the following
places for possible trouble.
NOTE:

Dust that gets by the air cleaner system can often


be detected by looking for dust streaks on the air
transfer tubing or just inside the intake manifold
inlet.

GROVE

1.

Inspect the air cleaner outlet tube for damage.

2.

Ensure the element gasket washer is not damaged and


the washers rubber face seals against the element.

3.

Inspect the element gasket for damage.

4.

Check for structural failures and replace damaged parts.

5.

Inspect the restriction indicator tap for leaks.

Check For Filter Restriction


As a dry cleaner element becomes loaded with dust, the
vacuum on the engine side of the air cleaner (at the air
cleaner outlet) increases.
The vacuum is generally measured as restriction in
kilopascals or inches of water. The engine manufacturer
places a recommended limit on the amount of restriction the
engine will stand without loss in performance before the
element must be cleaned or replaced. Cummins allows a
vacuum of 6.2 kPa (25 inches of water) maximum with a dirty
air cleaner at maximum governed RPM.
A service indicator on the air cleaner housing will indicate
when the filter needs to be cleaned or replaced. Reset the
indicator each time the air cleaner is serviced. If the
indicators accuracy is suspect, a water manometer is the
most accurate and dependable method of measuring
vacuum.
To use the manometer, hold it vertically and fill both legs
approximately half full with water. One of the upper ends is
connected to the restriction tap on the outlet side of the air
cleaner by means of a flexible hose. The other end is left
open to the atmosphere.
Maximum restriction in the air cleaner occurs at maximum air
flow. On this turbocharged diesel engine, the maximum air
flow occurs only at maximum engine power.
With the manometer held vertically and the engine drawing
maximum air, the difference in the height of the water
columns in the two legs, measured in inches or centimeters,
is the air cleaner restriction. Restriction indicators are
generally marked with the restriction at which the red signal
flag locks up. If the initial restriction on a new or clean filter
reads above the maximum allowed for the engine, check the
following items.
1.

Ensure the air cleaner inlet is not plugged.

2.

Inspect the air cleaner outlet to be sure it is not plugged


by paper, rags, etc.

3.

Ensure the correct size connections are used between


the air cleaner and the engine.

4.

Ensure all inlet accessories are the correct size and are
not plugged by any foreign object.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-11

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

8
6
9
10

9
11, 12

17, 18
13

14

19
2
15
2
3
1

16
6700

Item

Description

Item

Description

Air Cleaner

11

Elbow

Mounting Bands

12

Connector

Air Inlet Hood

13

Elbow

Elbow

14

Bulkhead Coupling

Intake Tube

15

Flange Screw

Reducer

16

Locknut

Restriction Indicator

17

Tubing

T-Bolt Clamp

18

Flex Guard

T-Bolt Clamp

19

Clamp

10

Muffler Clamp

7-12

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

FIGURE 7-4

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

Filter Element Replacement

a.

INSPECT THE FILTER FOR DAMAGE. Always


look for filter damage, even if a new filter element is
being installed. Pay special attention to the inside of
the open end (sealing area). Do not install a
damaged filter.

b.

INSERT THE FILTER PROPERLY. The seal area is


on the inside of the open end of the primary filter. A
new filter has a dry lubricant to aid installation. The
critical sealing area will stretch slightly, adjust itself
and distribute the sealing pressure evenly. To
complete a tight seal, apply pressure at the outer
rim of the filter, not the flexible center. No cover
pressure is required to hold the seal (Figure 7-7).

CAUTION
Never service the air cleaner while the engine is running.
1.

Unlatch the latches, open the air cleaner body and


withdraw the element as follows (Figure 7-5):
a.

RELEASE THE SEAL GENTLY. The filter element


fits tightly over the outlet tube, creating the critical
seal on the inside diameter of the filter endcap. The
filter should be removed gently to reduce the
amount of dust dislodged. There will be some initial
resistance, similar to breaking the seal on a jar.

FIGURE 7-7

FIGURE 7-5
b.

AVOID DISLODGING DUST FROM THE FILTER.


Gently pull the filter off the outlet tube and out of the
housing. Avoid knocking the filter against the
housing (Figure 7-6).

5.

Install the cover on the air cleaner body with the two
arrows pointing up. Secure the cover with the latches.

6.

Check all connections and ducts for an air tight fit. Make
sure that all clamps, bolts, and connections are tight.
Check for holes in piping. Leaks in the air intake system
may send dust directly to the engine.

Element Cleaning
Washing in a water-detergent solution or blowing out with
compressed air are two accepted methods for cleaning the
element of the air cleaners. If the element contains
substantial amounts of soot or oil fumes, washing in water
works better than compressed air. If the contaminant is found
to be mostly loose dust, either method works equally well.
FIGURE 7-6
2.

Clean the element as outlined in ELEMENT CLEANING.


Replace the element after six cleanings or annually,
whichever comes first.

3.

Inspect all parts of the intake system and air cleaner. Be


sure to clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube and
the inside of the outlet tube.

4.

Install the cleaned or new element into the air cleaner


body as follows:

GROVE

Elements that are cleaned with compressed air can be put


back into service immediately. Elements cleaned by washing
must be dried before returning them to service.
NOTE:

Some elements are partially covered by a plastic


sleeve with fins. The covered portion can be
cleaned with water or air without removing the
sleeve. Use a stiff fiber (not wire) brush to remove
oil and grease deposits from the sleeve and fins.
Never remove the sleeve and fins from the
element.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-13

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Cleaning With Compressed Air

3.

Add warm water (approximately 38C [100F]) to get the


proper proportions of detergent and water (about one
cup of detergent to five gallons of water).

4.

Soak the element for at least 15 minutes.

5.

Agitate the element for about two minutes to loosen the


dirt.

CAUTION
Water pressure from a hose or tap should not exceed
276 kPa (40 PSI).
FIGURE 7-8

6.

CAUTION

Rinse the element with clean water until the water


coming through the element is clean. Air-dry the element
thoroughly before using (Figure 7-10).

Pressure at the air nozzle must not exceed 690 KPA


(100 PSI).
1.

Direct a jet of clean, dry air from the inside of the filter
element, perpendicular to the pleats (Figure 7-8).

2.

Move the air jet up and down along the pleats, slowly
rotating the element, until no more dust is being
removed. Do not rupture the element with the nozzle or
the air jet.

Cleaning With Water


FIGURE 7-10

CAUTION
Heated air (maximum temperature 71C [160F]) must
have circulation. Do not use light bulbs for drying
elements.
7.

Mechanized drying methods can be used.

Inspection
FIGURE 7-9
1.

The elements can be cleaned by washing with water and


a good non-sudsing detergent. Direct a jet of clean, dry
air from the inside of the filter element. Wash the
element after the loose dust and soot are removed
(Figure 7-9).

CAUTION
Never use gasoline or solvents to clean the elements.
2.

7-14

Dissolve the detergent in a small amount of cool water.

Element

CAUTION
Do not touch the inside of the filter with a bare light bulb.
After cleaning the filter element, inspect the element for
damage. Look for dust on the clean air side, the slightest
rupture, or damaged gaskets. A good method to use to
detect ruptures in the element is to place a light inside the
element and look toward the light from the outside. Any hole
in the element will pass dust to the engine and cause
unnecessary engine wear. Replace the element if holes are
evident (Figure 7-11).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN
Duct Work
1.

Check the intake pipe cap and screen for accumulation


of leaves, trash, and other debris that could restrict air
flow. Repair the screen or replace the cap if any large
holes are found in the screen.

2.

Check all mounting hardware for security to eliminate


possible vibration of intake piping. Such vibration leads
to early failure of hoses, clamps, and mounting parts,
and can cause hoses to slip off the connecting pipes,
allowing un-filtered air into the engine air intake.

3.

Check hoses for cracks, chafing, or deterioration, and


replace at the first sign of probable failure.

FIGURE 7-11

Air Cleaner Body


Before installing the filter element, remove foreign material
(leaves, lint or other foreign matter) that may have collected
inside the air cleaner body. Inspect the inside of the body for
dents or other damage that would interfere with air flow or
with the fins on the element or inside the body. Repair any
body dents, being careful not to damage the sealing
surfaces. Be sure to clean the sealing surface of the outlet
tube and the inside of the outlet tube, taking care not to
damage the sealing area on the tube.

MUFFLER
NOTE:

Standard muffler and CE muffler are similar in


removal and installation (Figure 7-13) despite the
differences in the two mufflers, the exhaust
tailpipes, and the mounting bracket weldments.

Removal

Vacuator Valve
Vacuator valves are designed to expel loose dust and dirt
from the air cleaner body automatically, thus lengthening the
element service life. The valve lips must point straight down
and be kept free from debris to operate effectively. Mud and
chaff can lodge in these lips periodically and hold them open
during engine operation (Figure 7-12).

FIGURE 7-12
Check the condition of the valve and lips frequently and keep
them clean. The valve lips should be open only when the
engine is shut down, or running at low idle speed. If the valve
is turned inside out, check for a clogged air cleaner inlet.
Malfunction of this valve does not reduce the air cleaner
effectiveness, but does allow the element to get dirty faster
and reduces serviceable life. If a valve is lost or damaged,
replace it with a new valve of the same part number.

GROVE

DANGER
Do not touch muffler or exhaust parts until they are at
ambient temperature. Severe burning may result.
1.

Remove muffler clamps to free exhaust tailpipe from


muffler and muffler mounting bracket.

2.

Remove seal clamp to free muffler from exhaust tube.

3.

Remove mounting bands to free muffler from muffler


mounting bracket. As needed, remove capscrews and
nuts to free muffler mounting bracket from its mountings.

4.

Inspect muffler, exhaust tailpipe, exhaust tubes, bracket,


and attaching hardware. Repair or replace any of these
parts if damaged or missing.

Installation
1.

Secure the muffler to the exhaust tube with a seal clamp.

2.

Install the exhaust tailpipe on the muffler. Secure the


exhaust tailpipe to the muffler and muffler mounting
bracket with muffler clamps. Adjust the seal clamp as
needed.

3.

Secure the muffler mounting bracket to its mountings


with capscrews and nuts as needed. Secure the muffler
to the muffler mounting bracket with mounting bands.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-15

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

8
4

1
3

7383-2

7
1

7383-1

Item

Description

FIGURE 7-13
Item

Description

Muffler

Hose Exhaust

Bracket

Reducer Exhaust

Tail Pipe

Seal Clamp

Muffler Clamp

Clamp

7-16

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

WATER COOLING SYSTEM

Most of these problems can be traced to overheating;


however, an engine that is running too cold can be just as
troublesome.

Description
The cooling system consists of a radiator, surge tank, engine
cooling circuit, charge air cooler circuit, the connecting hoses
a nd c o n n e c ti n g t u b es . C o o l i n g s y s te m c a pa c i t y i s
approximately 34.1 liters (36 quarts). The radiator consists of
two sections; the top section is the charge air cooler, the
bottom section is the engine water cooler. The temperature
is controlled by a 83 C (181 F) thermostat located between
the top of the engine and the top of the radiator. At all times,
the antifreeze/coolant should be properly inhibited against
corrosion. It is recommended that a mixture of 50/50 blended
ethylene-glycol, low silicate, fully formulated, extended life
engine antifreeze/coolant mixture which does not require a
pre-charge of supplemental coolant additives (SCA) be used
for fill of heavy duty liquid cooled internal combustion
engines.
The crane is equipped with a cab hot water heater. Hot water
is supplied by the engine coolant system through a strainer
and two port water swivel to the cab heater. The strainer is a
cleanable type and is located on the left side of the
transmission by the rear engine/transmission mount. Refer
to Section 9 - LUBRICATION for service of the strainer.

Maintenance
General
The cooling system includes the radiator, surge tank,
thermostat, the fan, and water pump. Radiator hoses are
also included in this group.
The cooling system is often neglected because the effects or
damage that result from an improperly maintained system
usually occur gradually. The cooling system needs to be
maintained with the same attention as other systems.
The circulation of water through the cooling system relies
entirely upon the water pump. The water pump draws water
from the radiator and forces it through the water jacket and
cylinder head. There it accumulates heat and flows to the
right radiator tank. Then the water flows across through the
radiator core and is cooled by air from the fan. This process
of removing heat from water as it circulates holds the engine
to its efficient operating temperature.
The following paragraphs point out several facts about
cooling system components, the effects of cooling system
neglect, and procedures to be followed for cooling system
maintenance.

Overheating
An engine that is overheating may lead to troubles such as
the following:
1.

Burned valves.

2.

Pinging or knocking.

3.

Excessive fuel consumption.

4.

Poor lubrication - increased engine wear.

5.

Sticking valves.

6.

Short injector life.

7.

Engine hot spots.

8.

Need for higher grade fuel.

Overcooling
The following engine troubles result when an engine is
overcooled:
1.

Excessive fuel consumption.

2.

Sludge formation in crankcase.

3.

Corrosive acids formed in crankcase.

4.

Excessive fuel deposits in the exhaust system.

Rust Prevention
To keep engines operating at like new efficiency, all forms of
rust formation must be prevented. The formation of rust in
the cooling system is a result of the interaction of water, iron,
and oxygen, and can only be prevented by maintaining full
strength corrosion protection at all times.
For maximum rust, freeze, and boiling point protection, a 50/
50 blended, fully formulated extended life antifreeze/coolant
should be maintained at all times.

Engine Antifreeze/Coolant Fill Procedure


1.

NOTE:

GROVE

If the engine coolant is changed, the coolant filters


must also be changed.

2.

Wait one minute and recheck the antifreeze/coolant


level. Refill as necessary repeating step 1.

3.

Run the engine for 5 minutes and recheck the


antifreeze/coolant level. Refill as necessary repeating
step 1. Refer to Section 9 - Lubrication.

Effects of Cooling System Neglect


Whenever an engine does not perform at top efficiency, a
neglected cooling system may be at fault even though the
part directly responsible is not a part of the cooling system.

Fill the system with a 50/50 blended, fully formulated


extended life antifreeze/coolant. Fill to the bottom of the
surge tank filler neck. Fill slowly. Flow exceeding 19 l/
min (5 gpm) can give a false reading.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-17

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Cooling/SCA Maintenance Summary


4.

Cleaning

The cooling system level should be checked every 10


hours of operation or daily, whichever comes first. Refer
to Section 9 - Lubrication.

Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA)


Supplemental coolant additives (SCA) are recommended for
this cooling system. Antifreeze alone does not provide
sufficient protection for heavy-duty diesel engines.

DCA4

DANGER
The cooling system is pressurized and injury can result
when removing the radiator cap at operating temperature.
use proper protection to remove the radiator cap.
1.

DCA4 is the recommended SCA. Other brands can be used


if they provide adequate engine protection and do not cause
seal or gasket degradation or corrosion/fouling.

DCA4 Filter Change Interval


6 months or 500 hours

Change coolant filter (replace with Coolant Filter/DCA4


Corrosion Resistor Cartridge, GROVE Service Part
Number 9414101675).
Check SCA Levels (use only the DCA4 Coolant Test Kit,
GROVE Service Part Number 9414101675, to check the
coolant additive concentration in the cooling system).

NOTE:

Inadequate concentration of the coolant additive


can result in major corrosive damage to the cooling
system components. Overconcentration can cause
formation of a gel that can cause restriction,
plugging of coolant passages, and overheating.

Allow the engine to cool, close the drain cocks, and pour
the cleaning compound into the surge tank according to
the directions. Fill the system with water.

3.

Place a clean drain pan to catch the overflow, and use it


to maintain the level in the radiator. Do not spill the
solution on the vehicle paint.

4.

Replace the radiator cap and run the engine at moderate


speed, covering the radiator if necessary, so the system
reaches a temperature of 82 C (180 F) or above, but
does not reach the boiling point. Allow the engine to run
at least two hours, or according to recommendations of
the manufacturer of the cleaning compound, at 82 C
(180 F) so the cleaning solution may take effect. Do not
drive the vehicle or allow the liquid level in the radiator to
drop low enough to reduce circulation.

5.

Stop the engine as often as necessary to prevent boiling.

6.

With the engine stopped, feel the radiator core with bare
hands to check for cold spots, and then observe the
temperature gauge reading. When there is no change in
temperature for some time, drain the cleaning solution.

7.

If clogging of the core is relieved but not fully corrected,


allow the engine to cool, pressure-flush the system (see
Pressure Flushing) and repeat the cleaning operation.

8.

If problem persists, replace radiator.

1 year or 1000 hours

Change coolant filter (replace with Coolant Filter/DCA4


Corrosion Resistor Cartridge, GROVE Service Part
Number 9414101675).

Test coolant for contamination.

Condemning limits are:


-

Sulfate level greater than or equal to 1500 ppm.

Chloride level greater than or equal to 200 ppm.

The ph level is less than 6.5

Oil or fuel contamination can be identified by odor or


color.

If condemned, flush the system using a commercially


available flushing agent. Refill system with fully formulated
extended life coolant. Refer to Section 9 - LUBRICATION.
NOTE:

7-18

Remove the radiator cap when draining the system


to ensure proper draining.

Use a cleaning compound that is not corrosive to


aluminum to prevent damage to the radiator.

2.

If SCA levels are less than 1.2 Units/Gal, add Cummins


DCA4 to maintain desired level.
NOTE:

Coolant shut-off valves to heaters and other accessories


should be open to allow complete circulation during
cleaning, flushing, and draining. Run the engine with
radiator covered if necessary until temperature is up to
operating range 71 to 82 C (160 to 180 F). Stop the
engine, remove the radiator cap, and drain the system
by opening the drain cocks on the radiator and engine
block.

Pressure Flushing
1.

Disconnect both radiator hoses that connect the radiator


to the engine.

2.

Clamp a convenient length of hose to the radiator core


outlet opening, and attach another suitable length of
hose to the radiator inlet opening to carry away the
flushing stream.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

3.

Connect the flushing gun to compressed air and water


pressure, and clamp the gun nozzle to the hose
attached to the radiator outlet opening.

4.

Fill the core with water. Turn on air pressure in short


blasts to prevent core damage.

5.

Continue filling the radiator with water and applying air


pressure as above until the water comes out clear.

6.

Clamp the flushing gun nozzle firmly to a hose attached


securely to the engine water outlet opening. Fill the
engine block with water, partly covering the water inlet
opening to permit complete filling.

7.

Turn on compressed air to blow out water and loose


sediment. Continue filling with water and blowing out
with air until flushing stream comes out clear.

8.

When the vehicle is equipped with a water heater


connected to the cooling system, flush the heater,
following the same procedure as for the radiator core.

9.

After completing the flushing operation, clean out the


surge tank overflow pipe; inspect the water pump; clean
the thermostat and the radiator cap control valves.
Check the thermostat for proper operation before
installation.

through the overflow pipe. In the first stage position of the


cap, it should be possible to depress the cap approximately 3
mm (0.13 in). The prongs on the cap can be bent to adjust
this condition. Care must be taken that the cap is not too
loose as this would prevent proper sealing.

DANGER
Loosen cap slowly and pause a moment to avoid possible
burning by hot water or steam. Continue to turn the cap to
the left until it can be removed.
4.

Tubes are very small and can become easily clogged by


rust and scale. The general condition of the cooling
system and operating temperature are indications as to
whether or not tubes are clean. Another good test is to
feel the core for cold spots.

5.

Fins are thin metal sheets that dissipate heat picked up


by the tubes. They should be kept free of bugs, leaves,
straw etc., so as to allow the free passage of air. Bent
fins should be straightened.

Engine Water Jacket

Component Inspection

The water jacket permits coolant to be circulated around the


cylinder walls, combustion chamber, and valve assemblies.
Some of these coolant passages are small and can easily
become clogged, if the cooling system does not receive the
proper maintenance.

Radiator/Surge Tank

1.

Core Plugs - These are sometimes mistakenly called


freeze plugs. They do not provide protection against
freezing expansion, but are only present because of
engine block casting methods. Remove and replace
core plugs that show signs of leaking or rusting through.
Use an installation tool for core plug replacement.

2.

Drain Plugs - The water jacket of each engine has one or


more drain plugs. These should receive seasonal care
and be kept free of rust and scale.

3.

Gaskets - All gaskets must be in good condition to


prevent both internal and external leaks. If there are
external leaks around gaskets, there may also be
internal leaks into the engine. Proper tightening of the
head bolts with a torque wrench is essential for
preventing leaks around the head gasket.

10. Blow insects and dirt from the radiator core air
passages, using water, if necessary, to soften
obstructions.

1.

Side Tanks - Look for leaks, particularly where the tank is


soldered to the core. Vibration and pulsation from
pressure can fatigue soldered seams.

2.

Filler Neck - The sealing seat must be smooth and


clean. Cams on filler neck must not be bent or worn so
as to allow a loose fitting cap. Ensure the overflow tube
is not plugged.

3.

Radiator Cap - This is the pressure-setting type. Its


purpose is to hold the cooling system under a slight
pressure, increasing the boiling point of the cooling
solution and preventing loss of solution due to
evaporation and overflow.

The cap has a spring-loaded valve, the seat of which is


below the overflow pipe in the filler neck. This prevents the
escape of air or liquid while the cap is in position. When the
cooling system pressure reaches a predetermined point, the
cap valve opens and will again close when the pressure falls
below the predetermined point.
When removing the pressure type cap, perform the
operation in two steps. Loosening the cap to its first notch
raises the valve from the gasket and releases the pressure

GROVE

Water Pump
The pump should be checked carefully for leaks and proper
lubrication. Replace or rebuild if leaking, cracked, or worn.

Fans And Belts


The fan should be checked for cracked or broken blades.
Refer to ENGINE DRIVE BELTS in this Section.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-19

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Thermostat

6.

Remove the engine hood assembly.

The thermostat is of the nonadjustable type and is


incorporated in the cooling system for the purpose of
retarding or restricting the circulation of coolant during
engine warm up. Engine overheating and loss of coolant is
sometimes due to an inoperative thermostat. To check for
t h i s c o n d i t i o n , r e m o v e t h e t h e r m o s ta t a n d t e s t b y
submerging it in hot water and noting the temperature at
which the thermostat opens and closes. Use an accurate
high temperature thermometer for making this test.

7.

Remove the hose clamps and bellows connecting the


charge air cooler to the charge air cooler tubes.

8.

Tag and disconnect the hoses from the surge tank to the
engine and from the surge tank to the radiator. Remove
surge tank assembly.

9.

Remove the hose clamps and radiator hose connecting


the radiator to the radiator tubes.

Hoses And Clamps


Hoses and their connections must be checked regularly
because they are often the source of hidden trouble. Hoses
may often times appear in good condition on the outside
while the inside will be partially deteriorated. If there are any
doubts about a hose doing its job, replacement should be
made. The clamps should be inspected to make sure they
are strong enough to hold a tight connection.

Test Equipment
The antifreeze/coolant concentration must be checked using
a refractometer. Floating ball type density testers or
hydrometers are not accurate enough for use with heavy
duty diesel cooling systems.

Antifreeze/Coolant
Heavy duty diesel engines require a balanced mixture of
water and antifreeze/coolant. Fill the system with a 50/50
blended, fully formulated extended life antifreeze/coolant at
all times. Refer to Section 9 - LUBRICATION. Do not use
more than 50 percent antifreeze/coolant in the mixture
unless additional freeze protection is required. Never use
more than 68 percent antifreeze/coolant under any
condition. Antifreeze/coolant at 68 percent provides the
maximum freeze protection; antifreeze/coolant protection
decreases above 68 percent.

10. Disconnect the coolant level harness from the engine


harness.
11. Remove the capscrews and flatwashers attaching the
fan guard to the shroud ring. Remove the fan guard.
12. Remove the hardware securing the shroud ring to the
shroud box and slide the shroud ring back onto the
engine fan.
13. Remove the capscrews, flatwashers and lockwashers
that connect the plates to the middle of the radiator and
the frame rail.
NOTE:

The radiator assembly weighs approximately 109


kg (240 pounds).

14. Attach an adequate lifting device to the radiator


assembly.
15. Remove the capscrews and washers securing the
radiator flange to the frame mounting brackets. Remove
the radiator assembly from the carrier.
16. If a new radiator is to be installed, remove all fittings and
hoses from the old one and install them in the same
locations on the new one.

Installation
1.

Ensure all fittings and hoses are installed on the radiator.

2.

Position the radiator assembly in the carrier using a


lifting device. Take caution not to tear or misplace the
rubber molding around the radiator assembly. Secure
the radiator flange to the frame mounting brackets using
capscrews and washers.

Radiator Removal and Installation


Removal
1.

Set the outriggers and position the boom to over the


side.

3.

2.

Open the drain cock at the end of drain hose and drain
the coolant into a suitable container. Dispose of the
coolant in accordance with local and EPA regulations.

Reconnect the two plates between the middle of the


radiator and the of the frame rail using capscrews,
flatwashers, lockwashers and nuts.

4.

Connect the shroud ring to the shroud box using the


hardware taken off during removal.

5.

Position the fan guard on the shroud ring and secure


with bolts and washers.

6.

Reconnect the coolant level harness to the engine


harness.

NOTE:

Remove the radiator cap when draining the system


to ensure proper draining.

3.

Open and remove the hood top door assembly.

4.

Tag and disconnect the hourmeter wiring.

5.

Remove the hardware securing the rear engine hood


panel to the engine hood. This will gain access to the
rear of the radiator.

7-20

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

Top View of Radiator Assembly

14

6688-2

6
9

9
6

10
11

19

13

11

12
6

17

15

16

16
15

18

25

7
20, 21

Left Side View of


Radiator
Assembly

22
23
6688-1

24

FIGURE 7-14

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-21

POWER TRAIN

Item

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Description

Item

Description

22

Radiator Hose

23

Shroud

24

Lower Radiator Hose

25

Plate

Surge Tank

Baffle

Clamp

Bellows

Overflow Hose

Clamp

Muffler Clamp

CAC Tube - Hot

Bellows

10

Hose Clamp

11

CAC Tube - Cold

12

Hose

13

Clamp

11. Tighten the drain cock at the bottom of the radiator drain
hose.

14

Drain Cock

12. Install the hood assembly.

15

Bellows

16

Clamp

13. Install the hardware holding the rear engine hood panel
to the engine hood.

17

Fan Guard

14. Connect the hourmeter wiring.

18

Radiator

15. Install the hood top door assembly.

19

Radiator Hose

20

Flange Screw

21

Flatwasher

16. Service the engine coolant system, as necessary. Refer


to Section 9 - Lubrication. Start the engine, operate all
systems and check for leaks.

7-22

7.

Connect the two radiator tubes to the radiator with hose


clamps and the radiator hose.

8.

Secure the radiator return tube to the top of the engine


using nuts, washers and a muffler clamp.

9.

Reinstall surge tank and connect the hoses between the


surge tank and engine and the surge tank and the
radiator.

10. Reconnect the charge air cooler tubes to the charge air
cooler using hose clamps and bellows.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

DRIVE TRAIN

Removal

Description

1.

T h e d r i v e t r a i n c o n s i s t s o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r,
transmission, and four drive shafts.

Support the drive shaft being removed so it does not fall


when disconnected. If removing the coupling shaft or the
front slip shaft, support the other shaft also.

2.

The torque converter is mounted on and driven by the


engine. The torque converter provides for mounting and
driving hydraulic pumps No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3.

If removing the coupling shaft, free its bearing from its


bracket by removing two bolts, two nuts, and four
washers.

3.

Remove the bolts from the bearing cap on each end of


the drive shaft. Note the lengths of the bolts and if they
have lockwashers. Remove the drive shaft.

The transmission is a Spicer R36000 Series (R36626)


powershift with six forward speeds and three reverse
speeds. The transmission is controlled electrically by a shift
lever/knob located on the right side of the steering column
and an axle drive mode selector rocker switch located on the
left side of the front console.
The torque converter and transmission oil is cooled by
passing the oil through an externally mounted transmission
cooler. The cooler is mounted on the right side of the
machine in front of the hydraulic reservoir. An oil filter is
located on the left side of the frame behind the fuel tank.
Four drive shafts are used. One drive shaft is connected
between the torque converter and the transmission. The
other three drive shafts are connected between the
transmission and the front and rear axles.

Maintenance
Drive Lines

1.

For any drive shaft which has mating marks (arrows),


align these mating marks to ensure proper phasing of
coupler yokes.

2.

Position the drive shaft between the couplers on the two


components it is joining.

3.

For the coupling shaft, secure its bearing to its bracket


with two bolts, two nuts, and four washers.

4.

Secure the drive shaft to the coupler with bolts. For the
coupling shaft, torque the bolts connecting it to the front
axle installations differential to 110 to 120 foot-pounds
(149 to 163 Nm). For the coupling shafts connection to
the front axle slip shaft, and for the other connections of
the front axle slip shaft, rear axle slip shaft, and torque
converter slip shaft, torque the bolts to 90 to 100 footpounds (122 to 136 Nm).

Lubrication

CAUTION
Do not disassemble drive lines when removing them from
the crane. Dirt can enter the spline and cannot be purged.
In addition, the drive lines are assembled in a specific
orientation when manufactured and can easily be
incorrectly reassembled.

GROVE

Installation

The drive line slip joints require lubrication. Refer to Section


9 - LUBRICATION.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-23

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

TORQUE CONVERTER

reaction member is the means by which the hydraulic torque


converter multiplies torque.

Description
The torque converter assembly is mounted on and driven by
the engine The torque converter is mounted on and driven by
the engine. The torque converter provides for mounting and
driving hydraulic pumps No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3.

Theory Of Operation
The transmission and torque converter function together and
operate through a common hydraulic system. Therefore, it is
necessary to consider both units in discussing operation.
With the engine running, the converter charging pump draws
oil from the transmission pump through the removable oil
suction screen and directs it through the pressure regulating
valve and oil filter.
The pressure regulating valve maintains pressure to the
transmission control for actuating the direction and speed
clutches. This requires a small portion of the total volume of
oil used in this system. The remaining volume of oil is
directed through the torque converter circuit to the oil cooler
and returns to the transmission for positive lubrication. This
regulator valve consists of a hardened valve spool operating
in a closely fitted bore. The valve spool is spring loaded to
hold the valve in a closed position. When a specific pressure
is achieved, the valve spool works against the spring until a
port is exposed along the side of the bore. This sequence of
events provides the proper system pressure.
After entering the converter housing, the oil is directed
through the reaction member support to the converter blade
cavity and exits in the passage between the turbine shaft and
reaction member support. The oil then flows out of the
converter to the oil cooler. After leaving the cooler, the oil is
directed to a fitting on the transmission. Through a series of
tubes and passages, the transmission bearings and clutches
are lubricated. The oil then drains to the transmission sump
by gravity.
The torque converter consists basically of three elements
and their related parts to multiply engine torque. The engine
power is transmitted from the engine flywheel to the impeller
element through the impeller cover. This element is the
pump portion of the hydraulic torque converter and is the
primary component which starts the oil flowing to the other
components which results in torque multiplication. This
element can be compared to a centrifugal pump, in that it
picks up fluid at its center and discharges at its outer
diameter.
The torque converter turbine is mounted opposite the
impeller and is connected to the output shaft of the torque
converter. This element receives fluid at its outer diameter
and discharges at its center. Fluid directed by the impeller
out into the particular design of blading in the turbine and

7-24

The reaction member of the torque converter is located


between and at the center of the inner diameters of the
impeller and turbine elements. Its function is to take the fluid
which is exhausting from the inner portion of the turbine and
change its direction to allow correct entry for recirculation
into the impeller element.
The torque converter will multiply engine torque to its
designed maximum multiplication ratio when the output shaft
is at zero rpm. Therefore, as the output shaft is decreasing in
speed, the torque multiplication is increasing.
The shift control valve assembly consists of a valve body
with selector valve spools. A detent ball and spring in the
selector spool provides one position for each speed range. A
detent ball and spring in the direction spool provides three
positions, one each for forward, neutral, and reverse.
With the engine running and the directional control lever in
the neutral position, oil pressure from the regulating valve is
blocked at the control valve, and the transmission is in
neutral. Movement of the forward and reverse spool will
direct oil, under pressure, to either the forward or reverse
direction clutch, as desired. When either directional clutch is
selected, the opposite clutch is relieved of pressure and
vents back through the direction selector spool. The same
procedure is used in the speed selector.
The direction or speed clutch assembly consists of a drum
with internal splines and a bore to receive a hydraulically
actuated piston. The piston is oil tight by the use of sealing
rings. A steel disc with external splines is inserted into the
drum and rests against the piston. Next, a friction disc with
splines at the inner diameter is inserted. Discs are alternated
until the required total is achieved. A heavy back-up plate is
then inserted and secured with a snap ring. A hub with OD
splines is inserted into the splines of discs with teeth on the
inner diameter. The discs and hub are free to increase in
speed or rotate in the opposite direction as long as no
pressure is present in that specific clutch.
To engage the clutch, the control valve is placed in the
desired position. This allows oil under pressure to flow from
the control valve, through a tube, to a chosen clutch shaft.
This shaft has a drilled passageway for oil under pressure to
enter the shaft. Oil pressure sealing rings are located on the
clutch shaft. These rings direct oil under pressure to the
desired clutch. Pressure of the oil forces the piston and discs
against the heavy back-up plate. The discs, with teeth on the
outer diameter, clamping against discs with teeth on the
inner diameter, enables the hub and clutch shaft to be locked
together and allows them to drive as a unit.
There are bleed balls in the clutch piston which allow quick
escape for oil when the pressure to the piston is released.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

Maintenance

flow, it is essential that the following preliminary checks be


made.

General Information
1.

Always check the oil level with the engine idling, and the
transmission in neutral and at normal operating
temperature (82 to 93 C [180 to 200 F]).

2.

Change the oil filter element every 500 hours. Drain and
refill the system every 1000 hours or 6 months. Refer to
Section 9 - Lubrication.

1.

Check oil level in transmission. This should be done with


oil temperature at 82 to 93 C (180 to 200 F). Do not
attempt these checks with cold oil.

2.

To bring the oil temperature to this level, it is necessary


to either work the machine or stall out the converter.
When it is impractical to work the machine, stall out the
converter as follows.

Troubleshooting

a.

Apply the parking brake and service brakes.

The following data is presented as an aid to locating the


source of difficulty in a malfunctioning unit. It is necessary to
consider the torque converter charging pump, transmission,
oil cooler, and connecting lines as a complete system when
checking for the source of trouble, since the proper operation
of any unit therein depends greatly on the condition and
operation of the others. By studying the principles of
operation together with the data in this section, it may be
possible to correct any malfunction which may occur in the
system. Troubleshooting procedures basically consist of
hydraulic checks.

b.

Position the shift lever to forward and high speed.

c.

Accelerate the engine to between half and threequarter throttle.

Hydraulic Checks

CAUTION
Full throttle stall speeds for an excessive length of time
will overheat the torque converter.
d.

Hold converter stalled until desired temperature is


reached.

NOTE:

Before checking the transmission/torque converter and


associated hydraulic system for pressures and rate of oil

Always make all troubleshooting checks with the


converter outlet temperature at least 82.3 to 93.3
C (180 to 200 F).

Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 7-1
SYMPTOM
1.

2.

PROBABLE CAUSE

Low clutch pressure.

Low converter
pressure.

GROVE

charging

pump

REMEDY

a.

Low oil level.

a.

Fill to proper level. Refer to


Section 9 - LUBRICATION

b.

Clutch pressure regulating


valve spool stuck open.

b.

Clean valve spool and housing.

c.

Faulty charging pump.

c.

Replace pump. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts
Manual.

d.

Broken or worn clutch shaft or


piston sealing rings.

d.

Replace clutch shaft or sealing


rings, as applicable.

e.

Clutch piston bleed valve stuck


open.

e.

Clean bleed valves thoroughly.

a.

Low oil level.

a.

Fill to proper level. Refer to


Section 9 - LUBRICATION

b.

Suction screen plugged.

b.

Clean suction screen.

c.

Defective oil pump.

c.

Replace pump. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts
Manual.

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-25

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

SYMPTOM
3.

4.

5.

Overheating.

Noisy converter.

Lack of power.

PROBABLE CAUSE
a.

Worn oil sealing rings.

a.

Remove, disassemble, and


rebuild converter assembly.

b.

Worn oil pump.

b.

Replace pump. Refer to your


Manitowoc Crane Care Parts
Manual.

c.

Low oil level.

a.

Fill to proper level. Refer to


Section 9 - LUBRICATION

a.

Worn oil pump.

a.

Replace pump.

b.

Worn or damaged bearings.

b.

A complete disassembly will be


necessary to determine what
bearing is faulty.

a.

Low engine RPM at converter


stall.

a.

Tune engine and check


governor.

b.

See Overheating and make


same checks.

b.

Make corrections as explained


in Overheating.

Removal
1.

Extend and set the outriggers just enough to take up the


slack in the outrigger pads. Chock the wheels.

2.

Position the boom over the side and stop the engine.

3.

Remove the front section of the engine hood.

4.

Refer to DRIVE LINES in this section and disconnect the


drive line from the torque converter.

5.

Tag and disconnect all hydraulic lines from the torque


converter to the transmission and the transmission oil
cooler. Cap all lines and openings.

6.

1.

If a new torque converter is to be installed, remove all


fittings and brackets from the converter one and install
them in the same locations on the new torque converter.

2.

Position the torque converter to the engine with the


lifting device.

3.

Remove all burrs from the flywheel mounting face and


nose pilot bore. Clean the drive plate surface with
solvent.

NOTE:

The torque converter weighs approximately 225 kg


(500 pounds) dry.

Refer to (Figure 7-15) for a typical transmission/


torque converter installation.

4.

Check the engine flywheel and housing for conformance


to standard S.A.E. No. 1-S.A.E. J-927 tolerance
specifications for bore size, pilot bore runout and
mounting face flatness. Measure and record engine
crankshaft end play.

5.

Rotate the engine flywheel to align a drive plate


mounting screw hole with the flywheel housing front
access hole.

Remove the two-section and single section hydraulic


pumps from the transmission/torque converter. Cover all
openings. Refer to Hydraulic Pumps in Section 2 HYDRAULIC SHSTEM for removal of the pump.

NOTE:

REMEDY

7.

Attach an adequate lifting device to the torque converter


and take up any slack.

6.

8.

Remove the screws and lockwashers securing the drive


plate assembly to the flywheel.

Install a 101.6 mm (4.00 inch) long drive plate locating


stud 7/16-20 UNF thread in a drive plate nut.

7.

9.

Remove the bolts and washers securing the torque


converter housing to the engine flywheel housing.

Rotate the torque converter to align the locating stud in


the drive plate with the flywheel drive plate mounting
screw hole positioned in step 5. Locate the torque
converter on the flywheel housing. Install the torque
converter to the flywheel housing nuts and washers.
Tighten the bolts to 39 to 43 Nm (29 to 32 foot-pounds).

Installation
NOTE:

7-26

The
torque
converter
assembly
approximately 225 kg (500 pounds) dry.

weighs

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

Mount
Dial
Indicator
Here

Flywheel
Housing

Engine
Flywheel
Pilot Bore

Flywheel

Figure 1
Converter
Housing
Flywheel
10.2 Cm
(4 In.)
Stud
6.4 Cm
(2-1/2 In.)
Aligning
Studs
Drive
Plate

Flywheel
Housing

Special Stud, Washer And


Self-lock Nut Furnished By
Engine Manufacturer

Figure 2
Flywheel
Housing

7
Impeller
Cover
(3) Intermediate
Drive Plates

Figure 3

Figure 4

FIGURE 7-15

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-27

POWER TRAIN
8.

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

Remove the drive plate locating stud. Install one drive


plate attaching bolt. Snug the bolt but do not tighten.
NOTE: Some engine flywheel housings have a hole
located on the flywheel housing circumference in-line
with the drive plate bolt access hole. A screwdriver or
pry bar used to hold the drive plate against the flywheel
will facilitate installation of the drive plate bolts. Rotate
the engine flywheel and install the remaining seven
flywheel to drive plate attaching bolts and washers.
Snug the bolts but do not tighten. After all eight bolts
and washers have been installed, torque the bolts to 37
to 41 Nm (28 to 30 foot-pounds). This will require
torquing each bolt, then rotating the engine flywheel until
all eight bolts have been torqued.

9.

The following are considered the minimum steps to be taken:


1.

Drain the entire system thoroughly.

2.

Disconnect and clean all hydraulic lines. Where feasible,


hydraulic lines should be removed from the machine for
cleaning.

3.

Replace oil filter elements, cleaning out the filter cases


thoroughly.

4.

The oil cooler must be thoroughly cleaned. The cooler


should be back flushed with oil and compressed air until
all foreign material has been removed. Flushing in the
direction of normal oil flow will not adequately clean the
cooler. If necessary, the cooler assembly should be
removed for cleaning, using oil, compressed air and a
steam cleaner for that purpose.

Measure the engine crankshaft end play after the torque


converter has been completely installed on the engine
flywheel. This value must be within 0.025 mm (0.001
inch) of the end play recorded in step 4.

10. Install the two section hydraulic pumps and the single
section hydraulic pump on the torque converter. Refer to
Hydraulic Pumps in Section 2 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
for installation of the hydraulic pumps.

CAUTION
Do not use flushing compounds for cleaning purposes.
5.

Remove the drain plug from the transmission/torque


converter and inspect the interior of the unit housing,
gears, etc. If the presence of considerable foreign
material is noted, it will be necessary for the unit to be
removed, disassembled, and cleaned thoroughly. It is
realized this entails extra labor, however, such labor is a
minor cost compared to the cost of difficulties which can
result from the presence of such foreign material in the
system.

6.

Assemble all components and use only the type oil


recommended. Fill the transmission through the fill pipe
until fluid is at the top of the fill range on the dipstick. Run
the engine for two minutes at idle (950 rpm) to prime the
torque converter and hydraulic lines. Recheck the level
of oil in the transmission with the engine running at idle
(950 rpm). Add oil as necessary to bring the level to the
LOW mark on the dipstick. After the oil temperature
reaches 82 to 93 C (180 to 200 F), add oil to bring the
level to the FULL mark on the dipstick.

7.

Recheck all drain plugs, lines, connections, etc., for


leaks and tighten where necessary.

11. Install the hydraulic lines to the torque converter.


12. Connect the drive line to the torque converter. Refer to
DRIVE LINES in this section for installation of the drive
line.
13. Install the front section of the engine hood.
14. Service the crane. Refer to Servicing The Crane After
Transmission/Torque Converter Overhaul in this section.
15. Cycle all functions and observe for proper operation.

Servicing The Crane After Transmission/Torque


Converter Overhaul
The transmission/torque converter and its allied hydraulic
system are important links in the drive line between the
engine and the wheels. The proper operation of either the
unit or the system depends greatly on the condition and
operation of the other; therefore, whenever repair or
overhaul of the transmission/torque converter is performed,
the balance of the system must be considered before the job
can be considered completed.
After the overhauled or repaired transmission/torque
converter has been installed in the crane, the oil cooler and
connecting hydraulic system must be thoroughly cleaned.
This can be accomplished in several ways, and a degree of
good judgement must be exercised as to the method
employed.

7-28

Lubrication
Type Of Oil
Hydraulic Oil (HYDO) or equivalent. Refer to Section 9 LUBRICATION.

Capacity
System Capacity (includes torque converter, lines, and
transmission) - Approximately 32 liters (34 quarts).

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

POWER TRAIN

Check Period
8.

NOTE:

Check oil level every 10 hours or DAILY with engine


running at 1000 RPM and oil at 82 to 93 C (150 to 200
F). Maintain oil level to FULL mark. Refer to Section 9 Lubrication.

a.

Drain transmission and remove pump screen. Clean


screen thoroughly and reinstall it, using a new
gasket.

b.

Remove and discard both filter elements. Clean


filter housing and install new filter elements.

c.

Refill transmission to LOW mark.

d.

Run engine at 800 RPM to prime converter and


lines.

e.

Recheck level with engine running at 800 RPM and


add oil to bring level to LOW mark. When oil
temperature is hot (82 to 93 C [180 to 200 F]),
make final oil level check. BRING OIL LEVEL TO
FULL MARK.

Normal Drain Period


NOTE:

9.

Normal drain periods and filter change intervals are


f o r a v e r a g e e n v i r o n m e n ta l a n d d u t y - c y c l e
conditions. Severe or sustained high operating
temperatures or very dusty atmospheric conditions
will cause accelerated deterioration and contamination. For extreme conditions, judgment must be
used to determine the required change intervals.

Change oil filter element. Refer to Section 9 Lubrication.

It is recommended that filter elements be changed


after 50 and 100 hours of operation on new and
rebuilt or repaired units, then at normal intervals
thereafter.

GROVE

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

7-29

POWER TRAIN

RT9130E SERVICE MANUAL

TRANSMISSION

Installation

Description

NOTE:

The transmission is a powershift with six forward and three


reverse speeds.

1.

The transmission is controlled electrically by a shift lever/


knob located on the right side of the steering column and an
axle drive mode selector rocker switch located on the left
side of the front console.

If a new transmission is to be installed, remove all fittings


and brackets from the old transmission and install them
in the same locations on the new transmission.

2.

Using a transmission jack or suitable device capable of


supporting the transmission weight, position the
transmission under the frame and raise it into position.

Maintenance

3.

Install the capscrews, washers and nuts and secure the


transmission mount to the frame mount. Torque the
capscrews to 97.6 to 105.7 Nm (72 to 78 foot-pounds).

Removal

The transmission weighs approximately 591 kg


(1,303 pounds) dry.

1.

Extend and set the outriggers just enough to take up the


slack in the outrigger pads. Chock the wheels.

4.

Remove the
transmission.

2.

Refer to DRIVE LINES in this section and disconnect the


three drive lines from the torque converter and axles.

5.

Connect all the transmission oil lines to appropriate


fittings.

3.

Tag and disconnect the electrical leads and connectors


from the valve body.

6.

Connect all electrical leads and connectors to the valve


body.

4.

Tag and disconnect all hydraulic lines


transmission. Cap all lines and openings.

7.

Connect the oil fill tube to the frame mount.

5.

Remove the bolt attaching the oil fill tube to the frame
mount.

8.

Connect the three drive lines to the transmission.Refer


to DRIVE LINES in this section for installation of the
drive line.

9.

Service the crane. Refer to Servicing The Crane After


Transmission/Torque Converter Overhaul in this section.

NOTE:
6.

to

the

The transmission weighs approximately 591 kg


(1,303 pounds) dry.

supporting

device

from

under

the

Position a transmission jack or some other means of


support that is capable of supporting the weight of the
transmission, under the transmission.

10. Cycle all functions and observe for proper operation.

7.

With the weight of the transmission on the supporting


device, remove the capscrews, washers and nuts
securing the transmission mounts to the frame mounts.

Before towing the crane, disconnect both front and rear drive
lines. The engine cannot be started by pushing or towing
because of the design of the hydraulic system.

8.

Using the support device, lower and remove the


transmission.

7-30

Towing Or Pushing

Published 08-25-09, Control # 077-04

SECTION 8
UNDERCARRIAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Wheel Alignment Check Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Rear Wheels Not Centered Switch Adjustment Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .